diff options
| author | Matt A. Tobin <mattatobin@localhost.localdomain> | 2018-02-02 04:16:08 -0500 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Matt A. Tobin <mattatobin@localhost.localdomain> | 2018-02-02 04:16:08 -0500 |
| commit | 5f8de423f190bbb79a62f804151bc24824fa32d8 (patch) | |
| tree | 10027f336435511475e392454359edea8e25895d /media/omx-plugin/include/ics | |
| parent | 49ee0794b5d912db1f95dce6eb52d781dc210db5 (diff) | |
| download | UXP-5f8de423f190bbb79a62f804151bc24824fa32d8.tar UXP-5f8de423f190bbb79a62f804151bc24824fa32d8.tar.gz UXP-5f8de423f190bbb79a62f804151bc24824fa32d8.tar.lz UXP-5f8de423f190bbb79a62f804151bc24824fa32d8.tar.xz UXP-5f8de423f190bbb79a62f804151bc24824fa32d8.zip | |
Add m-esr52 at 52.6.0
Diffstat (limited to 'media/omx-plugin/include/ics')
60 files changed, 14475 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/I420ColorConverter.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/I420ColorConverter.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d48e44b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/I420ColorConverter.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef I420_COLOR_CONVERTER_H +#define I420_COLOR_CONVERTER_H + +#include <II420ColorConverter.h> + +// This is a wrapper around the I420 color converter functions in +// II420ColorConverter, which is loaded from a shared library. +class I420ColorConverter: public II420ColorConverter { +public: + I420ColorConverter(); + ~I420ColorConverter(); + + // Returns true if the converter functions are successfully loaded. + bool isLoaded(); +private: + void* mHandle; +}; + +#endif /* I420_COLOR_CONVERTER_H */ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/II420ColorConverter.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/II420ColorConverter.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e3fe8285 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/II420ColorConverter.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef II420_COLOR_CONVERTER_H + +#define II420_COLOR_CONVERTER_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <android/rect.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct II420ColorConverter { + + /* + * getDecoderOutputFormat + * Returns the color format (OMX_COLOR_FORMATTYPE) of the decoder output. + * If it is I420 (OMX_COLOR_FormatYUV420Planar), no conversion is needed, + * and convertDecoderOutputToI420() can be a no-op. + */ + int (*getDecoderOutputFormat)(); + + /* + * convertDecoderOutputToI420 + * @Desc Converts from the decoder output format to I420 format. + * @note Caller (e.g. VideoEditor) owns the buffers + * @param decoderBits (IN) Pointer to the buffer contains decoder output + * @param decoderWidth (IN) Buffer width, as reported by the decoder + * metadata (kKeyWidth) + * @param decoderHeight (IN) Buffer height, as reported by the decoder + * metadata (kKeyHeight) + * @param decoderRect (IN) The rectangle of the actual frame, as + * reported by decoder metadata (kKeyCropRect) + * @param dstBits (OUT) Pointer to the output I420 buffer + * @return -1 Any error + * @return 0 No Error + */ + int (*convertDecoderOutputToI420)( + void* decoderBits, int decoderWidth, int decoderHeight, + ARect decoderRect, void* dstBits); + + /* + * getEncoderIntputFormat + * Returns the color format (OMX_COLOR_FORMATTYPE) of the encoder input. + * If it is I420 (OMX_COLOR_FormatYUV420Planar), no conversion is needed, + * and convertI420ToEncoderInput() and getEncoderInputBufferInfo() can + * be no-ops. + */ + int (*getEncoderInputFormat)(); + + /* convertI420ToEncoderInput + * @Desc This function converts from I420 to the encoder input format + * @note Caller (e.g. VideoEditor) owns the buffers + * @param srcBits (IN) Pointer to the input I420 buffer + * @param srcWidth (IN) Width of the I420 frame + * @param srcHeight (IN) Height of the I420 frame + * @param encoderWidth (IN) Encoder buffer width, as calculated by + * getEncoderBufferInfo() + * @param encoderHeight (IN) Encoder buffer height, as calculated by + * getEncoderBufferInfo() + * @param encoderRect (IN) Rect coordinates of the actual frame inside + * the encoder buffer, as calculated by + * getEncoderBufferInfo(). + * @param encoderBits (OUT) Pointer to the output buffer. The size of + * this buffer is calculated by + * getEncoderBufferInfo() + * @return -1 Any error + * @return 0 No Error + */ + int (*convertI420ToEncoderInput)( + void* srcBits, int srcWidth, int srcHeight, + int encoderWidth, int encoderHeight, ARect encoderRect, + void* encoderBits); + + /* getEncoderInputBufferInfo + * @Desc This function returns metadata for the encoder input buffer + * based on the actual I420 frame width and height. + * @note This API should be be used to obtain the necessary information + * before calling convertI420ToEncoderInput(). + * VideoEditor knows only the width and height of the I420 buffer, + * but it also needs know the width, height, and size of the + * encoder input buffer. The encoder input buffer width and height + * are used to set the metadata for the encoder. + * @param srcWidth (IN) Width of the I420 frame + * @param srcHeight (IN) Height of the I420 frame + * @param encoderWidth (OUT) Encoder buffer width needed + * @param encoderHeight (OUT) Encoder buffer height needed + * @param encoderRect (OUT) Rect coordinates of the actual frame inside + * the encoder buffer + * @param encoderBufferSize (OUT) The size of the buffer that need to be + * allocated by the caller before invoking + * convertI420ToEncoderInput(). + * @return -1 Any error + * @return 0 No Error + */ + int (*getEncoderInputBufferInfo)( + int srcWidth, int srcHeight, + int* encoderWidth, int* encoderHeight, + ARect* encoderRect, int* encoderBufferSize); + +} II420ColorConverter; + +/* The only function that the shared library needs to expose: It fills the + function pointers in II420ColorConverter */ +void getI420ColorConverter(II420ColorConverter *converter); + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +} +#endif + +#endif // II420_COLOR_CONVERTER_H + diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/README_MOZILLA b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/README_MOZILLA new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be389e6d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/README_MOZILLA @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +The source from this directory was copied from the Android OS source. +Patches have been applied on top of the original source. + +The git branch used from AOSP was android-4.0.4_r2.1. diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/android/native_window.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/android/native_window.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f4f2d33b --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/android/native_window.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_NATIVE_WINDOW_H +#define ANDROID_NATIVE_WINDOW_H + +#include <android/rect.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* + * Pixel formats that a window can use. + */ +enum { + WINDOW_FORMAT_RGBA_8888 = 1, + WINDOW_FORMAT_RGBX_8888 = 2, + WINDOW_FORMAT_RGB_565 = 4, +}; + +struct ANativeWindow; +typedef struct ANativeWindow ANativeWindow; + +typedef struct ANativeWindow_Buffer { + // The number of pixels that are show horizontally. + int32_t width; + + // The number of pixels that are shown vertically. + int32_t height; + + // The number of *pixels* that a line in the buffer takes in + // memory. This may be >= width. + int32_t stride; + + // The format of the buffer. One of WINDOW_FORMAT_* + int32_t format; + + // The actual bits. + void* bits; + + // Do not touch. + uint32_t reserved[6]; +} ANativeWindow_Buffer; + +/** + * Acquire a reference on the given ANativeWindow object. This prevents the object + * from being deleted until the reference is removed. + */ +void ANativeWindow_acquire(ANativeWindow* window); + +/** + * Remove a reference that was previously acquired with ANativeWindow_acquire(). + */ +void ANativeWindow_release(ANativeWindow* window); + +/* + * Return the current width in pixels of the window surface. Returns a + * negative value on error. + */ +int32_t ANativeWindow_getWidth(ANativeWindow* window); + +/* + * Return the current height in pixels of the window surface. Returns a + * negative value on error. + */ +int32_t ANativeWindow_getHeight(ANativeWindow* window); + +/* + * Return the current pixel format of the window surface. Returns a + * negative value on error. + */ +int32_t ANativeWindow_getFormat(ANativeWindow* window); + +/* + * Change the format and size of the window buffers. + * + * The width and height control the number of pixels in the buffers, not the + * dimensions of the window on screen. If these are different than the + * window's physical size, then it buffer will be scaled to match that size + * when compositing it to the screen. + * + * For all of these parameters, if 0 is supplied then the window's base + * value will come back in force. + * + * width and height must be either both zero or both non-zero. + * + */ +int32_t ANativeWindow_setBuffersGeometry(ANativeWindow* window, + int32_t width, int32_t height, int32_t format); + +/** + * Lock the window's next drawing surface for writing. + * inOutDirtyBounds is used as an in/out parameter, upon entering the + * function, it contains the dirty region, that is, the region the caller + * intends to redraw. When the function returns, inOutDirtyBounds is updated + * with the actual area the caller needs to redraw -- this region is often + * extended by ANativeWindow_lock. + */ +int32_t ANativeWindow_lock(ANativeWindow* window, ANativeWindow_Buffer* outBuffer, + ARect* inOutDirtyBounds); + +/** + * Unlock the window's drawing surface after previously locking it, + * posting the new buffer to the display. + */ +int32_t ANativeWindow_unlockAndPost(ANativeWindow* window); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +}; +#endif + +#endif // ANDROID_NATIVE_WINDOW_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/android/rect.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/android/rect.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64d487dc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/android/rect.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + + +#ifndef ANDROID_RECT_H +#define ANDROID_RECT_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct ARect { +#ifdef __cplusplus + typedef int32_t value_type; +#endif + int32_t left; + int32_t top; + int32_t right; + int32_t bottom; +} ARect; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +}; +#endif + +#endif // ANDROID_RECT_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/binder/Binder.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/binder/Binder.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba3ac4b99 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/binder/Binder.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_BINDER_H +#define ANDROID_BINDER_H + +#include <binder/IBinder.h> + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +namespace android { + +class BBinder : public IBinder +{ +public: + BBinder(); + + virtual const String16& getInterfaceDescriptor() const; + virtual bool isBinderAlive() const; + virtual status_t pingBinder(); + virtual status_t dump(int fd, const Vector<String16>& args); + + virtual status_t transact( uint32_t code, + const Parcel& data, + Parcel* reply, + uint32_t flags = 0); + + virtual status_t linkToDeath(const sp<DeathRecipient>& recipient, + void* cookie = NULL, + uint32_t flags = 0); + + virtual status_t unlinkToDeath( const wp<DeathRecipient>& recipient, + void* cookie = NULL, + uint32_t flags = 0, + wp<DeathRecipient>* outRecipient = NULL); + + virtual void attachObject( const void* objectID, + void* object, + void* cleanupCookie, + object_cleanup_func func); + virtual void* findObject(const void* objectID) const; + virtual void detachObject(const void* objectID); + + virtual BBinder* localBinder(); + +protected: + virtual ~BBinder(); + + virtual status_t onTransact( uint32_t code, + const Parcel& data, + Parcel* reply, + uint32_t flags = 0); + +private: + BBinder(const BBinder& o); + BBinder& operator=(const BBinder& o); + + class Extras; + + Extras* mExtras; + void* mReserved0; +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class BpRefBase : public virtual RefBase +{ +protected: + BpRefBase(const sp<IBinder>& o); + virtual ~BpRefBase(); + virtual void onFirstRef(); + virtual void onLastStrongRef(const void* id); + virtual bool onIncStrongAttempted(uint32_t flags, const void* id); + + inline IBinder* remote() { return mRemote; } + inline IBinder* remote() const { return mRemote; } + +private: + BpRefBase(const BpRefBase& o); + BpRefBase& operator=(const BpRefBase& o); + + IBinder* const mRemote; + RefBase::weakref_type* mRefs; + volatile int32_t mState; +}; + +}; // namespace android + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_BINDER_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/binder/IBinder.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/binder/IBinder.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81b56c2b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/binder/IBinder.h @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_IBINDER_H +#define ANDROID_IBINDER_H + +#include <utils/Errors.h> +#include <utils/RefBase.h> +#include <utils/String16.h> +#include <utils/Vector.h> + + +#define B_PACK_CHARS(c1, c2, c3, c4) \ + ((((c1)<<24)) | (((c2)<<16)) | (((c3)<<8)) | (c4)) + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +namespace android { + +class BBinder; +class BpBinder; +class IInterface; +class Parcel; + +/** + * Base class and low-level protocol for a remotable object. + * You can derive from this class to create an object for which other + * processes can hold references to it. Communication between processes + * (method calls, property get and set) is down through a low-level + * protocol implemented on top of the transact() API. + */ +class IBinder : public virtual RefBase +{ +public: + enum { + FIRST_CALL_TRANSACTION = 0x00000001, + LAST_CALL_TRANSACTION = 0x00ffffff, + + PING_TRANSACTION = B_PACK_CHARS('_','P','N','G'), + DUMP_TRANSACTION = B_PACK_CHARS('_','D','M','P'), + INTERFACE_TRANSACTION = B_PACK_CHARS('_', 'N', 'T', 'F'), + + // Corresponds to TF_ONE_WAY -- an asynchronous call. + FLAG_ONEWAY = 0x00000001 + }; + + IBinder(); + + /** + * Check if this IBinder implements the interface named by + * @a descriptor. If it does, the base pointer to it is returned, + * which you can safely static_cast<> to the concrete C++ interface. + */ + virtual sp<IInterface> queryLocalInterface(const String16& descriptor); + + /** + * Return the canonical name of the interface provided by this IBinder + * object. + */ + virtual const String16& getInterfaceDescriptor() const = 0; + + virtual bool isBinderAlive() const = 0; + virtual status_t pingBinder() = 0; + virtual status_t dump(int fd, const Vector<String16>& args) = 0; + + virtual status_t transact( uint32_t code, + const Parcel& data, + Parcel* reply, + uint32_t flags = 0) = 0; + + /** + * This method allows you to add data that is transported through + * IPC along with your IBinder pointer. When implementing a Binder + * object, override it to write your desired data in to @a outData. + * You can then call getConstantData() on your IBinder to retrieve + * that data, from any process. You MUST return the number of bytes + * written in to the parcel (including padding). + */ + class DeathRecipient : public virtual RefBase + { + public: + virtual void binderDied(const wp<IBinder>& who) = 0; + }; + + /** + * Register the @a recipient for a notification if this binder + * goes away. If this binder object unexpectedly goes away + * (typically because its hosting process has been killed), + * then DeathRecipient::binderDied() will be called with a reference + * to this. + * + * The @a cookie is optional -- if non-NULL, it should be a + * memory address that you own (that is, you know it is unique). + * + * @note You will only receive death notifications for remote binders, + * as local binders by definition can't die without you dying as well. + * Trying to use this function on a local binder will result in an + * INVALID_OPERATION code being returned and nothing happening. + * + * @note This link always holds a weak reference to its recipient. + * + * @note You will only receive a weak reference to the dead + * binder. You should not try to promote this to a strong reference. + * (Nor should you need to, as there is nothing useful you can + * directly do with it now that it has passed on.) + */ + virtual status_t linkToDeath(const sp<DeathRecipient>& recipient, + void* cookie = NULL, + uint32_t flags = 0) = 0; + + /** + * Remove a previously registered death notification. + * The @a recipient will no longer be called if this object + * dies. The @a cookie is optional. If non-NULL, you can + * supply a NULL @a recipient, and the recipient previously + * added with that cookie will be unlinked. + */ + virtual status_t unlinkToDeath( const wp<DeathRecipient>& recipient, + void* cookie = NULL, + uint32_t flags = 0, + wp<DeathRecipient>* outRecipient = NULL) = 0; + + virtual bool checkSubclass(const void* subclassID) const; + + typedef void (*object_cleanup_func)(const void* id, void* obj, void* cleanupCookie); + + virtual void attachObject( const void* objectID, + void* object, + void* cleanupCookie, + object_cleanup_func func) = 0; + virtual void* findObject(const void* objectID) const = 0; + virtual void detachObject(const void* objectID) = 0; + + virtual BBinder* localBinder(); + virtual BpBinder* remoteBinder(); + +protected: + virtual ~IBinder(); + +private: +}; + +}; // namespace android + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_IBINDER_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/binder/IInterface.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/binder/IInterface.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f9f69c04 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/binder/IInterface.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +// +#ifndef ANDROID_IINTERFACE_H +#define ANDROID_IINTERFACE_H + +#include <binder/Binder.h> + +namespace android { + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class IInterface : public virtual RefBase +{ +public: + IInterface(); + sp<IBinder> asBinder(); + sp<const IBinder> asBinder() const; + +protected: + virtual ~IInterface(); + virtual IBinder* onAsBinder() = 0; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template<typename INTERFACE> +inline sp<INTERFACE> interface_cast(const sp<IBinder>& obj) +{ + return INTERFACE::asInterface(obj); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template<typename INTERFACE> +class BnInterface : public INTERFACE, public BBinder +{ +public: + virtual sp<IInterface> queryLocalInterface(const String16& _descriptor); + virtual const String16& getInterfaceDescriptor() const; + +protected: + virtual IBinder* onAsBinder(); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template<typename INTERFACE> +class BpInterface : public INTERFACE, public BpRefBase +{ +public: + BpInterface(const sp<IBinder>& remote); + +protected: + virtual IBinder* onAsBinder(); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define DECLARE_META_INTERFACE(INTERFACE) \ + static const android::String16 descriptor; \ + static android::sp<I##INTERFACE> asInterface( \ + const android::sp<android::IBinder>& obj); \ + virtual const android::String16& getInterfaceDescriptor() const; \ + I##INTERFACE(); \ + virtual ~I##INTERFACE(); \ + + +#define IMPLEMENT_META_INTERFACE(INTERFACE, NAME) \ + const android::String16 I##INTERFACE::descriptor(NAME); \ + const android::String16& \ + I##INTERFACE::getInterfaceDescriptor() const { \ + return I##INTERFACE::descriptor; \ + } \ + android::sp<I##INTERFACE> I##INTERFACE::asInterface( \ + const android::sp<android::IBinder>& obj) \ + { \ + android::sp<I##INTERFACE> intr; \ + if (obj != NULL) { \ + intr = static_cast<I##INTERFACE*>( \ + obj->queryLocalInterface( \ + I##INTERFACE::descriptor).get()); \ + if (intr == NULL) { \ + intr = new Bp##INTERFACE(obj); \ + } \ + } \ + return intr; \ + } \ + I##INTERFACE::I##INTERFACE() { } \ + I##INTERFACE::~I##INTERFACE() { } \ + + +#define CHECK_INTERFACE(interface, data, reply) \ + if (!data.checkInterface(this)) { return PERMISSION_DENIED; } \ + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +// No user-serviceable parts after this... + +template<typename INTERFACE> +inline sp<IInterface> BnInterface<INTERFACE>::queryLocalInterface( + const String16& _descriptor) +{ + if (_descriptor == INTERFACE::descriptor) return this; + return NULL; +} + +template<typename INTERFACE> +inline const String16& BnInterface<INTERFACE>::getInterfaceDescriptor() const +{ + return INTERFACE::getInterfaceDescriptor(); +} + +template<typename INTERFACE> +IBinder* BnInterface<INTERFACE>::onAsBinder() +{ + return this; +} + +template<typename INTERFACE> +inline BpInterface<INTERFACE>::BpInterface(const sp<IBinder>& remote) + : BpRefBase(remote) +{ +} + +template<typename INTERFACE> +inline IBinder* BpInterface<INTERFACE>::onAsBinder() +{ + return remote(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +}; // namespace android + +#endif // ANDROID_IINTERFACE_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/atomic.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/atomic.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae42eb8a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/atomic.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_H +#define ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* + * A handful of basic atomic operations. The appropriate pthread + * functions should be used instead of these whenever possible. + * + * The "acquire" and "release" terms can be defined intuitively in terms + * of the placement of memory barriers in a simple lock implementation: + * - wait until compare-and-swap(lock-is-free --> lock-is-held) succeeds + * - barrier + * - [do work] + * - barrier + * - store(lock-is-free) + * In very crude terms, the initial (acquire) barrier prevents any of the + * "work" from happening before the lock is held, and the later (release) + * barrier ensures that all of the work happens before the lock is released. + * (Think of cached writes, cache read-ahead, and instruction reordering + * around the CAS and store instructions.) + * + * The barriers must apply to both the compiler and the CPU. Note it is + * legal for instructions that occur before an "acquire" barrier to be + * moved down below it, and for instructions that occur after a "release" + * barrier to be moved up above it. + * + * The ARM-driven implementation we use here is short on subtlety, + * and actually requests a full barrier from the compiler and the CPU. + * The only difference between acquire and release is in whether they + * are issued before or after the atomic operation with which they + * are associated. To ease the transition to C/C++ atomic intrinsics, + * you should not rely on this, and instead assume that only the minimal + * acquire/release protection is provided. + * + * NOTE: all int32_t* values are expected to be aligned on 32-bit boundaries. + * If they are not, atomicity is not guaranteed. + */ + +/* + * Basic arithmetic and bitwise operations. These all provide a + * barrier with "release" ordering, and return the previous value. + * + * These have the same characteristics (e.g. what happens on overflow) + * as the equivalent non-atomic C operations. + */ +int32_t android_atomic_inc(volatile int32_t* addr); +int32_t android_atomic_dec(volatile int32_t* addr); +int32_t android_atomic_add(int32_t value, volatile int32_t* addr); +int32_t android_atomic_and(int32_t value, volatile int32_t* addr); +int32_t android_atomic_or(int32_t value, volatile int32_t* addr); + +/* + * Perform an atomic load with "acquire" or "release" ordering. + * + * This is only necessary if you need the memory barrier. A 32-bit read + * from a 32-bit aligned address is atomic on all supported platforms. + */ +int32_t android_atomic_acquire_load(volatile const int32_t* addr); +int32_t android_atomic_release_load(volatile const int32_t* addr); + +/* + * Perform an atomic store with "acquire" or "release" ordering. + * + * This is only necessary if you need the memory barrier. A 32-bit write + * to a 32-bit aligned address is atomic on all supported platforms. + */ +void android_atomic_acquire_store(int32_t value, volatile int32_t* addr); +void android_atomic_release_store(int32_t value, volatile int32_t* addr); + +/* + * Compare-and-set operation with "acquire" or "release" ordering. + * + * This returns zero if the new value was successfully stored, which will + * only happen when *addr == oldvalue. + * + * (The return value is inverted from implementations on other platforms, + * but matches the ARM ldrex/strex result.) + * + * Implementations that use the release CAS in a loop may be less efficient + * than possible, because we re-issue the memory barrier on each iteration. + */ +int android_atomic_acquire_cas(int32_t oldvalue, int32_t newvalue, + volatile int32_t* addr); +int android_atomic_release_cas(int32_t oldvalue, int32_t newvalue, + volatile int32_t* addr); + +/* + * Aliases for code using an older version of this header. These are now + * deprecated and should not be used. The definitions will be removed + * in a future release. + */ +#define android_atomic_write android_atomic_release_store +#define android_atomic_cmpxchg android_atomic_release_cas + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/log.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/log.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42d738296 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,482 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +// +// C/C++ logging functions. See the logging documentation for API details. +// +// We'd like these to be available from C code (in case we import some from +// somewhere), so this has a C interface. +// +// The output will be correct when the log file is shared between multiple +// threads and/or multiple processes so long as the operating system +// supports O_APPEND. These calls have mutex-protected data structures +// and so are NOT reentrant. Do not use LOG in a signal handler. +// +#ifndef _LIBS_CUTILS_LOG_H +#define _LIBS_CUTILS_LOG_H + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#ifdef HAVE_PTHREADS +#include <pthread.h> +#endif +#include <stdarg.h> + +#include <cutils/uio.h> +#include <cutils/logd.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Normally we strip LOGV (VERBOSE messages) from release builds. + * You can modify this (for example with "#define LOG_NDEBUG 0" + * at the top of your source file) to change that behavior. + */ +#ifndef LOG_NDEBUG +#ifdef NDEBUG +#define LOG_NDEBUG 1 +#else +#define LOG_NDEBUG 0 +#endif +#endif + +/* + * This is the local tag used for the following simplified + * logging macros. You can change this preprocessor definition + * before using the other macros to change the tag. + */ +#ifndef LOG_TAG +#define LOG_TAG NULL +#endif + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Simplified macro to send a verbose log message using the current LOG_TAG. + */ +#ifndef LOGV +#if LOG_NDEBUG +#define LOGV(...) ((void)0) +#else +#define LOGV(...) ((void)LOG(LOG_VERBOSE, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) +#endif +#endif + +#define CONDITION(cond) (__builtin_expect((cond)!=0, 0)) + +#ifndef LOGV_IF +#if LOG_NDEBUG +#define LOGV_IF(cond, ...) ((void)0) +#else +#define LOGV_IF(cond, ...) \ + ( (CONDITION(cond)) \ + ? ((void)LOG(LOG_VERBOSE, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \ + : (void)0 ) +#endif +#endif + +/* + * Simplified macro to send a debug log message using the current LOG_TAG. + */ +#ifndef LOGD +#define LOGD(...) ((void)LOG(LOG_DEBUG, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) +#endif + +#ifndef LOGD_IF +#define LOGD_IF(cond, ...) \ + ( (CONDITION(cond)) \ + ? ((void)LOG(LOG_DEBUG, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \ + : (void)0 ) +#endif + +/* + * Simplified macro to send an info log message using the current LOG_TAG. + */ +#ifndef LOGI +#define LOGI(...) ((void)LOG(LOG_INFO, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) +#endif + +#ifndef LOGI_IF +#define LOGI_IF(cond, ...) \ + ( (CONDITION(cond)) \ + ? ((void)LOG(LOG_INFO, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \ + : (void)0 ) +#endif + +/* + * Simplified macro to send a warning log message using the current LOG_TAG. + */ +#ifndef LOGW +#define LOGW(...) ((void)LOG(LOG_WARN, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) +#endif + +#ifndef LOGW_IF +#define LOGW_IF(cond, ...) \ + ( (CONDITION(cond)) \ + ? ((void)LOG(LOG_WARN, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \ + : (void)0 ) +#endif + +/* + * Simplified macro to send an error log message using the current LOG_TAG. + */ +#ifndef LOGE +#define LOGE(...) ((void)LOG(LOG_ERROR, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) +#endif + +#ifndef LOGE_IF +#define LOGE_IF(cond, ...) \ + ( (CONDITION(cond)) \ + ? ((void)LOG(LOG_ERROR, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \ + : (void)0 ) +#endif + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Conditional based on whether the current LOG_TAG is enabled at + * verbose priority. + */ +#ifndef IF_LOGV +#if LOG_NDEBUG +#define IF_LOGV() if (false) +#else +#define IF_LOGV() IF_LOG(LOG_VERBOSE, LOG_TAG) +#endif +#endif + +/* + * Conditional based on whether the current LOG_TAG is enabled at + * debug priority. + */ +#ifndef IF_LOGD +#define IF_LOGD() IF_LOG(LOG_DEBUG, LOG_TAG) +#endif + +/* + * Conditional based on whether the current LOG_TAG is enabled at + * info priority. + */ +#ifndef IF_LOGI +#define IF_LOGI() IF_LOG(LOG_INFO, LOG_TAG) +#endif + +/* + * Conditional based on whether the current LOG_TAG is enabled at + * warn priority. + */ +#ifndef IF_LOGW +#define IF_LOGW() IF_LOG(LOG_WARN, LOG_TAG) +#endif + +/* + * Conditional based on whether the current LOG_TAG is enabled at + * error priority. + */ +#ifndef IF_LOGE +#define IF_LOGE() IF_LOG(LOG_ERROR, LOG_TAG) +#endif + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Simplified macro to send a verbose system log message using the current LOG_TAG. + */ +#ifndef SLOGV +#if LOG_NDEBUG +#define SLOGV(...) ((void)0) +#else +#define SLOGV(...) ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_VERBOSE, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) +#endif +#endif + +#define CONDITION(cond) (__builtin_expect((cond)!=0, 0)) + +#ifndef SLOGV_IF +#if LOG_NDEBUG +#define SLOGV_IF(cond, ...) ((void)0) +#else +#define SLOGV_IF(cond, ...) \ + ( (CONDITION(cond)) \ + ? ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_VERBOSE, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \ + : (void)0 ) +#endif +#endif + +/* + * Simplified macro to send a debug system log message using the current LOG_TAG. + */ +#ifndef SLOGD +#define SLOGD(...) ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_DEBUG, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) +#endif + +#ifndef SLOGD_IF +#define SLOGD_IF(cond, ...) \ + ( (CONDITION(cond)) \ + ? ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_DEBUG, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \ + : (void)0 ) +#endif + +/* + * Simplified macro to send an info system log message using the current LOG_TAG. + */ +#ifndef SLOGI +#define SLOGI(...) ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_INFO, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) +#endif + +#ifndef SLOGI_IF +#define SLOGI_IF(cond, ...) \ + ( (CONDITION(cond)) \ + ? ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_INFO, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \ + : (void)0 ) +#endif + +/* + * Simplified macro to send a warning system log message using the current LOG_TAG. + */ +#ifndef SLOGW +#define SLOGW(...) ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_WARN, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) +#endif + +#ifndef SLOGW_IF +#define SLOGW_IF(cond, ...) \ + ( (CONDITION(cond)) \ + ? ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_WARN, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \ + : (void)0 ) +#endif + +/* + * Simplified macro to send an error system log message using the current LOG_TAG. + */ +#ifndef SLOGE +#define SLOGE(...) ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_ERROR, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) +#endif + +#ifndef SLOGE_IF +#define SLOGE_IF(cond, ...) \ + ( (CONDITION(cond)) \ + ? ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_ERROR, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \ + : (void)0 ) +#endif + + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Log a fatal error. If the given condition fails, this stops program + * execution like a normal assertion, but also generating the given message. + * It is NOT stripped from release builds. Note that the condition test + * is -inverted- from the normal assert() semantics. + */ +#ifndef LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL_IF +#define LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL_IF(cond, ...) \ + ( (CONDITION(cond)) \ + ? ((void)android_printAssert(#cond, LOG_TAG, ## __VA_ARGS__)) \ + : (void)0 ) +#endif + +#ifndef LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL +#define LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL(...) \ + ( ((void)android_printAssert(NULL, LOG_TAG, ## __VA_ARGS__)) ) +#endif + +/* + * Versions of LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL_IF and LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL that + * are stripped out of release builds. + */ +#if LOG_NDEBUG + +#ifndef LOG_FATAL_IF +#define LOG_FATAL_IF(cond, ...) ((void)0) +#endif +#ifndef LOG_FATAL +#define LOG_FATAL(...) ((void)0) +#endif + +#else + +#ifndef LOG_FATAL_IF +#define LOG_FATAL_IF(cond, ...) LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL_IF(cond, ## __VA_ARGS__) +#endif +#ifndef LOG_FATAL +#define LOG_FATAL(...) LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL(__VA_ARGS__) +#endif + +#endif + +/* + * Assertion that generates a log message when the assertion fails. + * Stripped out of release builds. Uses the current LOG_TAG. + */ +#ifndef LOG_ASSERT +#define LOG_ASSERT(cond, ...) LOG_FATAL_IF(!(cond), ## __VA_ARGS__) +//#define LOG_ASSERT(cond) LOG_FATAL_IF(!(cond), "Assertion failed: " #cond) +#endif + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Basic log message macro. + * + * Example: + * LOG(LOG_WARN, NULL, "Failed with error %d", errno); + * + * The second argument may be NULL or "" to indicate the "global" tag. + */ +#ifndef LOG +#define LOG(priority, tag, ...) \ + LOG_PRI(ANDROID_##priority, tag, __VA_ARGS__) +#endif + +/* + * Log macro that allows you to specify a number for the priority. + */ +#ifndef LOG_PRI +#define LOG_PRI(priority, tag, ...) \ + android_printLog(priority, tag, __VA_ARGS__) +#endif + +/* + * Log macro that allows you to pass in a varargs ("args" is a va_list). + */ +#ifndef LOG_PRI_VA +#define LOG_PRI_VA(priority, tag, fmt, args) \ + android_vprintLog(priority, NULL, tag, fmt, args) +#endif + +/* + * Conditional given a desired logging priority and tag. + */ +#ifndef IF_LOG +#define IF_LOG(priority, tag) \ + if (android_testLog(ANDROID_##priority, tag)) +#endif + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Event logging. + */ + +/* + * Event log entry types. These must match up with the declarations in + * java/android/android/util/EventLog.java. + */ +typedef enum { + EVENT_TYPE_INT = 0, + EVENT_TYPE_LONG = 1, + EVENT_TYPE_STRING = 2, + EVENT_TYPE_LIST = 3, +} AndroidEventLogType; + + +#ifndef LOG_EVENT_INT +#define LOG_EVENT_INT(_tag, _value) { \ + int intBuf = _value; \ + (void) android_btWriteLog(_tag, EVENT_TYPE_INT, &intBuf, \ + sizeof(intBuf)); \ + } +#endif +#ifndef LOG_EVENT_LONG +#define LOG_EVENT_LONG(_tag, _value) { \ + long long longBuf = _value; \ + (void) android_btWriteLog(_tag, EVENT_TYPE_LONG, &longBuf, \ + sizeof(longBuf)); \ + } +#endif +#ifndef LOG_EVENT_STRING +#define LOG_EVENT_STRING(_tag, _value) \ + ((void) 0) /* not implemented -- must combine len with string */ +#endif +/* TODO: something for LIST */ + +/* + * =========================================================================== + * + * The stuff in the rest of this file should not be used directly. + */ + +#define android_printLog(prio, tag, fmt...) \ + __android_log_print(prio, tag, fmt) + +#define android_vprintLog(prio, cond, tag, fmt...) \ + __android_log_vprint(prio, tag, fmt) + +/* XXX Macros to work around syntax errors in places where format string + * arg is not passed to LOG_ASSERT, LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL or LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL_IF + * (happens only in debug builds). + */ + +/* Returns 2nd arg. Used to substitute default value if caller's vararg list + * is empty. + */ +#define __android_second(dummy, second, ...) second + +/* If passed multiple args, returns ',' followed by all but 1st arg, otherwise + * returns nothing. + */ +#define __android_rest(first, ...) , ## __VA_ARGS__ + +#define android_printAssert(cond, tag, fmt...) \ + __android_log_assert(cond, tag, \ + __android_second(0, ## fmt, NULL) __android_rest(fmt)) + +#define android_writeLog(prio, tag, text) \ + __android_log_write(prio, tag, text) + +#define android_bWriteLog(tag, payload, len) \ + __android_log_bwrite(tag, payload, len) +#define android_btWriteLog(tag, type, payload, len) \ + __android_log_btwrite(tag, type, payload, len) + +// TODO: remove these prototypes and their users +#define android_testLog(prio, tag) (1) +#define android_writevLog(vec,num) do{}while(0) +#define android_write1Log(str,len) do{}while (0) +#define android_setMinPriority(tag, prio) do{}while(0) +//#define android_logToCallback(func) do{}while(0) +#define android_logToFile(tag, file) (0) +#define android_logToFd(tag, fd) (0) + +typedef enum { + LOG_ID_MAIN = 0, + LOG_ID_RADIO = 1, + LOG_ID_EVENTS = 2, + LOG_ID_SYSTEM = 3, + + LOG_ID_MAX +} log_id_t; + +/* + * Send a simple string to the log. + */ +int __android_log_buf_write(int bufID, int prio, const char *tag, const char *text); +int __android_log_buf_print(int bufID, int prio, const char *tag, const char *fmt, ...); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // _LIBS_CUTILS_LOG_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/logd.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/logd.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8737639cc --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/logd.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef _ANDROID_CUTILS_LOGD_H +#define _ANDROID_CUTILS_LOGD_H + +/* the stable/frozen log-related definitions have been + * moved to this header, which is exposed by the NDK + */ +#include <android/log.h> + +/* the rest is only used internally by the system */ +#include <time.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#ifdef HAVE_PTHREADS +#include <pthread.h> +#endif +#include <cutils/uio.h> +#include <stdarg.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +int __android_log_bwrite(int32_t tag, const void *payload, size_t len); +int __android_log_btwrite(int32_t tag, char type, const void *payload, + size_t len); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _LOGD_H */ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/native_handle.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/native_handle.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..268c5d3f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/native_handle.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef NATIVE_HANDLE_H_ +#define NATIVE_HANDLE_H_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct native_handle +{ + int version; /* sizeof(native_handle_t) */ + int numFds; /* number of file-descriptors at &data[0] */ + int numInts; /* number of ints at &data[numFds] */ + int data[0]; /* numFds + numInts ints */ +} native_handle_t; + +/* + * native_handle_close + * + * closes the file descriptors contained in this native_handle_t + * + * return 0 on success, or a negative error code on failure + * + */ +int native_handle_close(const native_handle_t* h); + + +/* + * native_handle_create + * + * creates a native_handle_t and initializes it. must be destroyed with + * native_handle_delete(). + * + */ +native_handle_t* native_handle_create(int numFds, int numInts); + +/* + * native_handle_delete + * + * frees a native_handle_t allocated with native_handle_create(). + * This ONLY frees the memory allocated for the native_handle_t, but doesn't + * close the file descriptors; which can be achieved with native_handle_close(). + * + * return 0 on success, or a negative error code on failure + * + */ +int native_handle_delete(native_handle_t* h); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* NATIVE_HANDLE_H_ */ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/uio.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/uio.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01a74d26f --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/cutils/uio.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +// +// implementation of sys/uio.h for platforms that don't have it (Win32) +// +#ifndef _LIBS_CUTILS_UIO_H +#define _LIBS_CUTILS_UIO_H + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UIO_H +#include <sys/uio.h> +#else + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> + +struct iovec { + const void* iov_base; + size_t iov_len; +}; + +extern int readv( int fd, struct iovec* vecs, int count ); +extern int writev( int fd, const struct iovec* vecs, int count ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* !HAVE_SYS_UIO_H */ + +#endif /* _LIBS_UTILS_UIO_H */ + diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/drm/DrmManagerClient.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/drm/DrmManagerClient.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8fe46d08 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/drm/DrmManagerClient.h @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef __DRM_MANAGER_CLIENT_H__ +#define __DRM_MANAGER_CLIENT_H__ + +#include <utils/threads.h> +#include <binder/IInterface.h> +#include "drm_framework_common.h" + +namespace android { + +class DrmInfo; +class DrmRights; +class DrmMetadata; +class DrmInfoEvent; +class DrmInfoStatus; +class DrmInfoRequest; +class DrmSupportInfo; +class DrmConstraints; +class DrmConvertedStatus; +class DrmManagerClientImpl; + +/** + * The Native application will instantiate this class and access DRM Framework + * services through this class. + * + */ +class DrmManagerClient { +public: + DrmManagerClient(); + + virtual ~DrmManagerClient(); + +public: + class OnInfoListener: virtual public RefBase { + + public: + virtual ~OnInfoListener() {} + + public: + virtual void onInfo(const DrmInfoEvent& event) = 0; + }; + +/** + * APIs which will be used by native modules (e.g. StageFright) + * + */ +public: + /** + * Open the decrypt session to decrypt the given protected content + * + * @param[in] fd File descriptor of the protected content to be decrypted + * @param[in] offset Start position of the content + * @param[in] length The length of the protected content + * @return + * Handle for the decryption session + */ + sp<DecryptHandle> openDecryptSession(int fd, off64_t offset, off64_t length); + + /** + * Open the decrypt session to decrypt the given protected content + * + * @param[in] uri Path of the protected content to be decrypted + * @return + * Handle for the decryption session + */ + sp<DecryptHandle> openDecryptSession(const char* uri); + + /** + * Close the decrypt session for the given handle + * + * @param[in] decryptHandle Handle for the decryption session + * @return status_t + * Returns DRM_NO_ERROR for success, DRM_ERROR_UNKNOWN for failure + */ + status_t closeDecryptSession(sp<DecryptHandle> &decryptHandle); + + /** + * Consumes the rights for a content. + * If the reserve parameter is true the rights is reserved until the same + * application calls this api again with the reserve parameter set to false. + * + * @param[in] decryptHandle Handle for the decryption session + * @param[in] action Action to perform. (Action::DEFAULT, Action::PLAY, etc) + * @param[in] reserve True if the rights should be reserved. + * @return status_t + * Returns DRM_NO_ERROR for success, DRM_ERROR_UNKNOWN for failure. + * In case license has been expired, DRM_ERROR_LICENSE_EXPIRED will be returned. + */ + status_t consumeRights(sp<DecryptHandle> &decryptHandle, int action, bool reserve); + + /** + * Informs the DRM engine about the playback actions performed on the DRM files. + * + * @param[in] decryptHandle Handle for the decryption session + * @param[in] playbackStatus Playback action (Playback::START, Playback::STOP, Playback::PAUSE) + * @param[in] position Position in the file (in milliseconds) where the start occurs. + * Only valid together with Playback::START. + * @return status_t + * Returns DRM_NO_ERROR for success, DRM_ERROR_UNKNOWN for failure + */ + status_t setPlaybackStatus( + sp<DecryptHandle> &decryptHandle, int playbackStatus, int64_t position); + + /** + * Initialize decryption for the given unit of the protected content + * + * @param[in] decryptHandle Handle for the decryption session + * @param[in] decryptUnitId ID which specifies decryption unit, such as track ID + * @param[in] headerInfo Information for initializing decryption of this decrypUnit + * @return status_t + * Returns DRM_NO_ERROR for success, DRM_ERROR_UNKNOWN for failure + */ + status_t initializeDecryptUnit( + sp<DecryptHandle> &decryptHandle, int decryptUnitId, const DrmBuffer* headerInfo); + + /** + * Decrypt the protected content buffers for the given unit + * This method will be called any number of times, based on number of + * encrypted streams received from application. + * + * @param[in] decryptHandle Handle for the decryption session + * @param[in] decryptUnitId ID which specifies decryption unit, such as track ID + * @param[in] encBuffer Encrypted data block + * @param[out] decBuffer Decrypted data block + * @param[in] IV Optional buffer + * @return status_t + * Returns the error code for this API + * DRM_NO_ERROR for success, and one of DRM_ERROR_UNKNOWN, DRM_ERROR_LICENSE_EXPIRED + * DRM_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_OPENED, DRM_ERROR_DECRYPT_UNIT_NOT_INITIALIZED, + * DRM_ERROR_DECRYPT for failure. + */ + status_t decrypt( + sp<DecryptHandle> &decryptHandle, int decryptUnitId, + const DrmBuffer* encBuffer, DrmBuffer** decBuffer, DrmBuffer* IV = NULL); + + /** + * Finalize decryption for the given unit of the protected content + * + * @param[in] decryptHandle Handle for the decryption session + * @param[in] decryptUnitId ID which specifies decryption unit, such as track ID + * @return status_t + * Returns DRM_NO_ERROR for success, DRM_ERROR_UNKNOWN for failure + */ + status_t finalizeDecryptUnit( + sp<DecryptHandle> &decryptHandle, int decryptUnitId); + + /** + * Reads the specified number of bytes from an open DRM file. + * + * @param[in] decryptHandle Handle for the decryption session + * @param[out] buffer Reference to the buffer that should receive the read data. + * @param[in] numBytes Number of bytes to read. + * @param[in] offset Offset with which to update the file position. + * + * @return Number of bytes read. Returns -1 for Failure. + */ + ssize_t pread(sp<DecryptHandle> &decryptHandle, + void* buffer, ssize_t numBytes, off64_t offset); + + /** + * Validates whether an action on the DRM content is allowed or not. + * + * @param[in] path Path of the protected content + * @param[in] action Action to validate. (Action::DEFAULT, Action::PLAY, etc) + * @param[in] description Detailed description of the action + * @return true if the action is allowed. + */ + bool validateAction(const String8& path, int action, const ActionDescription& description); + +/** + * APIs which are just the underlying implementation for the Java API + * + */ +public: + /** + * Register a callback to be invoked when the caller required to + * receive necessary information + * + * @param[in] infoListener Listener + * @return status_t + * Returns DRM_NO_ERROR for success, DRM_ERROR_UNKNOWN for failure + */ + status_t setOnInfoListener(const sp<DrmManagerClient::OnInfoListener>& infoListener); + + /** + * Get constraint information associated with input content + * + * @param[in] path Path of the protected content + * @param[in] action Actions defined such as, + * Action::DEFAULT, Action::PLAY, etc + * @return DrmConstraints + * key-value pairs of constraint are embedded in it + * @note + * In case of error, return NULL + */ + DrmConstraints* getConstraints(const String8* path, const int action); + + /** + * Get metadata information associated with input content + * + * @param[in] path Path of the protected content + * @return DrmMetadata + * key-value pairs of metadata + * @note + * In case of error, return NULL + */ + DrmMetadata* getMetadata(const String8* path); + + /** + * Check whether the given mimetype or path can be handled + * + * @param[in] path Path of the content needs to be handled + * @param[in] mimetype Mimetype of the content needs to be handled + * @return + * True if DrmManager can handle given path or mime type. + */ + bool canHandle(const String8& path, const String8& mimeType); + + /** + * Executes given drm information based on its type + * + * @param[in] drmInfo Information needs to be processed + * @return DrmInfoStatus + * instance as a result of processing given input + */ + DrmInfoStatus* processDrmInfo(const DrmInfo* drmInfo); + + /** + * Retrieves necessary information for registration, unregistration or rights + * acquisition information. + * + * @param[in] drmInfoRequest Request information to retrieve drmInfo + * @return DrmInfo + * instance as a result of processing given input + */ + DrmInfo* acquireDrmInfo(const DrmInfoRequest* drmInfoRequest); + + /** + * Save DRM rights to specified rights path + * and make association with content path + * + * @param[in] drmRights DrmRights to be saved + * @param[in] rightsPath File path where rights to be saved + * @param[in] contentPath File path where content was saved + * @return status_t + * Returns DRM_NO_ERROR for success, DRM_ERROR_UNKNOWN for failure + */ + status_t saveRights( + const DrmRights& drmRights, const String8& rightsPath, const String8& contentPath); + + /** + * Retrieves the mime type embedded inside the original content + * + * @param[in] path the path of the protected content + * @return String8 + * Returns mime-type of the original content, such as "video/mpeg" + */ + String8 getOriginalMimeType(const String8& path); + + /** + * Retrieves the type of the protected object (content, rights, etc..) + * by using specified path or mimetype. At least one parameter should be non null + * to retrieve DRM object type + * + * @param[in] path Path of the content or null. + * @param[in] mimeType Mime type of the content or null. + * @return type of the DRM content, + * such as DrmObjectType::CONTENT, DrmObjectType::RIGHTS_OBJECT + */ + int getDrmObjectType(const String8& path, const String8& mimeType); + + /** + * Check whether the given content has valid rights or not + * + * @param[in] path Path of the protected content + * @param[in] action Action to perform + * @return the status of the rights for the protected content, + * such as RightsStatus::RIGHTS_VALID, RightsStatus::RIGHTS_EXPIRED, etc. + */ + int checkRightsStatus(const String8& path, int action); + + /** + * Removes the rights associated with the given protected content + * + * @param[in] path Path of the protected content + * @return status_t + * Returns DRM_NO_ERROR for success, DRM_ERROR_UNKNOWN for failure + */ + status_t removeRights(const String8& path); + + /** + * Removes all the rights information of each plug-in associated with + * DRM framework. Will be used in master reset + * + * @return status_t + * Returns DRM_NO_ERROR for success, DRM_ERROR_UNKNOWN for failure + */ + status_t removeAllRights(); + + /** + * This API is for Forward Lock DRM. + * Each time the application tries to download a new DRM file + * which needs to be converted, then the application has to + * begin with calling this API. + * + * @param[in] convertId Handle for the convert session + * @param[in] mimeType Description/MIME type of the input data packet + * @return Return handle for the convert session + */ + int openConvertSession(const String8& mimeType); + + /** + * Passes the input data which need to be converted. The resultant + * converted data and the status is returned in the DrmConvertedInfo + * object. This method will be called each time there are new block + * of data received by the application. + * + * @param[in] convertId Handle for the convert session + * @param[in] inputData Input Data which need to be converted + * @return Return object contains the status of the data conversion, + * the output converted data and offset. In this case the + * application will ignore the offset information. + */ + DrmConvertedStatus* convertData(int convertId, const DrmBuffer* inputData); + + /** + * When there is no more data which need to be converted or when an + * error occurs that time the application has to inform the Drm agent + * via this API. Upon successful conversion of the complete data, + * the agent will inform that where the header and body signature + * should be added. This signature appending is needed to integrity + * protect the converted file. + * + * @param[in] convertId Handle for the convert session + * @return Return object contains the status of the data conversion, + * the header and body signature data. It also informs + * the application on which offset these signature data + * should be appended. + */ + DrmConvertedStatus* closeConvertSession(int convertId); + + /** + * Retrieves all DrmSupportInfo instance that native DRM framework can handle. + * This interface is meant to be used by JNI layer + * + * @param[out] length Number of elements in drmSupportInfoArray + * @param[out] drmSupportInfoArray Array contains all DrmSupportInfo + * that native DRM framework can handle + * @return status_t + * Returns DRM_NO_ERROR for success, DRM_ERROR_UNKNOWN for failure + */ + status_t getAllSupportInfo(int* length, DrmSupportInfo** drmSupportInfoArray); + +private: + int mUniqueId; + sp<DrmManagerClientImpl> mDrmManagerClientImpl; +}; + +}; + +#endif /* __DRM_MANAGER_CLIENT_H__ */ + diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/drm/drm_framework_common.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/drm/drm_framework_common.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2632cbd29 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/drm/drm_framework_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,336 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef __DRM_FRAMEWORK_COMMON_H__ +#define __DRM_FRAMEWORK_COMMON_H__ + +#include <utils/Vector.h> +#include <utils/KeyedVector.h> +#include <utils/RefBase.h> +#include <utils/String8.h> +#include <utils/Errors.h> + +#define INVALID_VALUE -1 + +namespace android { + +/** + * Error code for DRM Frameowrk + */ +enum { + // The following constant values should be in sync with + // media/stagefright/MediaErrors.h + ERROR_BASE = -2000, + + DRM_ERROR_UNKNOWN = ERROR_BASE, + DRM_ERROR_NO_LICENSE = ERROR_BASE - 1, + DRM_ERROR_LICENSE_EXPIRED = ERROR_BASE - 2, + DRM_ERROR_SESSION_NOT_OPENED = ERROR_BASE - 3, + DRM_ERROR_DECRYPT_UNIT_NOT_INITIALIZED = ERROR_BASE - 4, + DRM_ERROR_DECRYPT = ERROR_BASE - 5, + DRM_ERROR_CANNOT_HANDLE = ERROR_BASE - 6, + DRM_ERROR_TAMPER_DETECTED = ERROR_BASE - 7, + + DRM_NO_ERROR = NO_ERROR +}; + +/** + * copy control settings used in DecryptHandle::copyControlVector + */ +enum DrmCopyControl { + DRM_COPY_CONTROL_BASE = 1000, + // the key used to set the value for HDCP + // if the associated value is 1, then HDCP is required + // otherwise, HDCP is not required + DRM_COPY_CONTROL_HDCP = DRM_COPY_CONTROL_BASE +}; + +/** + * Defines DRM Buffer + */ +class DrmBuffer { +public: + char* data; + int length; + + DrmBuffer() : + data(NULL), + length(0) { + } + + DrmBuffer(char* dataBytes, int dataLength) : + data(dataBytes), + length(dataLength) { + } + +}; + +/** + * Defines detailed description of the action + */ +class ActionDescription { +public: + ActionDescription(int _outputType, int _configuration) : + outputType(_outputType), + configuration(_configuration) { + } + +public: + int outputType; /* BLUETOOTH , HDMI*/ + int configuration; /* RESOLUTION_720_480 , RECORDABLE etc.*/ +}; + +/** + * Defines constants related to DRM types + */ +class DrmObjectType { +private: + DrmObjectType(); + +public: + /** + * Field specifies the unknown type + */ + static const int UNKNOWN = 0x00; + /** + * Field specifies the protected content type + */ + static const int CONTENT = 0x01; + /** + * Field specifies the rights information + */ + static const int RIGHTS_OBJECT = 0x02; + /** + * Field specifies the trigger information + */ + static const int TRIGGER_OBJECT = 0x03; +}; + +/** + * Defines constants related to play back + */ +class Playback { +private: + Playback(); + +public: + /** + * Constant field signifies playback start + */ + static const int START = 0x00; + /** + * Constant field signifies playback stop + */ + static const int STOP = 0x01; + /** + * Constant field signifies playback paused + */ + static const int PAUSE = 0x02; + /** + * Constant field signifies playback resumed + */ + static const int RESUME = 0x03; +}; + +/** + * Defines actions that can be performed on protected content + */ +class Action { +private: + Action(); + +public: + /** + * Constant field signifies that the default action + */ + static const int DEFAULT = 0x00; + /** + * Constant field signifies that the content can be played + */ + static const int PLAY = 0x01; + /** + * Constant field signifies that the content can be set as ring tone + */ + static const int RINGTONE = 0x02; + /** + * Constant field signifies that the content can be transfered + */ + static const int TRANSFER = 0x03; + /** + * Constant field signifies that the content can be set as output + */ + static const int OUTPUT = 0x04; + /** + * Constant field signifies that preview is allowed + */ + static const int PREVIEW = 0x05; + /** + * Constant field signifies that the content can be executed + */ + static const int EXECUTE = 0x06; + /** + * Constant field signifies that the content can displayed + */ + static const int DISPLAY = 0x07; +}; + +/** + * Defines constants related to status of the rights + */ +class RightsStatus { +private: + RightsStatus(); + +public: + /** + * Constant field signifies that the rights are valid + */ + static const int RIGHTS_VALID = 0x00; + /** + * Constant field signifies that the rights are invalid + */ + static const int RIGHTS_INVALID = 0x01; + /** + * Constant field signifies that the rights are expired for the content + */ + static const int RIGHTS_EXPIRED = 0x02; + /** + * Constant field signifies that the rights are not acquired for the content + */ + static const int RIGHTS_NOT_ACQUIRED = 0x03; +}; + +/** + * Defines API set for decryption + */ +class DecryptApiType { +private: + DecryptApiType(); + +public: + /** + * Decrypt API set for non encrypted content + */ + static const int NON_ENCRYPTED = 0x00; + /** + * Decrypt API set for ES based DRM + */ + static const int ELEMENTARY_STREAM_BASED = 0x01; + /** + * POSIX based Decrypt API set for container based DRM + */ + static const int CONTAINER_BASED = 0x02; + /** + * Decrypt API for Widevine streams + */ + static const int WV_BASED = 0x3; +}; + +/** + * Defines decryption information + */ +class DecryptInfo { +public: + /** + * size of memory to be allocated to get the decrypted content. + */ + int decryptBufferLength; + /** + * reserved for future purpose + */ +}; + +/** + * Defines decryption handle + */ +class DecryptHandle : public RefBase { +public: + /** + * Decryption session Handle + */ + int decryptId; + /** + * Mimetype of the content to be used to select the media extractor + * For e.g., "video/mpeg" or "audio/mp3" + */ + String8 mimeType; + /** + * Defines which decryption pattern should be used to decrypt the given content + * DrmFramework provides two different set of decryption APIs. + * 1. Decrypt APIs for elementary stream based DRM + * (file format is not encrypted but ES is encrypted) + * e.g., Marlin DRM (MP4 file format), WM-DRM (asf file format) + * + * DecryptApiType::ELEMENTARY_STREAM_BASED + * Decryption API set for ES based DRM + * initializeDecryptUnit(), decrypt(), and finalizeDecryptUnit() + * 2. Decrypt APIs for container based DRM (file format itself is encrypted) + * e.g., OMA DRM (dcf file format) + * + * DecryptApiType::CONTAINER_BASED + * POSIX based Decryption API set for container based DRM + * pread() + */ + int decryptApiType; + /** + * Defines the status of the rights like + * RIGHTS_VALID, RIGHTS_INVALID, RIGHTS_EXPIRED or RIGHTS_NOT_ACQUIRED + */ + int status; + /** + * Information required to decrypt content + * e.g. size of memory to be allocated to get the decrypted content. + */ + DecryptInfo* decryptInfo; + /** + * Defines a vector for the copy control settings sent from the DRM plugin + * to the player + */ + KeyedVector<DrmCopyControl, int> copyControlVector; + + /** + * Defines a vector for any extra data the DRM plugin wants to send + * to the native code + */ + KeyedVector<String8, String8> extendedData; + +public: + DecryptHandle(): + decryptId(INVALID_VALUE), + mimeType(""), + decryptApiType(INVALID_VALUE), + status(INVALID_VALUE), + decryptInfo(NULL) { + + } + + ~DecryptHandle() { + delete decryptInfo; decryptInfo = NULL; + } + + bool operator<(const DecryptHandle& handle) const { + return (decryptId < handle.decryptId); + } + + bool operator==(const DecryptHandle& handle) const { + return (decryptId == handle.decryptId); + } +}; + +}; + +#endif /* __DRM_FRAMEWORK_COMMON_H__ */ + diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/hardware/fb.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/hardware/fb.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba2f286d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/hardware/fb.h @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + + +#ifndef ANDROID_FB_INTERFACE_H +#define ANDROID_FB_INTERFACE_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <cutils/native_handle.h> + +#include <hardware/hardware.h> + +__BEGIN_DECLS + +#define GRALLOC_HARDWARE_FB0 "fb0" + +/*****************************************************************************/ + + +/*****************************************************************************/ + +typedef struct framebuffer_device_t { + struct hw_device_t common; + + /* flags describing some attributes of the framebuffer */ + const uint32_t flags; + + /* dimensions of the framebuffer in pixels */ + const uint32_t width; + const uint32_t height; + + /* frambuffer stride in pixels */ + const int stride; + + /* framebuffer pixel format */ + const int format; + + /* resolution of the framebuffer's display panel in pixel per inch*/ + const float xdpi; + const float ydpi; + + /* framebuffer's display panel refresh rate in frames per second */ + const float fps; + + /* min swap interval supported by this framebuffer */ + const int minSwapInterval; + + /* max swap interval supported by this framebuffer */ + const int maxSwapInterval; + + int reserved[8]; + + /* + * requests a specific swap-interval (same definition than EGL) + * + * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error. + */ + int (*setSwapInterval)(struct framebuffer_device_t* window, + int interval); + + /* + * This hook is OPTIONAL. + * + * It is non NULL If the framebuffer driver supports "update-on-demand" + * and the given rectangle is the area of the screen that gets + * updated during (*post)(). + * + * This is useful on devices that are able to DMA only a portion of + * the screen to the display panel, upon demand -- as opposed to + * constantly refreshing the panel 60 times per second, for instance. + * + * Only the area defined by this rectangle is guaranteed to be valid, that + * is, the driver is not allowed to post anything outside of this + * rectangle. + * + * The rectangle evaluated during (*post)() and specifies which area + * of the buffer passed in (*post)() shall to be posted. + * + * return -EINVAL if width or height <=0, or if left or top < 0 + */ + int (*setUpdateRect)(struct framebuffer_device_t* window, + int left, int top, int width, int height); + + /* + * Post <buffer> to the display (display it on the screen) + * The buffer must have been allocated with the + * GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_FB usage flag. + * buffer must be the same width and height as the display and must NOT + * be locked. + * + * The buffer is shown during the next VSYNC. + * + * If the same buffer is posted again (possibly after some other buffer), + * post() will block until the the first post is completed. + * + * Internally, post() is expected to lock the buffer so that a + * subsequent call to gralloc_module_t::(*lock)() with USAGE_RENDER or + * USAGE_*_WRITE will block until it is safe; that is typically once this + * buffer is shown and another buffer has been posted. + * + * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error. + */ + int (*post)(struct framebuffer_device_t* dev, buffer_handle_t buffer); + + + /* + * The (*compositionComplete)() method must be called after the + * compositor has finished issuing GL commands for client buffers. + */ + + int (*compositionComplete)(struct framebuffer_device_t* dev); + + /* + * This hook is OPTIONAL. + * + * If non NULL it will be caused by SurfaceFlinger on dumpsys + */ + void (*dump)(struct framebuffer_device_t* dev, char *buff, int buff_len); + + /* + * (*enableScreen)() is used to either blank (enable=0) or + * unblank (enable=1) the screen this framebuffer is attached to. + * + * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error. + */ + int (*enableScreen)(struct framebuffer_device_t* dev, int enable); + + void* reserved_proc[6]; + +} framebuffer_device_t; + + +/** convenience API for opening and closing a supported device */ + +static inline int framebuffer_open(const struct hw_module_t* module, + struct framebuffer_device_t** device) { + return module->methods->open(module, + GRALLOC_HARDWARE_FB0, (struct hw_device_t**)device); +} + +static inline int framebuffer_close(struct framebuffer_device_t* device) { + return device->common.close(&device->common); +} + + +__END_DECLS + +#endif // ANDROID_FB_INTERFACE_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/hardware/gralloc.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/hardware/gralloc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8beb5efb --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/hardware/gralloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + + +#ifndef ANDROID_GRALLOC_INTERFACE_H +#define ANDROID_GRALLOC_INTERFACE_H + +#include <system/window.h> +#include <hardware/hardware.h> + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <cutils/native_handle.h> + +#include <hardware/hardware.h> +#include <hardware/fb.h> + +__BEGIN_DECLS + +#define GRALLOC_API_VERSION 1 + +/** + * The id of this module + */ +#define GRALLOC_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "gralloc" + +/** + * Name of the graphics device to open + */ + +#define GRALLOC_HARDWARE_GPU0 "gpu0" + +enum { + /* buffer is never read in software */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_READ_NEVER = 0x00000000, + /* buffer is rarely read in software */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_READ_RARELY = 0x00000002, + /* buffer is often read in software */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_READ_OFTEN = 0x00000003, + /* mask for the software read values */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_READ_MASK = 0x0000000F, + + /* buffer is never written in software */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_WRITE_NEVER = 0x00000000, + /* buffer is never written in software */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_WRITE_RARELY = 0x00000020, + /* buffer is never written in software */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_WRITE_OFTEN = 0x00000030, + /* mask for the software write values */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_WRITE_MASK = 0x000000F0, + + /* buffer will be used as an OpenGL ES texture */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_TEXTURE = 0x00000100, + /* buffer will be used as an OpenGL ES render target */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_RENDER = 0x00000200, + /* buffer will be used by the 2D hardware blitter */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_2D = 0x00000400, + /* buffer will be used by the HWComposer HAL module */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_COMPOSER = 0x00000800, + /* buffer will be used with the framebuffer device */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_FB = 0x00001000, + /* buffer will be used with the HW video encoder */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_VIDEO_ENCODER = 0x00010000, + /* mask for the software usage bit-mask */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_MASK = 0x00011F00, + + /* buffer should be displayed full-screen on an external display when + * possible + */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_EXTERNAL_DISP = 0x00002000, + + /* Must have a hardware-protected path to external display sink for + * this buffer. If a hardware-protected path is not available, then + * either don't composite only this buffer (preferred) to the + * external sink, or (less desirable) do not route the entire + * composition to the external sink. + */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_PROTECTED = 0x00004000, + + /* implementation-specific private usage flags */ + GRALLOC_USAGE_PRIVATE_0 = 0x10000000, + GRALLOC_USAGE_PRIVATE_1 = 0x20000000, + GRALLOC_USAGE_PRIVATE_2 = 0x40000000, + GRALLOC_USAGE_PRIVATE_3 = 0x80000000, + GRALLOC_USAGE_PRIVATE_MASK = 0xF0000000, +}; + +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * Every hardware module must have a data structure named HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM + * and the fields of this data structure must begin with hw_module_t + * followed by module specific information. + */ +typedef struct gralloc_module_t { + struct hw_module_t common; + + /* + * (*registerBuffer)() must be called before a buffer_handle_t that has not + * been created with (*alloc_device_t::alloc)() can be used. + * + * This is intended to be used with buffer_handle_t's that have been + * received in this process through IPC. + * + * This function checks that the handle is indeed a valid one and prepares + * it for use with (*lock)() and (*unlock)(). + * + * It is not necessary to call (*registerBuffer)() on a handle created + * with (*alloc_device_t::alloc)(). + * + * returns an error if this buffer_handle_t is not valid. + */ + int (*registerBuffer)(struct gralloc_module_t const* module, + buffer_handle_t handle); + + /* + * (*unregisterBuffer)() is called once this handle is no longer needed in + * this process. After this call, it is an error to call (*lock)(), + * (*unlock)(), or (*registerBuffer)(). + * + * This function doesn't close or free the handle itself; this is done + * by other means, usually through libcutils's native_handle_close() and + * native_handle_free(). + * + * It is an error to call (*unregisterBuffer)() on a buffer that wasn't + * explicitly registered first. + */ + int (*unregisterBuffer)(struct gralloc_module_t const* module, + buffer_handle_t handle); + + /* + * The (*lock)() method is called before a buffer is accessed for the + * specified usage. This call may block, for instance if the h/w needs + * to finish rendering or if CPU caches need to be synchronized. + * + * The caller promises to modify only pixels in the area specified + * by (l,t,w,h). + * + * The content of the buffer outside of the specified area is NOT modified + * by this call. + * + * If usage specifies GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_*, vaddr is filled with the address + * of the buffer in virtual memory. + * + * THREADING CONSIDERATIONS: + * + * It is legal for several different threads to lock a buffer from + * read access, none of the threads are blocked. + * + * However, locking a buffer simultaneously for write or read/write is + * undefined, but: + * - shall not result in termination of the process + * - shall not block the caller + * It is acceptable to return an error or to leave the buffer's content + * into an indeterminate state. + * + * If the buffer was created with a usage mask incompatible with the + * requested usage flags here, -EINVAL is returned. + * + */ + + int (*lock)(struct gralloc_module_t const* module, + buffer_handle_t handle, int usage, + int l, int t, int w, int h, + void** vaddr); + + + /* + * The (*unlock)() method must be called after all changes to the buffer + * are completed. + */ + + int (*unlock)(struct gralloc_module_t const* module, + buffer_handle_t handle); + + + /* reserved for future use */ + int (*perform)(struct gralloc_module_t const* module, + int operation, ... ); + + /* reserved for future use */ + void* reserved_proc[7]; +} gralloc_module_t; + +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * Every device data structure must begin with hw_device_t + * followed by module specific public methods and attributes. + */ + +typedef struct alloc_device_t { + struct hw_device_t common; + + /* + * (*alloc)() Allocates a buffer in graphic memory with the requested + * parameters and returns a buffer_handle_t and the stride in pixels to + * allow the implementation to satisfy hardware constraints on the width + * of a pixmap (eg: it may have to be multiple of 8 pixels). + * The CALLER TAKES OWNERSHIP of the buffer_handle_t. + * + * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error. + */ + + int (*alloc)(struct alloc_device_t* dev, + int w, int h, int format, int usage, + buffer_handle_t* handle, int* stride); + + /* + * (*free)() Frees a previously allocated buffer. + * Behavior is undefined if the buffer is still mapped in any process, + * but shall not result in termination of the program or security breaches + * (allowing a process to get access to another process' buffers). + * THIS FUNCTION TAKES OWNERSHIP of the buffer_handle_t which becomes + * invalid after the call. + * + * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error. + */ + int (*free)(struct alloc_device_t* dev, + buffer_handle_t handle); + + /* This hook is OPTIONAL. + * + * If non NULL it will be caused by SurfaceFlinger on dumpsys + */ + void (*dump)(struct alloc_device_t *dev, char *buff, int buff_len); + + void* reserved_proc[7]; +} alloc_device_t; + + +/** convenience API for opening and closing a supported device */ + +static inline int gralloc_open(const struct hw_module_t* module, + struct alloc_device_t** device) { + return module->methods->open(module, + GRALLOC_HARDWARE_GPU0, (struct hw_device_t**)device); +} + +static inline int gralloc_close(struct alloc_device_t* device) { + return device->common.close(&device->common); +} + +__END_DECLS + +#endif // ANDROID_ALLOC_INTERFACE_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/hardware/hardware.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/hardware/hardware.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7774b2b64 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/hardware/hardware.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HARDWARE_H +#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HARDWARE_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/cdefs.h> + +#include <cutils/native_handle.h> +#include <system/graphics.h> + +__BEGIN_DECLS + +/* + * Value for the hw_module_t.tag field + */ + +#define MAKE_TAG_CONSTANT(A,B,C,D) (((A) << 24) | ((B) << 16) | ((C) << 8) | (D)) + +#define HARDWARE_MODULE_TAG MAKE_TAG_CONSTANT('H', 'W', 'M', 'T') +#define HARDWARE_DEVICE_TAG MAKE_TAG_CONSTANT('H', 'W', 'D', 'T') + +struct hw_module_t; +struct hw_module_methods_t; +struct hw_device_t; + +/** + * Every hardware module must have a data structure named HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM + * and the fields of this data structure must begin with hw_module_t + * followed by module specific information. + */ +typedef struct hw_module_t { + /** tag must be initialized to HARDWARE_MODULE_TAG */ + uint32_t tag; + + /** major version number for the module */ + uint16_t version_major; + + /** minor version number of the module */ + uint16_t version_minor; + + /** Identifier of module */ + const char *id; + + /** Name of this module */ + const char *name; + + /** Author/owner/implementor of the module */ + const char *author; + + /** Modules methods */ + struct hw_module_methods_t* methods; + + /** module's dso */ + void* dso; + + /** padding to 128 bytes, reserved for future use */ + uint32_t reserved[32-7]; + +} hw_module_t; + +typedef struct hw_module_methods_t { + /** Open a specific device */ + int (*open)(const struct hw_module_t* module, const char* id, + struct hw_device_t** device); + +} hw_module_methods_t; + +/** + * Every device data structure must begin with hw_device_t + * followed by module specific public methods and attributes. + */ +typedef struct hw_device_t { + /** tag must be initialized to HARDWARE_DEVICE_TAG */ + uint32_t tag; + + /** version number for hw_device_t */ + uint32_t version; + + /** reference to the module this device belongs to */ + struct hw_module_t* module; + + /** padding reserved for future use */ + uint32_t reserved[12]; + + /** Close this device */ + int (*close)(struct hw_device_t* device); + +} hw_device_t; + +/** + * Name of the hal_module_info + */ +#define HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM HMI + +/** + * Name of the hal_module_info as a string + */ +#define HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM_AS_STR "HMI" + +/** + * Get the module info associated with a module by id. + * + * @return: 0 == success, <0 == error and *module == NULL + */ +int hw_get_module(const char *id, const struct hw_module_t **module); + +/** + * Get the module info associated with a module instance by class 'class_id' + * and instance 'inst'. + * + * Some modules types necessitate multiple instances. For example audio supports + * multiple concurrent interfaces and thus 'audio' is the module class + * and 'primary' or 'a2dp' are module interfaces. This implies that the files + * providing these modules would be named audio.primary.<variant>.so and + * audio.a2dp.<variant>.so + * + * @return: 0 == success, <0 == error and *module == NULL + */ +int hw_get_module_by_class(const char *class_id, const char *inst, + const struct hw_module_t **module); + +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HARDWARE_H */ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/IOMX.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/IOMX.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4cc947a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/IOMX.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_IOMX_H_ + +#define ANDROID_IOMX_H_ + +#include <binder/IInterface.h> +#include <ui/GraphicBuffer.h> +#include <utils/List.h> +#include <utils/String8.h> + +#include <OMX_Core.h> +#include <OMX_Video.h> + +#include "jni.h" + +namespace android { + +class IMemory; +class IOMXObserver; +class IOMXRenderer; +class Surface; + +class IOMX : public IInterface { +public: + DECLARE_META_INTERFACE(OMX); + + typedef void *buffer_id; + typedef void *node_id; + + // Given the calling process' pid, returns true iff + // the implementation of the OMX interface lives in the same + // process. + virtual bool livesLocally(pid_t pid) = 0; + + struct ComponentInfo { + String8 mName; + List<String8> mRoles; + }; + virtual status_t listNodes(List<ComponentInfo> *list) = 0; + + virtual status_t allocateNode( + const char *name, const sp<IOMXObserver> &observer, + node_id *node) = 0; + + virtual status_t freeNode(node_id node) = 0; + + virtual status_t sendCommand( + node_id node, OMX_COMMANDTYPE cmd, OMX_S32 param) = 0; + + virtual status_t getParameter( + node_id node, OMX_INDEXTYPE index, + void *params, size_t size) = 0; + + virtual status_t setParameter( + node_id node, OMX_INDEXTYPE index, + const void *params, size_t size) = 0; + + virtual status_t getConfig( + node_id node, OMX_INDEXTYPE index, + void *params, size_t size) = 0; + + virtual status_t setConfig( + node_id node, OMX_INDEXTYPE index, + const void *params, size_t size) = 0; + + virtual status_t getState( + node_id node, OMX_STATETYPE* state) = 0; + + virtual status_t storeMetaDataInBuffers( + node_id node, OMX_U32 port_index, OMX_BOOL enable) = 0; + + virtual status_t enableGraphicBuffers( + node_id node, OMX_U32 port_index, OMX_BOOL enable) = 0; + + virtual status_t getGraphicBufferUsage( + node_id node, OMX_U32 port_index, OMX_U32* usage) = 0; + + virtual status_t useBuffer( + node_id node, OMX_U32 port_index, const sp<IMemory> ¶ms, + buffer_id *buffer) = 0; + + virtual status_t useGraphicBuffer( + node_id node, OMX_U32 port_index, + const sp<GraphicBuffer> &graphicBuffer, buffer_id *buffer) = 0; + + // This API clearly only makes sense if the caller lives in the + // same process as the callee, i.e. is the media_server, as the + // returned "buffer_data" pointer is just that, a pointer into local + // address space. + virtual status_t allocateBuffer( + node_id node, OMX_U32 port_index, size_t size, + buffer_id *buffer, void **buffer_data) = 0; + + virtual status_t allocateBufferWithBackup( + node_id node, OMX_U32 port_index, const sp<IMemory> ¶ms, + buffer_id *buffer) = 0; + + virtual status_t freeBuffer( + node_id node, OMX_U32 port_index, buffer_id buffer) = 0; + + virtual status_t fillBuffer(node_id node, buffer_id buffer) = 0; + + virtual status_t emptyBuffer( + node_id node, + buffer_id buffer, + OMX_U32 range_offset, OMX_U32 range_length, + OMX_U32 flags, OMX_TICKS timestamp) = 0; + + virtual status_t getExtensionIndex( + node_id node, + const char *parameter_name, + OMX_INDEXTYPE *index) = 0; +}; + +struct omx_message { + enum { + EVENT, + EMPTY_BUFFER_DONE, + FILL_BUFFER_DONE, + + } type; + + IOMX::node_id node; + + union { + // if type == EVENT + struct { + OMX_EVENTTYPE event; + OMX_U32 data1; + OMX_U32 data2; + } event_data; + + // if type == EMPTY_BUFFER_DONE + struct { + IOMX::buffer_id buffer; + } buffer_data; + + // if type == FILL_BUFFER_DONE + struct { + IOMX::buffer_id buffer; + OMX_U32 range_offset; + OMX_U32 range_length; + OMX_U32 flags; + OMX_TICKS timestamp; + OMX_PTR platform_private; + OMX_PTR data_ptr; + } extended_buffer_data; + + } u; +}; + +class IOMXObserver : public IInterface { +public: + DECLARE_META_INTERFACE(OMXObserver); + + virtual void onMessage(const omx_message &msg) = 0; +}; + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +class BnOMX : public BnInterface<IOMX> { +public: + virtual status_t onTransact( + uint32_t code, const Parcel &data, Parcel *reply, + uint32_t flags = 0); +}; + +class BnOMXObserver : public BnInterface<IOMXObserver> { +public: + virtual status_t onTransact( + uint32_t code, const Parcel &data, Parcel *reply, + uint32_t flags = 0); +}; + +struct CodecProfileLevel { + OMX_U32 mProfile; + OMX_U32 mLevel; +}; + +} // namespace android + +#endif // ANDROID_IOMX_H_ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/MediaBuffer.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/MediaBuffer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d79596f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/MediaBuffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef MEDIA_BUFFER_H_ + +#define MEDIA_BUFFER_H_ + +#include <pthread.h> + +#include <utils/Errors.h> +#include <utils/RefBase.h> + +namespace android { + +struct ABuffer; +class GraphicBuffer; +class MediaBuffer; +class MediaBufferObserver; +class MetaData; + +class MediaBufferObserver { +public: + MediaBufferObserver() {} + virtual ~MediaBufferObserver() {} + + virtual void signalBufferReturned(MediaBuffer *buffer) = 0; + +private: + MediaBufferObserver(const MediaBufferObserver &); + MediaBufferObserver &operator=(const MediaBufferObserver &); +}; + +class MediaBuffer { +public: + // The underlying data remains the responsibility of the caller! + MediaBuffer(void *data, size_t size); + + MediaBuffer(size_t size); + + MediaBuffer(const sp<GraphicBuffer>& graphicBuffer); + + MediaBuffer(const sp<ABuffer> &buffer); + + // Decrements the reference count and returns the buffer to its + // associated MediaBufferGroup if the reference count drops to 0. + void release(); + + // Increments the reference count. + void add_ref(); + + void *data() const; + size_t size() const; + + size_t range_offset() const; + size_t range_length() const; + + void set_range(size_t offset, size_t length); + + sp<GraphicBuffer> graphicBuffer() const; + + sp<MetaData> meta_data(); + + // Clears meta data and resets the range to the full extent. + void reset(); + + void setObserver(MediaBufferObserver *group); + + // Returns a clone of this MediaBuffer increasing its reference count. + // The clone references the same data but has its own range and + // MetaData. + MediaBuffer *clone(); + + int refcount() const; + +protected: + virtual ~MediaBuffer(); + +private: + friend class MediaBufferGroup; + friend class OMXDecoder; + + // For use by OMXDecoder, reference count must be 1, drop reference + // count to 0 without signalling the observer. + void claim(); + + MediaBufferObserver *mObserver; + MediaBuffer *mNextBuffer; + int mRefCount; + + void *mData; + size_t mSize, mRangeOffset, mRangeLength; + sp<GraphicBuffer> mGraphicBuffer; + sp<ABuffer> mBuffer; + + bool mOwnsData; + + sp<MetaData> mMetaData; + + MediaBuffer *mOriginal; + + void setNextBuffer(MediaBuffer *buffer); + MediaBuffer *nextBuffer(); + + MediaBuffer(const MediaBuffer &); + MediaBuffer &operator=(const MediaBuffer &); +}; + +} // namespace android + +#endif // MEDIA_BUFFER_H_ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/MediaErrors.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/MediaErrors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21d00b8c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/MediaErrors.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef MEDIA_ERRORS_H_ + +#define MEDIA_ERRORS_H_ + +#include <utils/Errors.h> + +namespace android { + +enum { + MEDIA_ERROR_BASE = -1000, + + ERROR_ALREADY_CONNECTED = MEDIA_ERROR_BASE, + ERROR_NOT_CONNECTED = MEDIA_ERROR_BASE - 1, + ERROR_UNKNOWN_HOST = MEDIA_ERROR_BASE - 2, + ERROR_CANNOT_CONNECT = MEDIA_ERROR_BASE - 3, + ERROR_IO = MEDIA_ERROR_BASE - 4, + ERROR_CONNECTION_LOST = MEDIA_ERROR_BASE - 5, + ERROR_MALFORMED = MEDIA_ERROR_BASE - 7, + ERROR_OUT_OF_RANGE = MEDIA_ERROR_BASE - 8, + ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL = MEDIA_ERROR_BASE - 9, + ERROR_UNSUPPORTED = MEDIA_ERROR_BASE - 10, + ERROR_END_OF_STREAM = MEDIA_ERROR_BASE - 11, + + // Not technically an error. + INFO_FORMAT_CHANGED = MEDIA_ERROR_BASE - 12, + INFO_DISCONTINUITY = MEDIA_ERROR_BASE - 13, + + // The following constant values should be in sync with + // drm/drm_framework_common.h + DRM_ERROR_BASE = -2000, + + ERROR_DRM_UNKNOWN = DRM_ERROR_BASE, + ERROR_DRM_NO_LICENSE = DRM_ERROR_BASE - 1, + ERROR_DRM_LICENSE_EXPIRED = DRM_ERROR_BASE - 2, + ERROR_DRM_SESSION_NOT_OPENED = DRM_ERROR_BASE - 3, + ERROR_DRM_DECRYPT_UNIT_NOT_INITIALIZED = DRM_ERROR_BASE - 4, + ERROR_DRM_DECRYPT = DRM_ERROR_BASE - 5, + ERROR_DRM_CANNOT_HANDLE = DRM_ERROR_BASE - 6, + ERROR_DRM_TAMPER_DETECTED = DRM_ERROR_BASE - 7, + + // Heartbeat Error Codes + HEARTBEAT_ERROR_BASE = -3000, + + ERROR_HEARTBEAT_AUTHENTICATION_FAILURE = HEARTBEAT_ERROR_BASE, + ERROR_HEARTBEAT_NO_ACTIVE_PURCHASE_AGREEMENT = HEARTBEAT_ERROR_BASE - 1, + ERROR_HEARTBEAT_CONCURRENT_PLAYBACK = HEARTBEAT_ERROR_BASE - 2, + ERROR_HEARTBEAT_UNUSUAL_ACTIVITY = HEARTBEAT_ERROR_BASE - 3, + ERROR_HEARTBEAT_STREAMING_UNAVAILABLE = HEARTBEAT_ERROR_BASE - 4, + ERROR_HEARTBEAT_CANNOT_ACTIVATE_RENTAL = HEARTBEAT_ERROR_BASE - 5, + ERROR_HEARTBEAT_TERMINATE_REQUESTED = HEARTBEAT_ERROR_BASE - 6, +}; + +} // namespace android + +#endif // MEDIA_ERRORS_H_ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/MediaSource.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/MediaSource.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3818e63ff --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/MediaSource.h @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef MEDIA_SOURCE_H_ + +#define MEDIA_SOURCE_H_ + +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <media/stagefright/MediaErrors.h> +#include <utils/RefBase.h> +#include <utils/Vector.h> + +namespace android { + +class MediaBuffer; +class MetaData; + +struct MediaSource : public virtual RefBase { + MediaSource(); + + // To be called before any other methods on this object, except + // getFormat(). + virtual status_t start(MetaData *params = NULL) = 0; + + // Any blocking read call returns immediately with a result of NO_INIT. + // It is an error to call any methods other than start after this call + // returns. Any buffers the object may be holding onto at the time of + // the stop() call are released. + // Also, it is imperative that any buffers output by this object and + // held onto by callers be released before a call to stop() !!! + virtual status_t stop() = 0; + + // Returns the format of the data output by this media source. + virtual sp<MetaData> getFormat() = 0; + + struct ReadOptions; + + // Returns a new buffer of data. Call blocks until a + // buffer is available, an error is encountered of the end of the stream + // is reached. + // End of stream is signalled by a result of ERROR_END_OF_STREAM. + // A result of INFO_FORMAT_CHANGED indicates that the format of this + // MediaSource has changed mid-stream, the client can continue reading + // but should be prepared for buffers of the new configuration. + virtual status_t read( + MediaBuffer **buffer, const ReadOptions *options = NULL) = 0; + + // Options that modify read() behaviour. The default is to + // a) not request a seek + // b) not be late, i.e. lateness_us = 0 + struct ReadOptions { + enum SeekMode { + SEEK_PREVIOUS_SYNC, + SEEK_NEXT_SYNC, + SEEK_CLOSEST_SYNC, + SEEK_CLOSEST, + }; + + ReadOptions(); + + // Reset everything back to defaults. + void reset(); + + void setSeekTo(int64_t time_us, SeekMode mode = SEEK_CLOSEST_SYNC); + void clearSeekTo(); + bool getSeekTo(int64_t *time_us, SeekMode *mode) const; + + void setLateBy(int64_t lateness_us); + int64_t getLateBy() const; + + private: + enum Options { + kSeekTo_Option = 1, + }; + + uint32_t mOptions; + int64_t mSeekTimeUs; + SeekMode mSeekMode; + int64_t mLatenessUs; + }; + + // Causes this source to suspend pulling data from its upstream source + // until a subsequent read-with-seek. Currently only supported by + // OMXCodec. + virtual status_t pause() { + return ERROR_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + // The consumer of this media source requests that the given buffers + // are to be returned exclusively in response to read calls. + // This will be called after a successful start() and before the + // first read() call. + // Callee assumes ownership of the buffers if no error is returned. + virtual status_t setBuffers(const Vector<MediaBuffer *> &buffers) { + return ERROR_UNSUPPORTED; + } + +protected: + virtual ~MediaSource(); + +private: + MediaSource(const MediaSource &); + MediaSource &operator=(const MediaSource &); +}; + +} // namespace android + +#endif // MEDIA_SOURCE_H_ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_Core.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_Core.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fb0f6fdb --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_Core.h @@ -0,0 +1,1448 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 PacketVideo + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either + * express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions + * and limitations under the License. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2008 The Khronos Group Inc. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject + * to the following conditions: + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included + * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS + * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. + * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY + * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, + * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + */ + +/** OMX_Core.h - OpenMax IL version 1.1.2 + * The OMX_Core header file contains the definitions used by both the + * application and the component to access common items. + */ + +#ifndef OMX_Core_h +#define OMX_Core_h + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + + +/* Each OMX header shall include all required header files to allow the + * header to compile without errors. The includes below are required + * for this header file to compile successfully + */ + +#include <OMX_Index.h> + + +/** The OMX_COMMANDTYPE enumeration is used to specify the action in the + * OMX_SendCommand macro. + * @ingroup core + */ +typedef enum OMX_COMMANDTYPE +{ + OMX_CommandStateSet, /**< Change the component state */ + OMX_CommandFlush, /**< Flush the data queue(s) of a component */ + OMX_CommandPortDisable, /**< Disable a port on a component. */ + OMX_CommandPortEnable, /**< Enable a port on a component. */ + OMX_CommandMarkBuffer, /**< Mark a component/buffer for observation */ + OMX_CommandKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_CommandVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_CommandMax = 0X7FFFFFFF +} OMX_COMMANDTYPE; + + + +/** The OMX_STATETYPE enumeration is used to indicate or change the component + * state. This enumeration reflects the current state of the component when + * used with the OMX_GetState macro or becomes the parameter in a state change + * command when used with the OMX_SendCommand macro. + * + * The component will be in the Loaded state after the component is initially + * loaded into memory. In the Loaded state, the component is not allowed to + * allocate or hold resources other than to build it's internal parameter + * and configuration tables. The application will send one or more + * SetParameters/GetParameters and SetConfig/GetConfig commands to the + * component and the component will record each of these parameter and + * configuration changes for use later. When the application sends the + * Idle command, the component will acquire the resources needed for the + * specified configuration and will transition to the idle state if the + * allocation is successful. If the component cannot successfully + * transition to the idle state for any reason, the state of the component + * shall be fully rolled back to the Loaded state (e.g. all allocated + * resources shall be released). When the component receives the command + * to go to the Executing state, it shall begin processing buffers by + * sending all input buffers it holds to the application. While + * the component is in the Idle state, the application may also send the + * Pause command. If the component receives the pause command while in the + * Idle state, the component shall send all input buffers it holds to the + * application, but shall not begin processing buffers. This will allow the + * application to prefill buffers. + * + * @ingroup comp + */ + +typedef enum OMX_STATETYPE +{ + OMX_StateInvalid, /**< component has detected that it's internal data + structures are corrupted to the point that + it cannot determine it's state properly */ + OMX_StateLoaded, /**< component has been loaded but has not completed + initialization. The OMX_SetParameter macro + and the OMX_GetParameter macro are the only + valid macros allowed to be sent to the + component in this state. */ + OMX_StateIdle, /**< component initialization has been completed + successfully and the component is ready to + to start. */ + OMX_StateExecuting, /**< component has accepted the start command and + is processing data (if data is available) */ + OMX_StatePause, /**< component has received pause command */ + OMX_StateWaitForResources, /**< component is waiting for resources, either after + preemption or before it gets the resources requested. + See specification for complete details. */ + OMX_StateKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_StateVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_StateMax = 0X7FFFFFFF +} OMX_STATETYPE; + +/** The OMX_ERRORTYPE enumeration defines the standard OMX Errors. These + * errors should cover most of the common failure cases. However, + * vendors are free to add additional error messages of their own as + * long as they follow these rules: + * 1. Vendor error messages shall be in the range of 0x90000000 to + * 0x9000FFFF. + * 2. Vendor error messages shall be defined in a header file provided + * with the component. No error messages are allowed that are + * not defined. + */ +typedef enum OMX_ERRORTYPE +{ + OMX_ErrorNone = 0, + + /** There were insufficient resources to perform the requested operation */ + OMX_ErrorInsufficientResources = (OMX_S32) 0x80001000, + + /** There was an error, but the cause of the error could not be determined */ + OMX_ErrorUndefined = (OMX_S32) 0x80001001, + + /** The component name string was not valid */ + OMX_ErrorInvalidComponentName = (OMX_S32) 0x80001002, + + /** No component with the specified name string was found */ + OMX_ErrorComponentNotFound = (OMX_S32) 0x80001003, + + /** The component specified did not have a "OMX_ComponentInit" or + "OMX_ComponentDeInit entry point */ + OMX_ErrorInvalidComponent = (OMX_S32) 0x80001004, + + /** One or more parameters were not valid */ + OMX_ErrorBadParameter = (OMX_S32) 0x80001005, + + /** The requested function is not implemented */ + OMX_ErrorNotImplemented = (OMX_S32) 0x80001006, + + /** The buffer was emptied before the next buffer was ready */ + OMX_ErrorUnderflow = (OMX_S32) 0x80001007, + + /** The buffer was not available when it was needed */ + OMX_ErrorOverflow = (OMX_S32) 0x80001008, + + /** The hardware failed to respond as expected */ + OMX_ErrorHardware = (OMX_S32) 0x80001009, + + /** The component is in the state OMX_StateInvalid */ + OMX_ErrorInvalidState = (OMX_S32) 0x8000100A, + + /** Stream is found to be corrupt */ + OMX_ErrorStreamCorrupt = (OMX_S32) 0x8000100B, + + /** Ports being connected are not compatible */ + OMX_ErrorPortsNotCompatible = (OMX_S32) 0x8000100C, + + /** Resources allocated to an idle component have been + lost resulting in the component returning to the loaded state */ + OMX_ErrorResourcesLost = (OMX_S32) 0x8000100D, + + /** No more indicies can be enumerated */ + OMX_ErrorNoMore = (OMX_S32) 0x8000100E, + + /** The component detected a version mismatch */ + OMX_ErrorVersionMismatch = (OMX_S32) 0x8000100F, + + /** The component is not ready to return data at this time */ + OMX_ErrorNotReady = (OMX_S32) 0x80001010, + + /** There was a timeout that occurred */ + OMX_ErrorTimeout = (OMX_S32) 0x80001011, + + /** This error occurs when trying to transition into the state you are already in */ + OMX_ErrorSameState = (OMX_S32) 0x80001012, + + /** Resources allocated to an executing or paused component have been + preempted, causing the component to return to the idle state */ + OMX_ErrorResourcesPreempted = (OMX_S32) 0x80001013, + + /** A non-supplier port sends this error to the IL client (via the EventHandler callback) + during the allocation of buffers (on a transition from the LOADED to the IDLE state or + on a port restart) when it deems that it has waited an unusually long time for the supplier + to send it an allocated buffer via a UseBuffer call. */ + OMX_ErrorPortUnresponsiveDuringAllocation = (OMX_S32) 0x80001014, + + /** A non-supplier port sends this error to the IL client (via the EventHandler callback) + during the deallocation of buffers (on a transition from the IDLE to LOADED state or + on a port stop) when it deems that it has waited an unusually long time for the supplier + to request the deallocation of a buffer header via a FreeBuffer call. */ + OMX_ErrorPortUnresponsiveDuringDeallocation = (OMX_S32) 0x80001015, + + /** A supplier port sends this error to the IL client (via the EventHandler callback) + during the stopping of a port (either on a transition from the IDLE to LOADED + state or a port stop) when it deems that it has waited an unusually long time for + the non-supplier to return a buffer via an EmptyThisBuffer or FillThisBuffer call. */ + OMX_ErrorPortUnresponsiveDuringStop = (OMX_S32) 0x80001016, + + /** Attempting a state transtion that is not allowed */ + OMX_ErrorIncorrectStateTransition = (OMX_S32) 0x80001017, + + /* Attempting a command that is not allowed during the present state. */ + OMX_ErrorIncorrectStateOperation = (OMX_S32) 0x80001018, + + /** The values encapsulated in the parameter or config structure are not supported. */ + OMX_ErrorUnsupportedSetting = (OMX_S32) 0x80001019, + + /** The parameter or config indicated by the given index is not supported. */ + OMX_ErrorUnsupportedIndex = (OMX_S32) 0x8000101A, + + /** The port index supplied is incorrect. */ + OMX_ErrorBadPortIndex = (OMX_S32) 0x8000101B, + + /** The port has lost one or more of its buffers and it thus unpopulated. */ + OMX_ErrorPortUnpopulated = (OMX_S32) 0x8000101C, + + /** Component suspended due to temporary loss of resources */ + OMX_ErrorComponentSuspended = (OMX_S32) 0x8000101D, + + /** Component suspended due to an inability to acquire dynamic resources */ + OMX_ErrorDynamicResourcesUnavailable = (OMX_S32) 0x8000101E, + + /** When the macroblock error reporting is enabled the component returns new error + for every frame that has errors */ + OMX_ErrorMbErrorsInFrame = (OMX_S32) 0x8000101F, + + /** A component reports this error when it cannot parse or determine the format of an input stream. */ + OMX_ErrorFormatNotDetected = (OMX_S32) 0x80001020, + + /** The content open operation failed. */ + OMX_ErrorContentPipeOpenFailed = (OMX_S32) 0x80001021, + + /** The content creation operation failed. */ + OMX_ErrorContentPipeCreationFailed = (OMX_S32) 0x80001022, + + /** Separate table information is being used */ + OMX_ErrorSeperateTablesUsed = (OMX_S32) 0x80001023, + + /** Tunneling is unsupported by the component*/ + OMX_ErrorTunnelingUnsupported = (OMX_S32) 0x80001024, + + OMX_ErrorKhronosExtensions = (OMX_S32)0x8F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_ErrorVendorStartUnused = (OMX_S32)0x90000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_ErrorMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_ERRORTYPE; + +/** @ingroup core */ +typedef OMX_ERRORTYPE (* OMX_COMPONENTINITTYPE)(OMX_IN OMX_HANDLETYPE hComponent); + +/** @ingroup core */ +typedef struct OMX_COMPONENTREGISTERTYPE +{ + const char * pName; /* Component name, 128 byte limit (including '\0') applies */ + OMX_COMPONENTINITTYPE pInitialize; /* Component instance initialization function */ +} OMX_COMPONENTREGISTERTYPE; + +/** @ingroup core */ +extern OMX_COMPONENTREGISTERTYPE OMX_ComponentRegistered[]; + +/** @ingroup rpm */ +typedef struct OMX_PRIORITYMGMTTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; /**< size of the structure in bytes */ + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; /**< OMX specification version information */ + OMX_U32 nGroupPriority; /**< Priority of the component group */ + OMX_U32 nGroupID; /**< ID of the component group */ +} OMX_PRIORITYMGMTTYPE; + +/* Component name and Role names are limited to 128 characters including the terminating '\0'. */ +#define OMX_MAX_STRINGNAME_SIZE 128 + +/** @ingroup comp */ +typedef struct OMX_PARAM_COMPONENTROLETYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; /**< size of the structure in bytes */ + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; /**< OMX specification version information */ + OMX_U8 cRole[OMX_MAX_STRINGNAME_SIZE]; /**< name of standard component which defines component role */ +} OMX_PARAM_COMPONENTROLETYPE; + +/** End of Stream Buffer Flag: + * + * A component sets EOS when it has no more data to emit on a particular + * output port. Thus an output port shall set EOS on the last buffer it + * emits. A component's determination of when an output port should + * cease sending data is implemenation specific. + * @ingroup buf + */ + +#define OMX_BUFFERFLAG_EOS 0x00000001 + +/** Start Time Buffer Flag: + * + * The source of a stream (e.g. a demux component) sets the STARTTIME + * flag on the buffer that contains the starting timestamp for the + * stream. The starting timestamp corresponds to the first data that + * should be displayed at startup or after a seek. + * The first timestamp of the stream is not necessarily the start time. + * For instance, in the case of a seek to a particular video frame, + * the target frame may be an interframe. Thus the first buffer of + * the stream will be the intra-frame preceding the target frame and + * the starttime will occur with the target frame (with any other + * required frames required to reconstruct the target intervening). + * + * The STARTTIME flag is directly associated with the buffer's + * timestamp ' thus its association to buffer data and its + * propagation is identical to the timestamp's. + * + * When a Sync Component client receives a buffer with the + * STARTTIME flag it shall perform a SetConfig on its sync port + * using OMX_ConfigTimeClientStartTime and passing the buffer's + * timestamp. + * + * @ingroup buf + */ + +#define OMX_BUFFERFLAG_STARTTIME 0x00000002 + + + +/** Decode Only Buffer Flag: + * + * The source of a stream (e.g. a demux component) sets the DECODEONLY + * flag on any buffer that should shall be decoded but should not be + * displayed. This flag is used, for instance, when a source seeks to + * a target interframe that requires the decode of frames preceding the + * target to facilitate the target's reconstruction. In this case the + * source would emit the frames preceding the target downstream + * but mark them as decode only. + * + * The DECODEONLY is associated with buffer data and propagated in a + * manner identical to the buffer timestamp. + * + * A component that renders data should ignore all buffers with + * the DECODEONLY flag set. + * + * @ingroup buf + */ + +#define OMX_BUFFERFLAG_DECODEONLY 0x00000004 + + +/* Data Corrupt Flag: This flag is set when the IL client believes the data in the associated buffer is corrupt + * @ingroup buf + */ + +#define OMX_BUFFERFLAG_DATACORRUPT 0x00000008 + +/* End of Frame: The buffer contains exactly one end of frame and no data + * occurs after the end of frame. This flag is an optional hint. The absence + * of this flag does not imply the absence of an end of frame within the buffer. + * @ingroup buf +*/ +#define OMX_BUFFERFLAG_ENDOFFRAME 0x00000010 + +/* Sync Frame Flag: This flag is set when the buffer content contains a coded sync frame ' + * a frame that has no dependency on any other frame information + * @ingroup buf + */ +#define OMX_BUFFERFLAG_SYNCFRAME 0x00000020 + +/* Extra data present flag: there is extra data appended to the data stream + * residing in the buffer + * @ingroup buf + */ +#define OMX_BUFFERFLAG_EXTRADATA 0x00000040 + +/** Codec Config Buffer Flag: +* OMX_BUFFERFLAG_CODECCONFIG is an optional flag that is set by an +* output port when all bytes in the buffer form part or all of a set of +* codec specific configuration data. Examples include SPS/PPS nal units +* for OMX_VIDEO_CodingAVC or AudioSpecificConfig data for +* OMX_AUDIO_CodingAAC. Any component that for a given stream sets +* OMX_BUFFERFLAG_CODECCONFIG shall not mix codec configuration bytes +* with frame data in the same buffer, and shall send all buffers +* containing codec configuration bytes before any buffers containing +* frame data that those configurations bytes describe. +* If the stream format for a particular codec has a frame specific +* header at the start of each frame, for example OMX_AUDIO_CodingMP3 or +* OMX_AUDIO_CodingAAC in ADTS mode, then these shall be presented as +* normal without setting OMX_BUFFERFLAG_CODECCONFIG. + * @ingroup buf + */ +#define OMX_BUFFERFLAG_CODECCONFIG 0x00000080 + + + +/** @ingroup buf */ +typedef struct OMX_BUFFERHEADERTYPE +{ + OMX_U32 nSize; /**< size of the structure in bytes */ + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; /**< OMX specification version information */ + OMX_U8* pBuffer; /**< Pointer to actual block of memory + that is acting as the buffer */ + OMX_U32 nAllocLen; /**< size of the buffer allocated, in bytes */ + OMX_U32 nFilledLen; /**< number of bytes currently in the + buffer */ + OMX_U32 nOffset; /**< start offset of valid data in bytes from + the start of the buffer */ + OMX_PTR pAppPrivate; /**< pointer to any data the application + wants to associate with this buffer */ + OMX_PTR pPlatformPrivate; /**< pointer to any data the platform + wants to associate with this buffer */ + OMX_PTR pInputPortPrivate; /**< pointer to any data the input port + wants to associate with this buffer */ + OMX_PTR pOutputPortPrivate; /**< pointer to any data the output port + wants to associate with this buffer */ + OMX_HANDLETYPE hMarkTargetComponent; /**< The component that will generate a + mark event upon processing this buffer. */ + OMX_PTR pMarkData; /**< Application specific data associated with + the mark sent on a mark event to disambiguate + this mark from others. */ + OMX_U32 nTickCount; /**< Optional entry that the component and + application can update with a tick count + when they access the component. This + value should be in microseconds. Since + this is a value relative to an arbitrary + starting point, this value cannot be used + to determine absolute time. This is an + optional entry and not all components + will update it.*/ + OMX_TICKS nTimeStamp; /**< Timestamp corresponding to the sample + starting at the first logical sample + boundary in the buffer. Timestamps of + successive samples within the buffer may + be inferred by adding the duration of the + of the preceding buffer to the timestamp + of the preceding buffer.*/ + OMX_U32 nFlags; /**< buffer specific flags */ + OMX_U32 nOutputPortIndex; /**< The index of the output port (if any) using + this buffer */ + OMX_U32 nInputPortIndex; /**< The index of the input port (if any) using + this buffer */ +} OMX_BUFFERHEADERTYPE; + +/** The OMX_EXTRADATATYPE enumeration is used to define the + * possible extra data payload types. + * NB: this enum is binary backwards compatible with the previous + * OMX_EXTRADATA_QUANT define. This should be replaced with + * OMX_ExtraDataQuantization. + */ +typedef enum OMX_EXTRADATATYPE +{ + OMX_ExtraDataNone = 0, /**< Indicates that no more extra data sections follow */ + OMX_ExtraDataQuantization, /**< The data payload contains quantization data */ + OMX_ExtraDataKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_ExtraDataVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_ExtraDataMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_EXTRADATATYPE; + + +typedef struct OMX_OTHER_EXTRADATATYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_EXTRADATATYPE eType; /* Extra Data type */ + OMX_U32 nDataSize; /* Size of the supporting data to follow */ + OMX_U8 data[1]; /* Supporting data hint */ +} OMX_OTHER_EXTRADATATYPE; + +/** @ingroup comp */ +typedef struct OMX_PORT_PARAM_TYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; /**< size of the structure in bytes */ + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; /**< OMX specification version information */ + OMX_U32 nPorts; /**< The number of ports for this component */ + OMX_U32 nStartPortNumber; /** first port number for this type of port */ +} OMX_PORT_PARAM_TYPE; + +/** @ingroup comp */ +typedef enum OMX_EVENTTYPE +{ + OMX_EventCmdComplete, /**< component has sucessfully completed a command */ + OMX_EventError, /**< component has detected an error condition */ + OMX_EventMark, /**< component has detected a buffer mark */ + OMX_EventPortSettingsChanged, /**< component is reported a port settings change */ + OMX_EventBufferFlag, /**< component has detected an EOS */ + OMX_EventResourcesAcquired, /**< component has been granted resources and is + automatically starting the state change from + OMX_StateWaitForResources to OMX_StateIdle. */ + OMX_EventComponentResumed, /**< Component resumed due to reacquisition of resources */ + OMX_EventDynamicResourcesAvailable, /**< Component has acquired previously unavailable dynamic resources */ + OMX_EventPortFormatDetected, /**< Component has detected a supported format. */ + OMX_EventKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_EventVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_EventMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_EVENTTYPE; + +typedef struct OMX_CALLBACKTYPE +{ + /** The EventHandler method is used to notify the application when an + event of interest occurs. Events are defined in the OMX_EVENTTYPE + enumeration. Please see that enumeration for details of what will + be returned for each type of event. Callbacks should not return + an error to the component, so if an error occurs, the application + shall handle it internally. This is a blocking call. + + The application should return from this call within 5 msec to avoid + blocking the component for an excessively long period of time. + + @param hComponent + handle of the component to access. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the GetHandle function. + @param pAppData + pointer to an application defined value that was provided in the + pAppData parameter to the OMX_GetHandle method for the component. + This application defined value is provided so that the application + can have a component specific context when receiving the callback. + @param eEvent + Event that the component wants to notify the application about. + @param nData1 + nData will be the OMX_ERRORTYPE for an error event and will be + an OMX_COMMANDTYPE for a command complete event and OMX_INDEXTYPE for a OMX_PortSettingsChanged event. + @param nData2 + nData2 will hold further information related to the event. Can be OMX_STATETYPE for + a OMX_CommandStateSet command or port index for a OMX_PortSettingsChanged event. + Default value is 0 if not used. ) + @param pEventData + Pointer to additional event-specific data (see spec for meaning). + */ + + OMX_ERRORTYPE (*EventHandler)( + OMX_IN OMX_HANDLETYPE hComponent, + OMX_IN OMX_PTR pAppData, + OMX_IN OMX_EVENTTYPE eEvent, + OMX_IN OMX_U32 nData1, + OMX_IN OMX_U32 nData2, + OMX_IN OMX_PTR pEventData); + + /** The EmptyBufferDone method is used to return emptied buffers from an + input port back to the application for reuse. This is a blocking call + so the application should not attempt to refill the buffers during this + call, but should queue them and refill them in another thread. There + is no error return, so the application shall handle any errors generated + internally. + + The application should return from this call within 5 msec. + + @param hComponent + handle of the component to access. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the GetHandle function. + @param pAppData + pointer to an application defined value that was provided in the + pAppData parameter to the OMX_GetHandle method for the component. + This application defined value is provided so that the application + can have a component specific context when receiving the callback. + @param pBuffer + pointer to an OMX_BUFFERHEADERTYPE structure allocated with UseBuffer + or AllocateBuffer indicating the buffer that was emptied. + @ingroup buf + */ + OMX_ERRORTYPE (*EmptyBufferDone)( + OMX_IN OMX_HANDLETYPE hComponent, + OMX_IN OMX_PTR pAppData, + OMX_IN OMX_BUFFERHEADERTYPE* pBuffer); + + /** The FillBufferDone method is used to return filled buffers from an + output port back to the application for emptying and then reuse. + This is a blocking call so the application should not attempt to + empty the buffers during this call, but should queue the buffers + and empty them in another thread. There is no error return, so + the application shall handle any errors generated internally. The + application shall also update the buffer header to indicate the + number of bytes placed into the buffer. + + The application should return from this call within 5 msec. + + @param hComponent + handle of the component to access. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the GetHandle function. + @param pAppData + pointer to an application defined value that was provided in the + pAppData parameter to the OMX_GetHandle method for the component. + This application defined value is provided so that the application + can have a component specific context when receiving the callback. + @param pBuffer + pointer to an OMX_BUFFERHEADERTYPE structure allocated with UseBuffer + or AllocateBuffer indicating the buffer that was filled. + @ingroup buf + */ + OMX_ERRORTYPE (*FillBufferDone)( + OMX_OUT OMX_HANDLETYPE hComponent, + OMX_OUT OMX_PTR pAppData, + OMX_OUT OMX_BUFFERHEADERTYPE* pBuffer); + +} OMX_CALLBACKTYPE; + +/** The OMX_BUFFERSUPPLIERTYPE enumeration is used to dictate port supplier + preference when tunneling between two ports. + @ingroup tun buf +*/ +typedef enum OMX_BUFFERSUPPLIERTYPE +{ + OMX_BufferSupplyUnspecified = 0x0, /**< port supplying the buffers is unspecified, + or don't care */ + OMX_BufferSupplyInput, /**< input port supplies the buffers */ + OMX_BufferSupplyOutput, /**< output port supplies the buffers */ + OMX_BufferSupplyKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_BufferSupplyVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_BufferSupplyMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_BUFFERSUPPLIERTYPE; + + +/** buffer supplier parameter + * @ingroup tun + */ +typedef struct OMX_PARAM_BUFFERSUPPLIERTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; /**< size of the structure in bytes */ + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; /**< OMX specification version information */ + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; /**< port that this structure applies to */ + OMX_BUFFERSUPPLIERTYPE eBufferSupplier; /**< buffer supplier */ +} OMX_PARAM_BUFFERSUPPLIERTYPE; + + +/**< indicates that buffers received by an input port of a tunnel + may not modify the data in the buffers + @ingroup tun + */ +#define OMX_PORTTUNNELFLAG_READONLY 0x00000001 + + +/** The OMX_TUNNELSETUPTYPE structure is used to pass data from an output + port to an input port as part the two ComponentTunnelRequest calls + resulting from a OMX_SetupTunnel call from the IL Client. + @ingroup tun + */ +typedef struct OMX_TUNNELSETUPTYPE +{ + OMX_U32 nTunnelFlags; /**< bit flags for tunneling */ + OMX_BUFFERSUPPLIERTYPE eSupplier; /**< supplier preference */ +} OMX_TUNNELSETUPTYPE; + +/* OMX Component headers is included to enable the core to use + macros for functions into the component for OMX release 1.0. + Developers should not access any structures or data from within + the component header directly */ +/* TO BE REMOVED - #include <OMX_Component.h> */ + +/** GetComponentVersion will return information about the component. + This is a blocking call. This macro will go directly from the + application to the component (via a core macro). The + component will return from this call within 5 msec. + @param [in] hComponent + handle of component to execute the command + @param [out] pComponentName + pointer to an empty string of length 128 bytes. The component + will write its name into this string. The name will be + terminated by a single zero byte. The name of a component will + be 127 bytes or less to leave room for the trailing zero byte. + An example of a valid component name is "OMX.ABC.ChannelMixer\0". + @param [out] pComponentVersion + pointer to an OMX Version structure that the component will fill + in. The component will fill in a value that indicates the + component version. NOTE: the component version is NOT the same + as the OMX Specification version (found in all structures). The + component version is defined by the vendor of the component and + its value is entirely up to the component vendor. + @param [out] pSpecVersion + pointer to an OMX Version structure that the component will fill + in. The SpecVersion is the version of the specification that the + component was built against. Please note that this value may or + may not match the structure's version. For example, if the + component was built against the 2.0 specification, but the + application (which creates the structure is built against the + 1.0 specification the versions would be different. + @param [out] pComponentUUID + pointer to the UUID of the component which will be filled in by + the component. The UUID is a unique identifier that is set at + RUN time for the component and is unique to each instantion of + the component. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp + */ +#define OMX_GetComponentVersion( \ + hComponent, \ + pComponentName, \ + pComponentVersion, \ + pSpecVersion, \ + pComponentUUID) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->GetComponentVersion( \ + hComponent, \ + pComponentName, \ + pComponentVersion, \ + pSpecVersion, \ + pComponentUUID) /* Macro End */ + + +/** Send a command to the component. This call is a non-blocking call. + The component should check the parameters and then queue the command + to the component thread to be executed. The component thread shall + send the EventHandler() callback at the conclusion of the command. + This macro will go directly from the application to the component (via + a core macro). The component will return from this call within 5 msec. + + When the command is "OMX_CommandStateSet" the component will queue a + state transition to the new state idenfied in nParam. + + When the command is "OMX_CommandFlush", to flush a port's buffer queues, + the command will force the component to return all buffers NOT CURRENTLY + BEING PROCESSED to the application, in the order in which the buffers + were received. + + When the command is "OMX_CommandPortDisable" or + "OMX_CommandPortEnable", the component's port (given by the value of + nParam) will be stopped or restarted. + + When the command "OMX_CommandMarkBuffer" is used to mark a buffer, the + pCmdData will point to a OMX_MARKTYPE structure containing the component + handle of the component to examine the buffer chain for the mark. nParam1 + contains the index of the port on which the buffer mark is applied. + + Specification text for more details. + + @param [in] hComponent + handle of component to execute the command + @param [in] Cmd + Command for the component to execute + @param [in] nParam + Parameter for the command to be executed. When Cmd has the value + OMX_CommandStateSet, value is a member of OMX_STATETYPE. When Cmd has + the value OMX_CommandFlush, value of nParam indicates which port(s) + to flush. -1 is used to flush all ports a single port index will + only flush that port. When Cmd has the value "OMX_CommandPortDisable" + or "OMX_CommandPortEnable", the component's port is given by + the value of nParam. When Cmd has the value "OMX_CommandMarkBuffer" + the components pot is given by the value of nParam. + @param [in] pCmdData + Parameter pointing to the OMX_MARKTYPE structure when Cmd has the value + "OMX_CommandMarkBuffer". + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp + */ +#define OMX_SendCommand( \ + hComponent, \ + Cmd, \ + nParam, \ + pCmdData) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->SendCommand( \ + hComponent, \ + Cmd, \ + nParam, \ + pCmdData) /* Macro End */ + + +/** The OMX_GetParameter macro will get one of the current parameter + settings from the component. This macro cannot only be invoked when + the component is in the OMX_StateInvalid state. The nParamIndex + parameter is used to indicate which structure is being requested from + the component. The application shall allocate the correct structure + and shall fill in the structure size and version information before + invoking this macro. When the parameter applies to a port, the + caller shall fill in the appropriate nPortIndex value indicating the + port on which the parameter applies. If the component has not had + any settings changed, then the component should return a set of + valid DEFAULT parameters for the component. This is a blocking + call. + + The component should return from this call within 20 msec. + + @param [in] hComponent + Handle of the component to be accessed. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the OMX_GetHandle function. + @param [in] nParamIndex + Index of the structure to be filled. This value is from the + OMX_INDEXTYPE enumeration. + @param [in,out] pComponentParameterStructure + Pointer to application allocated structure to be filled by the + component. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp + */ +#define OMX_GetParameter( \ + hComponent, \ + nParamIndex, \ + pComponentParameterStructure) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->GetParameter( \ + hComponent, \ + nParamIndex, \ + pComponentParameterStructure) /* Macro End */ + + +/** The OMX_SetParameter macro will send an initialization parameter + structure to a component. Each structure shall be sent one at a time, + in a separate invocation of the macro. This macro can only be + invoked when the component is in the OMX_StateLoaded state, or the + port is disabled (when the parameter applies to a port). The + nParamIndex parameter is used to indicate which structure is being + passed to the component. The application shall allocate the + correct structure and shall fill in the structure size and version + information (as well as the actual data) before invoking this macro. + The application is free to dispose of this structure after the call + as the component is required to copy any data it shall retain. This + is a blocking call. + + The component should return from this call within 20 msec. + + @param [in] hComponent + Handle of the component to be accessed. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the OMX_GetHandle function. + @param [in] nIndex + Index of the structure to be sent. This value is from the + OMX_INDEXTYPE enumeration. + @param [in] pComponentParameterStructure + pointer to application allocated structure to be used for + initialization by the component. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp + */ +#define OMX_SetParameter( \ + hComponent, \ + nParamIndex, \ + pComponentParameterStructure) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->SetParameter( \ + hComponent, \ + nParamIndex, \ + pComponentParameterStructure) /* Macro End */ + + +/** The OMX_GetConfig macro will get one of the configuration structures + from a component. This macro can be invoked anytime after the + component has been loaded. The nParamIndex call parameter is used to + indicate which structure is being requested from the component. The + application shall allocate the correct structure and shall fill in the + structure size and version information before invoking this macro. + If the component has not had this configuration parameter sent before, + then the component should return a set of valid DEFAULT values for the + component. This is a blocking call. + + The component should return from this call within 5 msec. + + @param [in] hComponent + Handle of the component to be accessed. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the OMX_GetHandle function. + @param [in] nIndex + Index of the structure to be filled. This value is from the + OMX_INDEXTYPE enumeration. + @param [in,out] pComponentConfigStructure + pointer to application allocated structure to be filled by the + component. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp +*/ +#define OMX_GetConfig( \ + hComponent, \ + nConfigIndex, \ + pComponentConfigStructure) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->GetConfig( \ + hComponent, \ + nConfigIndex, \ + pComponentConfigStructure) /* Macro End */ + + +/** The OMX_SetConfig macro will send one of the configuration + structures to a component. Each structure shall be sent one at a time, + each in a separate invocation of the macro. This macro can be invoked + anytime after the component has been loaded. The application shall + allocate the correct structure and shall fill in the structure size + and version information (as well as the actual data) before invoking + this macro. The application is free to dispose of this structure after + the call as the component is required to copy any data it shall retain. + This is a blocking call. + + The component should return from this call within 5 msec. + + @param [in] hComponent + Handle of the component to be accessed. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the OMX_GetHandle function. + @param [in] nConfigIndex + Index of the structure to be sent. This value is from the + OMX_INDEXTYPE enumeration above. + @param [in] pComponentConfigStructure + pointer to application allocated structure to be used for + initialization by the component. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp + */ +#define OMX_SetConfig( \ + hComponent, \ + nConfigIndex, \ + pComponentConfigStructure) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->SetConfig( \ + hComponent, \ + nConfigIndex, \ + pComponentConfigStructure) /* Macro End */ + + +/** The OMX_GetExtensionIndex macro will invoke a component to translate + a vendor specific configuration or parameter string into an OMX + structure index. There is no requirement for the vendor to support + this command for the indexes already found in the OMX_INDEXTYPE + enumeration (this is done to save space in small components). The + component shall support all vendor supplied extension indexes not found + in the master OMX_INDEXTYPE enumeration. This is a blocking call. + + The component should return from this call within 5 msec. + + @param [in] hComponent + Handle of the component to be accessed. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the GetHandle function. + @param [in] cParameterName + OMX_STRING that shall be less than 128 characters long including + the trailing null byte. This is the string that will get + translated by the component into a configuration index. + @param [out] pIndexType + a pointer to a OMX_INDEXTYPE to receive the index value. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp + */ +#define OMX_GetExtensionIndex( \ + hComponent, \ + cParameterName, \ + pIndexType) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->GetExtensionIndex( \ + hComponent, \ + cParameterName, \ + pIndexType) /* Macro End */ + + +/** The OMX_GetState macro will invoke the component to get the current + state of the component and place the state value into the location + pointed to by pState. + + The component should return from this call within 5 msec. + + @param [in] hComponent + Handle of the component to be accessed. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the OMX_GetHandle function. + @param [out] pState + pointer to the location to receive the state. The value returned + is one of the OMX_STATETYPE members + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp + */ +#define OMX_GetState( \ + hComponent, \ + pState) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->GetState( \ + hComponent, \ + pState) /* Macro End */ + + +/** The OMX_UseBuffer macro will request that the component use + a buffer (and allocate its own buffer header) already allocated + by another component, or by the IL Client. This is a blocking + call. + + The component should return from this call within 20 msec. + + @param [in] hComponent + Handle of the component to be accessed. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the OMX_GetHandle function. + @param [out] ppBuffer + pointer to an OMX_BUFFERHEADERTYPE structure used to receive the + pointer to the buffer header + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp buf + */ + +#define OMX_UseBuffer( \ + hComponent, \ + ppBufferHdr, \ + nPortIndex, \ + pAppPrivate, \ + nSizeBytes, \ + pBuffer) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->UseBuffer( \ + hComponent, \ + ppBufferHdr, \ + nPortIndex, \ + pAppPrivate, \ + nSizeBytes, \ + pBuffer) + + +/** The OMX_AllocateBuffer macro will request that the component allocate + a new buffer and buffer header. The component will allocate the + buffer and the buffer header and return a pointer to the buffer + header. This is a blocking call. + + The component should return from this call within 5 msec. + + @param [in] hComponent + Handle of the component to be accessed. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the OMX_GetHandle function. + @param [out] ppBuffer + pointer to an OMX_BUFFERHEADERTYPE structure used to receive + the pointer to the buffer header + @param [in] nPortIndex + nPortIndex is used to select the port on the component the buffer will + be used with. The port can be found by using the nPortIndex + value as an index into the Port Definition array of the component. + @param [in] pAppPrivate + pAppPrivate is used to initialize the pAppPrivate member of the + buffer header structure. + @param [in] nSizeBytes + size of the buffer to allocate. Used when bAllocateNew is true. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp buf + */ +#define OMX_AllocateBuffer( \ + hComponent, \ + ppBuffer, \ + nPortIndex, \ + pAppPrivate, \ + nSizeBytes) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->AllocateBuffer( \ + hComponent, \ + ppBuffer, \ + nPortIndex, \ + pAppPrivate, \ + nSizeBytes) /* Macro End */ + + +/** The OMX_FreeBuffer macro will release a buffer header from the component + which was allocated using either OMX_AllocateBuffer or OMX_UseBuffer. If + the component allocated the buffer (see the OMX_UseBuffer macro) then + the component shall free the buffer and buffer header. This is a + blocking call. + + The component should return from this call within 20 msec. + + @param [in] hComponent + Handle of the component to be accessed. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the OMX_GetHandle function. + @param [in] nPortIndex + nPortIndex is used to select the port on the component the buffer will + be used with. + @param [in] pBuffer + pointer to an OMX_BUFFERHEADERTYPE structure allocated with UseBuffer + or AllocateBuffer. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp buf + */ +#define OMX_FreeBuffer( \ + hComponent, \ + nPortIndex, \ + pBuffer) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->FreeBuffer( \ + hComponent, \ + nPortIndex, \ + pBuffer) /* Macro End */ + + +/** The OMX_EmptyThisBuffer macro will send a buffer full of data to an + input port of a component. The buffer will be emptied by the component + and returned to the application via the EmptyBufferDone call back. + This is a non-blocking call in that the component will record the buffer + and return immediately and then empty the buffer, later, at the proper + time. As expected, this macro may be invoked only while the component + is in the OMX_StateExecuting. If nPortIndex does not specify an input + port, the component shall return an error. + + The component should return from this call within 5 msec. + + @param [in] hComponent + Handle of the component to be accessed. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the OMX_GetHandle function. + @param [in] pBuffer + pointer to an OMX_BUFFERHEADERTYPE structure allocated with UseBuffer + or AllocateBuffer. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp buf + */ +#define OMX_EmptyThisBuffer( \ + hComponent, \ + pBuffer) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->EmptyThisBuffer( \ + hComponent, \ + pBuffer) /* Macro End */ + + +/** The OMX_FillThisBuffer macro will send an empty buffer to an + output port of a component. The buffer will be filled by the component + and returned to the application via the FillBufferDone call back. + This is a non-blocking call in that the component will record the buffer + and return immediately and then fill the buffer, later, at the proper + time. As expected, this macro may be invoked only while the component + is in the OMX_ExecutingState. If nPortIndex does not specify an output + port, the component shall return an error. + + The component should return from this call within 5 msec. + + @param [in] hComponent + Handle of the component to be accessed. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the OMX_GetHandle function. + @param [in] pBuffer + pointer to an OMX_BUFFERHEADERTYPE structure allocated with UseBuffer + or AllocateBuffer. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp buf + */ +#define OMX_FillThisBuffer( \ + hComponent, \ + pBuffer) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->FillThisBuffer( \ + hComponent, \ + pBuffer) /* Macro End */ + + + +/** The OMX_UseEGLImage macro will request that the component use + a EGLImage provided by EGL (and allocate its own buffer header) + This is a blocking call. + + The component should return from this call within 20 msec. + + @param [in] hComponent + Handle of the component to be accessed. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the OMX_GetHandle function. + @param [out] ppBuffer + pointer to an OMX_BUFFERHEADERTYPE structure used to receive the + pointer to the buffer header. Note that the memory location used + for this buffer is NOT visible to the IL Client. + @param [in] nPortIndex + nPortIndex is used to select the port on the component the buffer will + be used with. The port can be found by using the nPortIndex + value as an index into the Port Definition array of the component. + @param [in] pAppPrivate + pAppPrivate is used to initialize the pAppPrivate member of the + buffer header structure. + @param [in] eglImage + eglImage contains the handle of the EGLImage to use as a buffer on the + specified port. The component is expected to validate properties of + the EGLImage against the configuration of the port to ensure the component + can use the EGLImage as a buffer. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup comp buf + */ +#define OMX_UseEGLImage( \ + hComponent, \ + ppBufferHdr, \ + nPortIndex, \ + pAppPrivate, \ + eglImage) \ + ((OMX_COMPONENTTYPE*)hComponent)->UseEGLImage( \ + hComponent, \ + ppBufferHdr, \ + nPortIndex, \ + pAppPrivate, \ + eglImage) + +/** The OMX_Init method is used to initialize the OMX core. It shall be the + first call made into OMX and it should only be executed one time without + an interviening OMX_Deinit call. + + The core should return from this call within 20 msec. + + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup core + */ +OMX_API OMX_ERRORTYPE OMX_APIENTRY OMX_Init(void); + + +/** The OMX_Deinit method is used to deinitialize the OMX core. It shall be + the last call made into OMX. In the event that the core determines that + thare are components loaded when this call is made, the core may return + with an error rather than try to unload the components. + + The core should return from this call within 20 msec. + + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup core + */ +OMX_API OMX_ERRORTYPE OMX_APIENTRY OMX_Deinit(void); + + +/** The OMX_ComponentNameEnum method will enumerate through all the names of + recognised valid components in the system. This function is provided + as a means to detect all the components in the system run-time. There is + no strict ordering to the enumeration order of component names, although + each name will only be enumerated once. If the OMX core supports run-time + installation of new components, it is only requried to detect newly + installed components when the first call to enumerate component names + is made (i.e. when nIndex is 0x0). + + The core should return from this call in 20 msec. + + @param [out] cComponentName + pointer to a null terminated string with the component name. The + names of the components are strings less than 127 bytes in length + plus the trailing null for a maximum size of 128 bytes. An example + of a valid component name is "OMX.TI.AUDIO.DSP.MIXER\0". Names are + assigned by the vendor, but shall start with "OMX." and then have + the Vendor designation next. + @param [in] nNameLength + number of characters in the cComponentName string. With all + component name strings restricted to less than 128 characters + (including the trailing null) it is recomended that the caller + provide a input string for the cComponentName of 128 characters. + @param [in] nIndex + number containing the enumeration index for the component. + Multiple calls to OMX_ComponentNameEnum with increasing values + of nIndex will enumerate through the component names in the + system until OMX_ErrorNoMore is returned. The value of nIndex + is 0 to (N-1), where N is the number of valid installed components + in the system. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. When the value of nIndex exceeds the number of + components in the system minus 1, OMX_ErrorNoMore will be + returned. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup core + */ +OMX_API OMX_ERRORTYPE OMX_APIENTRY OMX_ComponentNameEnum( + OMX_OUT OMX_STRING cComponentName, + OMX_IN OMX_U32 nNameLength, + OMX_IN OMX_U32 nIndex); + + +/** The OMX_GetHandle method will locate the component specified by the + component name given, load that component into memory and then invoke + the component's methods to create an instance of the component. + + The core should return from this call within 20 msec. + + @param [out] pHandle + pointer to an OMX_HANDLETYPE pointer to be filled in by this method. + @param [in] cComponentName + pointer to a null terminated string with the component name. The + names of the components are strings less than 127 bytes in length + plus the trailing null for a maximum size of 128 bytes. An example + of a valid component name is "OMX.TI.AUDIO.DSP.MIXER\0". Names are + assigned by the vendor, but shall start with "OMX." and then have + the Vendor designation next. + @param [in] pAppData + pointer to an application defined value that will be returned + during callbacks so that the application can identify the source + of the callback. + @param [in] pCallBacks + pointer to a OMX_CALLBACKTYPE structure that will be passed to the + component to initialize it with. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup core + */ +OMX_API OMX_ERRORTYPE OMX_APIENTRY OMX_GetHandle( + OMX_OUT OMX_HANDLETYPE* pHandle, + OMX_IN OMX_STRING cComponentName, + OMX_IN OMX_PTR pAppData, + OMX_IN OMX_CALLBACKTYPE* pCallBacks); + + +/** The OMX_FreeHandle method will free a handle allocated by the OMX_GetHandle + method. If the component reference count goes to zero, the component will + be unloaded from memory. + + The core should return from this call within 20 msec when the component is + in the OMX_StateLoaded state. + + @param [in] hComponent + Handle of the component to be accessed. This is the component + handle returned by the call to the GetHandle function. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + @ingroup core + */ +OMX_API OMX_ERRORTYPE OMX_APIENTRY OMX_FreeHandle( + OMX_IN OMX_HANDLETYPE hComponent); + + + +/** The OMX_SetupTunnel method will handle the necessary calls to the components + to setup the specified tunnel the two components. NOTE: This is + an actual method (not a #define macro). This method will make calls into + the component ComponentTunnelRequest method to do the actual tunnel + connection. + + The ComponentTunnelRequest method on both components will be called. + This method shall not be called unless the component is in the + OMX_StateLoaded state except when the ports used for the tunnel are + disabled. In this case, the component may be in the OMX_StateExecuting, + OMX_StatePause, or OMX_StateIdle states. + + The core should return from this call within 20 msec. + + @param [in] hOutput + Handle of the component to be accessed. Also this is the handle + of the component whose port, specified in the nPortOutput parameter + will be used the source for the tunnel. This is the component handle + returned by the call to the OMX_GetHandle function. There is a + requirement that hOutput be the source for the data when + tunelling (i.e. nPortOutput is an output port). If 0x0, the component + specified in hInput will have it's port specified in nPortInput + setup for communication with the application / IL client. + @param [in] nPortOutput + nPortOutput is used to select the source port on component to be + used in the tunnel. + @param [in] hInput + This is the component to setup the tunnel with. This is the handle + of the component whose port, specified in the nPortInput parameter + will be used the destination for the tunnel. This is the component handle + returned by the call to the OMX_GetHandle function. There is a + requirement that hInput be the destination for the data when + tunelling (i.e. nPortInut is an input port). If 0x0, the component + specified in hOutput will have it's port specified in nPortPOutput + setup for communication with the application / IL client. + @param [in] nPortInput + nPortInput is used to select the destination port on component to be + used in the tunnel. + @return OMX_ERRORTYPE + If the command successfully executes, the return code will be + OMX_ErrorNone. Otherwise the appropriate OMX error will be returned. + When OMX_ErrorNotImplemented is returned, one or both components is + a non-interop component and does not support tunneling. + + On failure, the ports of both components are setup for communication + with the application / IL Client. + @ingroup core tun + */ +OMX_API OMX_ERRORTYPE OMX_APIENTRY OMX_SetupTunnel( + OMX_IN OMX_HANDLETYPE hOutput, + OMX_IN OMX_U32 nPortOutput, + OMX_IN OMX_HANDLETYPE hInput, + OMX_IN OMX_U32 nPortInput); + +/** @ingroup cp */ +OMX_API OMX_ERRORTYPE OMX_GetContentPipe( + OMX_OUT OMX_HANDLETYPE *hPipe, + OMX_IN OMX_STRING szURI); + +/** The OMX_GetComponentsOfRole method will return the number of components that support the given + role and (if the compNames field is non-NULL) the names of those components. The call will fail if + an insufficiently sized array of names is supplied. To ensure the array is sufficiently sized the + client should: + * first call this function with the compNames field NULL to determine the number of component names + * second call this function with the compNames field pointing to an array of names allocated + according to the number returned by the first call. + + The core should return from this call within 5 msec. + + @param [in] role + This is generic standard component name consisting only of component class + name and the type within that class (e.g. 'audio_decoder.aac'). + @param [inout] pNumComps + This is used both as input and output. + + If compNames is NULL, the input is ignored and the output specifies how many components support + the given role. + + If compNames is not NULL, on input it bounds the size of the input structure and + on output, it specifies the number of components string names listed within the compNames parameter. + @param [inout] compNames + If NULL this field is ignored. If non-NULL this points to an array of 128-byte strings which accepts + a list of the names of all physical components that implement the specified standard component name. + Each name is NULL terminated. numComps indicates the number of names. + @ingroup core + */ +OMX_API OMX_ERRORTYPE OMX_GetComponentsOfRole ( + OMX_IN OMX_STRING role, + OMX_INOUT OMX_U32 *pNumComps, + OMX_INOUT OMX_U8 **compNames); + +/** The OMX_GetRolesOfComponent method will return the number of roles supported by the given + component and (if the roles field is non-NULL) the names of those roles. The call will fail if + an insufficiently sized array of names is supplied. To ensure the array is sufficiently sized the + client should: + * first call this function with the roles field NULL to determine the number of role names + * second call this function with the roles field pointing to an array of names allocated + according to the number returned by the first call. + + The core should return from this call within 5 msec. + + @param [in] compName + This is the name of the component being queried about. + @param [inout] pNumRoles + This is used both as input and output. + + If roles is NULL, the input is ignored and the output specifies how many roles the component supports. + + If compNames is not NULL, on input it bounds the size of the input structure and + on output, it specifies the number of roles string names listed within the roles parameter. + @param [out] roles + If NULL this field is ignored. If non-NULL this points to an array of 128-byte strings + which accepts a list of the names of all standard components roles implemented on the + specified component name. numComps indicates the number of names. + @ingroup core + */ +OMX_API OMX_ERRORTYPE OMX_GetRolesOfComponent ( + OMX_IN OMX_STRING compName, + OMX_INOUT OMX_U32 *pNumRoles, + OMX_OUT OMX_U8 **roles); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif +/* File EOF */ + diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_IVCommon.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_IVCommon.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bb4dede8 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_IVCommon.h @@ -0,0 +1,947 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 PacketVideo + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either + * express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions + * and limitations under the License. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +/** + * Copyright (c) 2008 The Khronos Group Inc. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject + * to the following conditions: + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included + * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS + * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. + * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY + * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, + * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + */ + +/** + * @file OMX_IVCommon.h - OpenMax IL version 1.1.2 + * The structures needed by Video and Image components to exchange + * parameters and configuration data with the components. + */ +#ifndef OMX_IVCommon_h +#define OMX_IVCommon_h + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/** + * Each OMX header must include all required header files to allow the header + * to compile without errors. The includes below are required for this header + * file to compile successfully + */ + +#include <OMX_Core.h> + +/** @defgroup iv OpenMAX IL Imaging and Video Domain + * Common structures for OpenMAX IL Imaging and Video domains + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * Enumeration defining possible uncompressed image/video formats. + * + * ENUMS: + * Unused : Placeholder value when format is N/A + * Monochrome : black and white + * 8bitRGB332 : Red 7:5, Green 4:2, Blue 1:0 + * 12bitRGB444 : Red 11:8, Green 7:4, Blue 3:0 + * 16bitARGB4444 : Alpha 15:12, Red 11:8, Green 7:4, Blue 3:0 + * 16bitARGB1555 : Alpha 15, Red 14:10, Green 9:5, Blue 4:0 + * 16bitRGB565 : Red 15:11, Green 10:5, Blue 4:0 + * 16bitBGR565 : Blue 15:11, Green 10:5, Red 4:0 + * 18bitRGB666 : Red 17:12, Green 11:6, Blue 5:0 + * 18bitARGB1665 : Alpha 17, Red 16:11, Green 10:5, Blue 4:0 + * 19bitARGB1666 : Alpha 18, Red 17:12, Green 11:6, Blue 5:0 + * 24bitRGB888 : Red 24:16, Green 15:8, Blue 7:0 + * 24bitBGR888 : Blue 24:16, Green 15:8, Red 7:0 + * 24bitARGB1887 : Alpha 23, Red 22:15, Green 14:7, Blue 6:0 + * 25bitARGB1888 : Alpha 24, Red 23:16, Green 15:8, Blue 7:0 + * 32bitBGRA8888 : Blue 31:24, Green 23:16, Red 15:8, Alpha 7:0 + * 32bitARGB8888 : Alpha 31:24, Red 23:16, Green 15:8, Blue 7:0 + * YUV411Planar : U,Y are subsampled by a factor of 4 horizontally + * YUV411PackedPlanar : packed per payload in planar slices + * YUV420Planar : Three arrays Y,U,V. + * YUV420PackedPlanar : packed per payload in planar slices + * YUV420SemiPlanar : Two arrays, one is all Y, the other is U and V + * YUV422Planar : Three arrays Y,U,V. + * YUV422PackedPlanar : packed per payload in planar slices + * YUV422SemiPlanar : Two arrays, one is all Y, the other is U and V + * YCbYCr : Organized as 16bit YUYV (i.e. YCbYCr) + * YCrYCb : Organized as 16bit YVYU (i.e. YCrYCb) + * CbYCrY : Organized as 16bit UYVY (i.e. CbYCrY) + * CrYCbY : Organized as 16bit VYUY (i.e. CrYCbY) + * YUV444Interleaved : Each pixel contains equal parts YUV + * RawBayer8bit : SMIA camera output format + * RawBayer10bit : SMIA camera output format + * RawBayer8bitcompressed : SMIA camera output format + */ +typedef enum OMX_COLOR_FORMATTYPE { + OMX_COLOR_FormatUnused, + OMX_COLOR_FormatMonochrome, + OMX_COLOR_Format8bitRGB332, + OMX_COLOR_Format12bitRGB444, + OMX_COLOR_Format16bitARGB4444, + OMX_COLOR_Format16bitARGB1555, + OMX_COLOR_Format16bitRGB565, + OMX_COLOR_Format16bitBGR565, + OMX_COLOR_Format18bitRGB666, + OMX_COLOR_Format18bitARGB1665, + OMX_COLOR_Format19bitARGB1666, + OMX_COLOR_Format24bitRGB888, + OMX_COLOR_Format24bitBGR888, + OMX_COLOR_Format24bitARGB1887, + OMX_COLOR_Format25bitARGB1888, + OMX_COLOR_Format32bitBGRA8888, + OMX_COLOR_Format32bitARGB8888, + OMX_COLOR_FormatYUV411Planar, + OMX_COLOR_FormatYUV411PackedPlanar, + OMX_COLOR_FormatYUV420Planar, + OMX_COLOR_FormatYUV420PackedPlanar, + OMX_COLOR_FormatYUV420SemiPlanar, + OMX_COLOR_FormatYUV422Planar, + OMX_COLOR_FormatYUV422PackedPlanar, + OMX_COLOR_FormatYUV422SemiPlanar, + OMX_COLOR_FormatYCbYCr, + OMX_COLOR_FormatYCrYCb, + OMX_COLOR_FormatCbYCrY, + OMX_COLOR_FormatCrYCbY, + OMX_COLOR_FormatYUV444Interleaved, + OMX_COLOR_FormatRawBayer8bit, + OMX_COLOR_FormatRawBayer10bit, + OMX_COLOR_FormatRawBayer8bitcompressed, + OMX_COLOR_FormatL2, + OMX_COLOR_FormatL4, + OMX_COLOR_FormatL8, + OMX_COLOR_FormatL16, + OMX_COLOR_FormatL24, + OMX_COLOR_FormatL32, + OMX_COLOR_FormatYUV420PackedSemiPlanar, + OMX_COLOR_FormatYUV422PackedSemiPlanar, + OMX_COLOR_Format18BitBGR666, + OMX_COLOR_Format24BitARGB6666, + OMX_COLOR_Format24BitABGR6666, + OMX_COLOR_FormatKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_COLOR_FormatVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + /**<Reserved android opaque colorformat. Tells the encoder that + * the actual colorformat will be relayed by the + * Gralloc Buffers. + * FIXME: In the process of reserving some enum values for + * Android-specific OMX IL colorformats. Change this enum to + * an acceptable range once that is done. + * */ + OMX_COLOR_FormatAndroidOpaque = 0x7F000789, + OMX_TI_COLOR_FormatYUV420PackedSemiPlanar = 0x7F000100, + OMX_QCOM_COLOR_FormatYVU420SemiPlanar = 0x7FA30C00, + OMX_COLOR_FormatMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_COLOR_FORMATTYPE; + + +/** + * Defines the matrix for conversion from RGB to YUV or vice versa. + * iColorMatrix should be initialized with the fixed point values + * used in converting between formats. + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_COLORCONVERSIONTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; /**< Size of the structure in bytes */ + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; /**< OMX specification version info */ + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; /**< Port that this struct applies to */ + OMX_S32 xColorMatrix[3][3]; /**< Stored in signed Q16 format */ + OMX_S32 xColorOffset[4]; /**< Stored in signed Q16 format */ +}OMX_CONFIG_COLORCONVERSIONTYPE; + + +/** + * Structure defining percent to scale each frame dimension. For example: + * To make the width 50% larger, use fWidth = 1.5 and to make the width + * 1/2 the original size, use fWidth = 0.5 + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_SCALEFACTORTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; /**< Size of the structure in bytes */ + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; /**< OMX specification version info */ + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; /**< Port that this struct applies to */ + OMX_S32 xWidth; /**< Fixed point value stored as Q16 */ + OMX_S32 xHeight; /**< Fixed point value stored as Q16 */ +}OMX_CONFIG_SCALEFACTORTYPE; + + +/** + * Enumeration of possible image filter types + */ +typedef enum OMX_IMAGEFILTERTYPE { + OMX_ImageFilterNone, + OMX_ImageFilterNoise, + OMX_ImageFilterEmboss, + OMX_ImageFilterNegative, + OMX_ImageFilterSketch, + OMX_ImageFilterOilPaint, + OMX_ImageFilterHatch, + OMX_ImageFilterGpen, + OMX_ImageFilterAntialias, + OMX_ImageFilterDeRing, + OMX_ImageFilterSolarize, + OMX_ImageFilterKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_ImageFilterVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_ImageFilterMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_IMAGEFILTERTYPE; + + +/** + * Image filter configuration + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * eImageFilter : Image filter type enumeration + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_IMAGEFILTERTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_IMAGEFILTERTYPE eImageFilter; +} OMX_CONFIG_IMAGEFILTERTYPE; + + +/** + * Customized U and V for color enhancement + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * bColorEnhancement : Enable/disable color enhancement + * nCustomizedU : Practical values: 16-240, range: 0-255, value set for + * U component + * nCustomizedV : Practical values: 16-240, range: 0-255, value set for + * V component + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_COLORENHANCEMENTTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_BOOL bColorEnhancement; + OMX_U8 nCustomizedU; + OMX_U8 nCustomizedV; +} OMX_CONFIG_COLORENHANCEMENTTYPE; + + +/** + * Define color key and color key mask + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nARGBColor : 32bit Alpha, Red, Green, Blue Color + * nARGBMask : 32bit Mask for Alpha, Red, Green, Blue channels + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_COLORKEYTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nARGBColor; + OMX_U32 nARGBMask; +} OMX_CONFIG_COLORKEYTYPE; + + +/** + * List of color blend types for pre/post processing + * + * ENUMS: + * None : No color blending present + * AlphaConstant : Function is (alpha_constant * src) + + * (1 - alpha_constant) * dst) + * AlphaPerPixel : Function is (alpha * src) + (1 - alpha) * dst) + * Alternate : Function is alternating pixels from src and dst + * And : Function is (src & dst) + * Or : Function is (src | dst) + * Invert : Function is ~src + */ +typedef enum OMX_COLORBLENDTYPE { + OMX_ColorBlendNone, + OMX_ColorBlendAlphaConstant, + OMX_ColorBlendAlphaPerPixel, + OMX_ColorBlendAlternate, + OMX_ColorBlendAnd, + OMX_ColorBlendOr, + OMX_ColorBlendInvert, + OMX_ColorBlendKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_ColorBlendVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_ColorBlendMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_COLORBLENDTYPE; + + +/** + * Color blend configuration + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nRGBAlphaConstant : Constant global alpha values when global alpha is used + * eColorBlend : Color blend type enumeration + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_COLORBLENDTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nRGBAlphaConstant; + OMX_COLORBLENDTYPE eColorBlend; +} OMX_CONFIG_COLORBLENDTYPE; + + +/** + * Hold frame dimension + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nWidth : Frame width in pixels + * nHeight : Frame height in pixels + */ +typedef struct OMX_FRAMESIZETYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nWidth; + OMX_U32 nHeight; +} OMX_FRAMESIZETYPE; + + +/** + * Rotation configuration + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nRotation : +/- integer rotation value + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_ROTATIONTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_S32 nRotation; +} OMX_CONFIG_ROTATIONTYPE; + + +/** + * Possible mirroring directions for pre/post processing + * + * ENUMS: + * None : No mirroring + * Vertical : Vertical mirroring, flip on X axis + * Horizontal : Horizontal mirroring, flip on Y axis + * Both : Both vertical and horizontal mirroring + */ +typedef enum OMX_MIRRORTYPE { + OMX_MirrorNone = 0, + OMX_MirrorVertical, + OMX_MirrorHorizontal, + OMX_MirrorBoth, + OMX_MirrorKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_MirrorVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_MirrorMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_MIRRORTYPE; + + +/** + * Mirroring configuration + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * eMirror : Mirror type enumeration + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_MIRRORTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_MIRRORTYPE eMirror; +} OMX_CONFIG_MIRRORTYPE; + + +/** + * Position information only + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nX : X coordinate for the point + * nY : Y coordinate for the point + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_POINTTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_S32 nX; + OMX_S32 nY; +} OMX_CONFIG_POINTTYPE; + + +/** + * Frame size plus position + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nLeft : X Coordinate of the top left corner of the rectangle + * nTop : Y Coordinate of the top left corner of the rectangle + * nWidth : Width of the rectangle + * nHeight : Height of the rectangle + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_RECTTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_S32 nLeft; + OMX_S32 nTop; + OMX_U32 nWidth; + OMX_U32 nHeight; +} OMX_CONFIG_RECTTYPE; + + +/** + * Deblocking state; it is required to be set up before starting the codec + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * bDeblocking : Enable/disable deblocking mode + */ +typedef struct OMX_PARAM_DEBLOCKINGTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_BOOL bDeblocking; +} OMX_PARAM_DEBLOCKINGTYPE; + + +/** + * Stabilization state + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * bStab : Enable/disable frame stabilization state + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_FRAMESTABTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_BOOL bStab; +} OMX_CONFIG_FRAMESTABTYPE; + + +/** + * White Balance control type + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * SunLight : Referenced in JSR-234 + * Flash : Optimal for device's integrated flash + */ +typedef enum OMX_WHITEBALCONTROLTYPE { + OMX_WhiteBalControlOff = 0, + OMX_WhiteBalControlAuto, + OMX_WhiteBalControlSunLight, + OMX_WhiteBalControlCloudy, + OMX_WhiteBalControlShade, + OMX_WhiteBalControlTungsten, + OMX_WhiteBalControlFluorescent, + OMX_WhiteBalControlIncandescent, + OMX_WhiteBalControlFlash, + OMX_WhiteBalControlHorizon, + OMX_WhiteBalControlKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_WhiteBalControlVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_WhiteBalControlMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_WHITEBALCONTROLTYPE; + + +/** + * White Balance control configuration + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * eWhiteBalControl : White balance enumeration + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_WHITEBALCONTROLTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_WHITEBALCONTROLTYPE eWhiteBalControl; +} OMX_CONFIG_WHITEBALCONTROLTYPE; + + +/** + * Exposure control type + */ +typedef enum OMX_EXPOSURECONTROLTYPE { + OMX_ExposureControlOff = 0, + OMX_ExposureControlAuto, + OMX_ExposureControlNight, + OMX_ExposureControlBackLight, + OMX_ExposureControlSpotLight, + OMX_ExposureControlSports, + OMX_ExposureControlSnow, + OMX_ExposureControlBeach, + OMX_ExposureControlLargeAperture, + OMX_ExposureControlSmallApperture, + OMX_ExposureControlKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_ExposureControlVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_ExposureControlMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_EXPOSURECONTROLTYPE; + + +/** + * White Balance control configuration + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * eExposureControl : Exposure control enumeration + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_EXPOSURECONTROLTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_EXPOSURECONTROLTYPE eExposureControl; +} OMX_CONFIG_EXPOSURECONTROLTYPE; + + +/** + * Defines sensor supported mode. + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nFrameRate : Single shot mode is indicated by a 0 + * bOneShot : Enable for single shot, disable for streaming + * sFrameSize : Framesize + */ +typedef struct OMX_PARAM_SENSORMODETYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nFrameRate; + OMX_BOOL bOneShot; + OMX_FRAMESIZETYPE sFrameSize; +} OMX_PARAM_SENSORMODETYPE; + + +/** + * Defines contrast level + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nContrast : Values allowed for contrast -100 to 100, zero means no change + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_CONTRASTTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_S32 nContrast; +} OMX_CONFIG_CONTRASTTYPE; + + +/** + * Defines brightness level + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nBrightness : 0-100% + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_BRIGHTNESSTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nBrightness; +} OMX_CONFIG_BRIGHTNESSTYPE; + + +/** + * Defines backlight level configuration for a video sink, e.g. LCD panel + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nBacklight : Values allowed for backlight 0-100% + * nTimeout : Number of milliseconds before backlight automatically turns + * off. A value of 0x0 disables backight timeout + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_BACKLIGHTTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nBacklight; + OMX_U32 nTimeout; +} OMX_CONFIG_BACKLIGHTTYPE; + + +/** + * Defines setting for Gamma + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nGamma : Values allowed for gamma -100 to 100, zero means no change + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_GAMMATYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_S32 nGamma; +} OMX_CONFIG_GAMMATYPE; + + +/** + * Define for setting saturation + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nSaturation : Values allowed for saturation -100 to 100, zero means + * no change + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_SATURATIONTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_S32 nSaturation; +} OMX_CONFIG_SATURATIONTYPE; + + +/** + * Define for setting Lightness + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nLightness : Values allowed for lightness -100 to 100, zero means no + * change + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_LIGHTNESSTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_S32 nLightness; +} OMX_CONFIG_LIGHTNESSTYPE; + + +/** + * Plane blend configuration + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Index of input port associated with the plane. + * nDepth : Depth of the plane in relation to the screen. Higher + * numbered depths are "behind" lower number depths. + * This number defaults to the Port Index number. + * nAlpha : Transparency blending component for the entire plane. + * See blending modes for more detail. + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_PLANEBLENDTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nDepth; + OMX_U32 nAlpha; +} OMX_CONFIG_PLANEBLENDTYPE; + + +/** + * Define interlace type + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * bEnable : Enable control variable for this functionality + * (see below) + * nInterleavePortIndex : Index of input or output port associated with + * the interleaved plane. + * pPlanarPortIndexes[4] : Index of input or output planar ports. + */ +typedef struct OMX_PARAM_INTERLEAVETYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_BOOL bEnable; + OMX_U32 nInterleavePortIndex; +} OMX_PARAM_INTERLEAVETYPE; + + +/** + * Defines the picture effect used for an input picture + */ +typedef enum OMX_TRANSITIONEFFECTTYPE { + OMX_EffectNone, + OMX_EffectFadeFromBlack, + OMX_EffectFadeToBlack, + OMX_EffectUnspecifiedThroughConstantColor, + OMX_EffectDissolve, + OMX_EffectWipe, + OMX_EffectUnspecifiedMixOfTwoScenes, + OMX_EffectKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_EffectVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_EffectMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_TRANSITIONEFFECTTYPE; + + +/** + * Structure used to configure current transition effect + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * eEffect : Effect to enable + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_TRANSITIONEFFECTTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_TRANSITIONEFFECTTYPE eEffect; +} OMX_CONFIG_TRANSITIONEFFECTTYPE; + + +/** + * Defines possible data unit types for encoded video data. The data unit + * types are used both for encoded video input for playback as well as + * encoded video output from recording. + */ +typedef enum OMX_DATAUNITTYPE { + OMX_DataUnitCodedPicture, + OMX_DataUnitVideoSegment, + OMX_DataUnitSeveralSegments, + OMX_DataUnitArbitraryStreamSection, + OMX_DataUnitKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_DataUnitVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_DataUnitMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_DATAUNITTYPE; + + +/** + * Defines possible encapsulation types for coded video data unit. The + * encapsulation information is used both for encoded video input for + * playback as well as encoded video output from recording. + */ +typedef enum OMX_DATAUNITENCAPSULATIONTYPE { + OMX_DataEncapsulationElementaryStream, + OMX_DataEncapsulationGenericPayload, + OMX_DataEncapsulationRtpPayload, + OMX_DataEncapsulationKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_DataEncapsulationVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_DataEncapsulationMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_DATAUNITENCAPSULATIONTYPE; + + +/** + * Structure used to configure the type of being decoded/encoded + */ +typedef struct OMX_PARAM_DATAUNITTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; /**< Size of the structure in bytes */ + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; /**< OMX specification version information */ + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; /**< Port that this structure applies to */ + OMX_DATAUNITTYPE eUnitType; + OMX_DATAUNITENCAPSULATIONTYPE eEncapsulationType; +} OMX_PARAM_DATAUNITTYPE; + + +/** + * Defines dither types + */ +typedef enum OMX_DITHERTYPE { + OMX_DitherNone, + OMX_DitherOrdered, + OMX_DitherErrorDiffusion, + OMX_DitherOther, + OMX_DitherKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_DitherVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_DitherMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_DITHERTYPE; + + +/** + * Structure used to configure current type of dithering + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_DITHERTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; /**< Size of the structure in bytes */ + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; /**< OMX specification version information */ + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; /**< Port that this structure applies to */ + OMX_DITHERTYPE eDither; /**< Type of dithering to use */ +} OMX_CONFIG_DITHERTYPE; + +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_CAPTUREMODETYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; /**< Port that this structure applies to */ + OMX_BOOL bContinuous; /**< If true then ignore frame rate and emit capture + * data as fast as possible (otherwise obey port's frame rate). */ + OMX_BOOL bFrameLimited; /**< If true then terminate capture after the port emits the + * specified number of frames (otherwise the port does not + * terminate the capture until instructed to do so by the client). + * Even if set, the client may manually terminate the capture prior + * to reaching the limit. */ + OMX_U32 nFrameLimit; /**< Limit on number of frames emitted during a capture (only + * valid if bFrameLimited is set). */ +} OMX_CONFIG_CAPTUREMODETYPE; + +typedef enum OMX_METERINGTYPE { + + OMX_MeteringModeAverage, /**< Center-weighted average metering. */ + OMX_MeteringModeSpot, /**< Spot (partial) metering. */ + OMX_MeteringModeMatrix, /**< Matrix or evaluative metering. */ + + OMX_MeteringKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_MeteringVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_EVModeMax = 0x7fffffff +} OMX_METERINGTYPE; + +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_EXPOSUREVALUETYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_METERINGTYPE eMetering; + OMX_S32 xEVCompensation; /**< Fixed point value stored as Q16 */ + OMX_U32 nApertureFNumber; /**< e.g. nApertureFNumber = 2 implies "f/2" - Q16 format */ + OMX_BOOL bAutoAperture; /**< Whether aperture number is defined automatically */ + OMX_U32 nShutterSpeedMsec; /**< Shutterspeed in milliseconds */ + OMX_BOOL bAutoShutterSpeed; /**< Whether shutter speed is defined automatically */ + OMX_U32 nSensitivity; /**< e.g. nSensitivity = 100 implies "ISO 100" */ + OMX_BOOL bAutoSensitivity; /**< Whether sensitivity is defined automatically */ +} OMX_CONFIG_EXPOSUREVALUETYPE; + +/** + * Focus region configuration + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * bCenter : Use center region as focus region of interest + * bLeft : Use left region as focus region of interest + * bRight : Use right region as focus region of interest + * bTop : Use top region as focus region of interest + * bBottom : Use bottom region as focus region of interest + * bTopLeft : Use top left region as focus region of interest + * bTopRight : Use top right region as focus region of interest + * bBottomLeft : Use bottom left region as focus region of interest + * bBottomRight : Use bottom right region as focus region of interest + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_FOCUSREGIONTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_BOOL bCenter; + OMX_BOOL bLeft; + OMX_BOOL bRight; + OMX_BOOL bTop; + OMX_BOOL bBottom; + OMX_BOOL bTopLeft; + OMX_BOOL bTopRight; + OMX_BOOL bBottomLeft; + OMX_BOOL bBottomRight; +} OMX_CONFIG_FOCUSREGIONTYPE; + +/** + * Focus Status type + */ +typedef enum OMX_FOCUSSTATUSTYPE { + OMX_FocusStatusOff = 0, + OMX_FocusStatusRequest, + OMX_FocusStatusReached, + OMX_FocusStatusUnableToReach, + OMX_FocusStatusLost, + OMX_FocusStatusKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_FocusStatusVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_FocusStatusMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_FOCUSSTATUSTYPE; + +/** + * Focus status configuration + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * eFocusStatus : Specifies the focus status + * bCenterStatus : Use center region as focus region of interest + * bLeftStatus : Use left region as focus region of interest + * bRightStatus : Use right region as focus region of interest + * bTopStatus : Use top region as focus region of interest + * bBottomStatus : Use bottom region as focus region of interest + * bTopLeftStatus : Use top left region as focus region of interest + * bTopRightStatus : Use top right region as focus region of interest + * bBottomLeftStatus : Use bottom left region as focus region of interest + * bBottomRightStatus : Use bottom right region as focus region of interest + */ +typedef struct OMX_PARAM_FOCUSSTATUSTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_FOCUSSTATUSTYPE eFocusStatus; + OMX_BOOL bCenterStatus; + OMX_BOOL bLeftStatus; + OMX_BOOL bRightStatus; + OMX_BOOL bTopStatus; + OMX_BOOL bBottomStatus; + OMX_BOOL bTopLeftStatus; + OMX_BOOL bTopRightStatus; + OMX_BOOL bBottomLeftStatus; + OMX_BOOL bBottomRightStatus; +} OMX_PARAM_FOCUSSTATUSTYPE; + +/** @} */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif +/* File EOF */ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_Index.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_Index.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0b8d9296 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_Index.h @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 PacketVideo + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either + * express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions + * and limitations under the License. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2008 The Khronos Group Inc. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject + * to the following conditions: + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included + * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS + * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. + * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY + * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, + * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + */ + +/** @file OMX_Index.h - OpenMax IL version 1.1.2 + * The OMX_Index header file contains the definitions for both applications + * and components . + */ + + +#ifndef OMX_Index_h +#define OMX_Index_h + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + + +/* Each OMX header must include all required header files to allow the + * header to compile without errors. The includes below are required + * for this header file to compile successfully + */ +#include <OMX_Types.h> + + +/** The OMX_INDEXTYPE enumeration is used to select a structure when either + * getting or setting parameters and/or configuration data. Each entry in + * this enumeration maps to an OMX specified structure. When the + * OMX_GetParameter, OMX_SetParameter, OMX_GetConfig or OMX_SetConfig methods + * are used, the second parameter will always be an entry from this enumeration + * and the third entry will be the structure shown in the comments for the entry. + * For example, if the application is initializing a cropping function, the + * OMX_SetConfig command would have OMX_IndexConfigCommonInputCrop as the second parameter + * and would send a pointer to an initialized OMX_RECTTYPE structure as the + * third parameter. + * + * The enumeration entries named with the OMX_Config prefix are sent using + * the OMX_SetConfig command and the enumeration entries named with the + * OMX_PARAM_ prefix are sent using the OMX_SetParameter command. + */ +typedef enum OMX_INDEXTYPE { + + OMX_IndexComponentStartUnused = 0x01000000, + OMX_IndexParamPriorityMgmt, /**< reference: OMX_PRIORITYMGMTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioInit, /**< reference: OMX_PORT_PARAM_TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamImageInit, /**< reference: OMX_PORT_PARAM_TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoInit, /**< reference: OMX_PORT_PARAM_TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamOtherInit, /**< reference: OMX_PORT_PARAM_TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamNumAvailableStreams, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_U32TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamActiveStream, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_U32TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamSuspensionPolicy, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_SUSPENSIONPOLICYTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamComponentSuspended, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_SUSPENSIONTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCapturing, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_BOOLEANTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCaptureMode, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_CAPTUREMODETYPE */ + OMX_IndexAutoPauseAfterCapture, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_BOOLEANTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamContentURI, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_CONTENTURITYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamCustomContentPipe, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_CONTENTPIPETYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamDisableResourceConcealment, /**< reference: OMX_RESOURCECONCEALMENTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigMetadataItemCount, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_METADATAITEMCOUNTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigContainerNodeCount, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_CONTAINERNODECOUNTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigMetadataItem, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_METADATAITEMTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCounterNodeID, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_CONTAINERNODEIDTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamMetadataFilterType, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_METADATAFILTERTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamMetadataKeyFilter, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_METADATAFILTERTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigPriorityMgmt, /**< reference: OMX_PRIORITYMGMTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamStandardComponentRole, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_COMPONENTROLETYPE */ + + OMX_IndexPortStartUnused = 0x02000000, + OMX_IndexParamPortDefinition, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_PORTDEFINITIONTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamCompBufferSupplier, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_BUFFERSUPPLIERTYPE */ + OMX_IndexReservedStartUnused = 0x03000000, + + /* Audio parameters and configurations */ + OMX_IndexAudioStartUnused = 0x04000000, + OMX_IndexParamAudioPortFormat, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_PORTFORMATTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioPcm, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_PCMMODETYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioAac, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_AACPROFILETYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioRa, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_RATYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioMp3, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_MP3TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioAdpcm, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_ADPCMTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioG723, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_G723TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioG729, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_G729TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioAmr, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_AMRTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioWma, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_WMATYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioSbc, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_SBCTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioMidi, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_MIDITYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioGsm_FR, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_GSMFRTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioMidiLoadUserSound, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_MIDILOADUSERSOUNDTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioG726, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_G726TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioGsm_EFR, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_GSMEFRTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioGsm_HR, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_GSMHRTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioPdc_FR, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_PDCFRTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioPdc_EFR, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_PDCEFRTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioPdc_HR, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_PDCHRTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioTdma_FR, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_TDMAFRTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioTdma_EFR, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_TDMAEFRTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioQcelp8, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_QCELP8TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioQcelp13, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_QCELP13TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioEvrc, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_EVRCTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioSmv, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_SMVTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamAudioVorbis, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_PARAM_VORBISTYPE */ + + OMX_IndexConfigAudioMidiImmediateEvent, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_MIDIIMMEDIATEEVENTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioMidiControl, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_MIDICONTROLTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioMidiSoundBankProgram, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_MIDISOUNDBANKPROGRAMTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioMidiStatus, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_MIDISTATUSTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioMidiMetaEvent, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_MIDIMETAEVENTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioMidiMetaEventData, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_MIDIMETAEVENTDATATYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioVolume, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_VOLUMETYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioBalance, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_BALANCETYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioChannelMute, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_CHANNELMUTETYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioMute, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_MUTETYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioLoudness, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_LOUDNESSTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioEchoCancelation, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_ECHOCANCELATIONTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioNoiseReduction, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_NOISEREDUCTIONTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioBass, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_BASSTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioTreble, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_TREBLETYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioStereoWidening, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_STEREOWIDENINGTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioChorus, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_CHORUSTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioEqualizer, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_EQUALIZERTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioReverberation, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_REVERBERATIONTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigAudioChannelVolume, /**< reference: OMX_AUDIO_CONFIG_CHANNELVOLUMETYPE */ + + /* Image specific parameters and configurations */ + OMX_IndexImageStartUnused = 0x05000000, + OMX_IndexParamImagePortFormat, /**< reference: OMX_IMAGE_PARAM_PORTFORMATTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamFlashControl, /**< reference: OMX_IMAGE_PARAM_FLASHCONTROLTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigFocusControl, /**< reference: OMX_IMAGE_CONFIG_FOCUSCONTROLTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamQFactor, /**< reference: OMX_IMAGE_PARAM_QFACTORTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamQuantizationTable, /**< reference: OMX_IMAGE_PARAM_QUANTIZATIONTABLETYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamHuffmanTable, /**< reference: OMX_IMAGE_PARAM_HUFFMANTTABLETYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigFlashControl, /**< reference: OMX_IMAGE_PARAM_FLASHCONTROLTYPE */ + + /* Video specific parameters and configurations */ + OMX_IndexVideoStartUnused = 0x06000000, + OMX_IndexParamVideoPortFormat, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_PORTFORMATTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoQuantization, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_QUANTIZATIONTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoFastUpdate, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_VIDEOFASTUPDATETYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoBitrate, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_BITRATETYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoMotionVector, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_MOTIONVECTORTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoIntraRefresh, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_INTRAREFRESHTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoErrorCorrection, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_ERRORCORRECTIONTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoVBSMC, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_VBSMCTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoMpeg2, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_MPEG2TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoMpeg4, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_MPEG4TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoWmv, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_WMVTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoRv, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_RVTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoAvc, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_AVCTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoH263, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_H263TYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoProfileLevelQuerySupported, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_PROFILELEVELTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoProfileLevelCurrent, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_PROFILELEVELTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigVideoBitrate, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_CONFIG_BITRATETYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigVideoFramerate, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_FRAMERATETYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigVideoIntraVOPRefresh, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_INTRAREFRESHVOPTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigVideoIntraMBRefresh, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_MACROBLOCKERRORMAPTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigVideoMBErrorReporting, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_MBERRORREPORTINGTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoMacroblocksPerFrame, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_MACROBLOCKSTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigVideoMacroBlockErrorMap, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_MACROBLOCKERRORMAPTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamVideoSliceFMO, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_AVCSLICEFMO */ + OMX_IndexConfigVideoAVCIntraPeriod, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_CONFIG_AVCINTRAPERIOD */ + OMX_IndexConfigVideoNalSize, /**< reference: OMX_VIDEO_CONFIG_NALSIZE */ + + /* Image & Video common Configurations */ + OMX_IndexCommonStartUnused = 0x07000000, + OMX_IndexParamCommonDeblocking, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_DEBLOCKINGTYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamCommonSensorMode, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_SENSORMODETYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamCommonInterleave, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_INTERLEAVETYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonColorFormatConversion, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_COLORCONVERSIONTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonScale, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_SCALEFACTORTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonImageFilter, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_IMAGEFILTERTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonColorEnhancement, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_COLORENHANCEMENTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonColorKey, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_COLORKEYTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonColorBlend, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_COLORBLENDTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonFrameStabilisation,/**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_FRAMESTABTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonRotate, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_ROTATIONTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonMirror, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_MIRRORTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonOutputPosition, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_POINTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonInputCrop, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_RECTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonOutputCrop, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_RECTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonDigitalZoom, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_SCALEFACTORTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonOpticalZoom, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_SCALEFACTORTYPE*/ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonWhiteBalance, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_WHITEBALCONTROLTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonExposure, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_EXPOSURECONTROLTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonContrast, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_CONTRASTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonBrightness, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_BRIGHTNESSTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonBacklight, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_BACKLIGHTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonGamma, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_GAMMATYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonSaturation, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_SATURATIONTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonLightness, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_LIGHTNESSTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonExclusionRect, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_RECTTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonDithering, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_DITHERTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonPlaneBlend, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_PLANEBLENDTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonExposureValue, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_EXPOSUREVALUETYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonOutputSize, /**< reference: OMX_FRAMESIZETYPE */ + OMX_IndexParamCommonExtraQuantData, /**< reference: OMX_OTHER_EXTRADATATYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonFocusRegion, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_FOCUSREGIONTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonFocusStatus, /**< reference: OMX_PARAM_FOCUSSTATUSTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigCommonTransitionEffect, /**< reference: OMX_CONFIG_TRANSITIONEFFECTTYPE */ + + /* Reserved Configuration range */ + OMX_IndexOtherStartUnused = 0x08000000, + OMX_IndexParamOtherPortFormat, /**< reference: OMX_OTHER_PARAM_PORTFORMATTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigOtherPower, /**< reference: OMX_OTHER_CONFIG_POWERTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigOtherStats, /**< reference: OMX_OTHER_CONFIG_STATSTYPE */ + + + /* Reserved Time range */ + OMX_IndexTimeStartUnused = 0x09000000, + OMX_IndexConfigTimeScale, /**< reference: OMX_TIME_CONFIG_SCALETYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigTimeClockState, /**< reference: OMX_TIME_CONFIG_CLOCKSTATETYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigTimeActiveRefClock, /**< reference: OMX_TIME_CONFIG_ACTIVEREFCLOCKTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigTimeCurrentMediaTime, /**< reference: OMX_TIME_CONFIG_TIMESTAMPTYPE (read only) */ + OMX_IndexConfigTimeCurrentWallTime, /**< reference: OMX_TIME_CONFIG_TIMESTAMPTYPE (read only) */ + OMX_IndexConfigTimeCurrentAudioReference, /**< reference: OMX_TIME_CONFIG_TIMESTAMPTYPE (write only) */ + OMX_IndexConfigTimeCurrentVideoReference, /**< reference: OMX_TIME_CONFIG_TIMESTAMPTYPE (write only) */ + OMX_IndexConfigTimeMediaTimeRequest, /**< reference: OMX_TIME_CONFIG_MEDIATIMEREQUESTTYPE (write only) */ + OMX_IndexConfigTimeClientStartTime, /**<reference: OMX_TIME_CONFIG_TIMESTAMPTYPE (write only) */ + OMX_IndexConfigTimePosition, /**< reference: OMX_TIME_CONFIG_TIMESTAMPTYPE */ + OMX_IndexConfigTimeSeekMode, /**< reference: OMX_TIME_CONFIG_SEEKMODETYPE */ + + + OMX_IndexKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + /* Vendor specific area */ + OMX_IndexVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, + /* Vendor specific structures should be in the range of 0x7F000000 + to 0x7FFFFFFE. This range is not broken out by vendor, so + private indexes are not guaranteed unique and therefore should + only be sent to the appropriate component. */ + + OMX_IndexMax = 0x7FFFFFFF + +} OMX_INDEXTYPE; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif +/* File EOF */ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_Types.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_Types.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03fd4bcf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_Types.h @@ -0,0 +1,365 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 PacketVideo + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either + * express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions + * and limitations under the License. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2008 The Khronos Group Inc. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject + * to the following conditions: + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included + * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS + * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. + * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY + * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, + * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + */ + +/** OMX_Types.h - OpenMax IL version 1.1.2 + * The OMX_Types header file contains the primitive type definitions used by + * the core, the application and the component. This file may need to be + * modified to be used on systems that do not have "char" set to 8 bits, + * "short" set to 16 bits and "long" set to 32 bits. + */ + +#ifndef OMX_Types_h +#define OMX_Types_h + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/** The OMX_API and OMX_APIENTRY are platform specific definitions used + * to declare OMX function prototypes. They are modified to meet the + * requirements for a particular platform */ +#ifdef __SYMBIAN32__ +# ifdef __OMX_EXPORTS +# define OMX_API __declspec(dllexport) +# else +# ifdef _WIN32 +# define OMX_API __declspec(dllexport) +# else +# define OMX_API __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +# endif +#else +# ifdef _WIN32 +# ifdef __OMX_EXPORTS +# define OMX_API __declspec(dllexport) +# else +//# define OMX_API __declspec(dllimport) +#define OMX_API +# endif +# else +# ifdef __OMX_EXPORTS +# define OMX_API +# else +# define OMX_API extern +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef OMX_APIENTRY +#define OMX_APIENTRY +#endif + +/** OMX_IN is used to identify inputs to an OMX function. This designation + will also be used in the case of a pointer that points to a parameter + that is used as an output. */ +#ifndef OMX_IN +#define OMX_IN +#endif + +/** OMX_OUT is used to identify outputs from an OMX function. This + designation will also be used in the case of a pointer that points + to a parameter that is used as an input. */ +#ifndef OMX_OUT +#define OMX_OUT +#endif + + +/** OMX_INOUT is used to identify parameters that may be either inputs or + outputs from an OMX function at the same time. This designation will + also be used in the case of a pointer that points to a parameter that + is used both as an input and an output. */ +#ifndef OMX_INOUT +#define OMX_INOUT +#endif + +/** OMX_ALL is used to as a wildcard to select all entities of the same type + * when specifying the index, or referring to a object by an index. (i.e. + * use OMX_ALL to indicate all N channels). When used as a port index + * for a config or parameter this OMX_ALL denotes that the config or + * parameter applies to the entire component not just one port. */ +#define OMX_ALL 0xFFFFFFFF + +/** In the following we define groups that help building doxygen documentation */ + +/** @defgroup core OpenMAX IL core + * Functions and structure related to the OMX IL core + */ + + /** @defgroup comp OpenMAX IL component + * Functions and structure related to the OMX IL component + */ + +/** @defgroup rpm Resource and Policy Management + * Structures for resource and policy management of components + */ + +/** @defgroup buf Buffer Management + * Buffer handling functions and structures + */ + +/** @defgroup tun Tunneling + * @ingroup core comp + * Structures and functions to manage tunnels among component ports + */ + +/** @defgroup cp Content Pipes + * @ingroup core + */ + + /** @defgroup metadata Metadata handling + * + */ + +/** OMX_U8 is an 8 bit unsigned quantity that is byte aligned */ +typedef unsigned char OMX_U8; + +/** OMX_S8 is an 8 bit signed quantity that is byte aligned */ +typedef signed char OMX_S8; + +/** OMX_U16 is a 16 bit unsigned quantity that is 16 bit word aligned */ +typedef unsigned short OMX_U16; + +/** OMX_S16 is a 16 bit signed quantity that is 16 bit word aligned */ +typedef signed short OMX_S16; + +/** OMX_U32 is a 32 bit unsigned quantity that is 32 bit word aligned */ +typedef unsigned long OMX_U32; + +/** OMX_S32 is a 32 bit signed quantity that is 32 bit word aligned */ +typedef signed long OMX_S32; + + +/* Users with compilers that cannot accept the "long long" designation should + define the OMX_SKIP64BIT macro. It should be noted that this may cause + some components to fail to compile if the component was written to require + 64 bit integral types. However, these components would NOT compile anyway + since the compiler does not support the way the component was written. +*/ +#ifndef OMX_SKIP64BIT +#ifdef __SYMBIAN32__ +/** OMX_U64 is a 64 bit unsigned quantity that is 64 bit word aligned */ +typedef unsigned long long OMX_U64; + +/** OMX_S64 is a 64 bit signed quantity that is 64 bit word aligned */ +typedef signed long long OMX_S64; + +#elif defined(WIN32) + +/** OMX_U64 is a 64 bit unsigned quantity that is 64 bit word aligned */ +typedef unsigned __int64 OMX_U64; + +/** OMX_S64 is a 64 bit signed quantity that is 64 bit word aligned */ +typedef signed __int64 OMX_S64; + +#else /* WIN32 */ + +/** OMX_U64 is a 64 bit unsigned quantity that is 64 bit word aligned */ +typedef unsigned long long OMX_U64; + +/** OMX_S64 is a 64 bit signed quantity that is 64 bit word aligned */ +typedef signed long long OMX_S64; + +#endif /* WIN32 */ +#endif + + +/** The OMX_BOOL type is intended to be used to represent a true or a false + value when passing parameters to and from the OMX core and components. The + OMX_BOOL is a 32 bit quantity and is aligned on a 32 bit word boundary. + */ +typedef enum OMX_BOOL { + OMX_FALSE = 0, + OMX_TRUE = !OMX_FALSE, + OMX_BOOL_MAX = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_BOOL; + +/** The OMX_PTR type is intended to be used to pass pointers between the OMX + applications and the OMX Core and components. This is a 32 bit pointer and + is aligned on a 32 bit boundary. + */ +typedef void* OMX_PTR; + +/** The OMX_STRING type is intended to be used to pass "C" type strings between + the application and the core and component. The OMX_STRING type is a 32 + bit pointer to a zero terminated string. The pointer is word aligned and + the string is byte aligned. + */ +typedef char* OMX_STRING; + +/** The OMX_BYTE type is intended to be used to pass arrays of bytes such as + buffers between the application and the component and core. The OMX_BYTE + type is a 32 bit pointer to a zero terminated string. The pointer is word + aligned and the string is byte aligned. + */ +typedef unsigned char* OMX_BYTE; + +/** OMX_UUIDTYPE is a very long unique identifier to uniquely identify + at runtime. This identifier should be generated by a component in a way + that guarantees that every instance of the identifier running on the system + is unique. */ +typedef unsigned char OMX_UUIDTYPE[128]; + +/** The OMX_DIRTYPE enumeration is used to indicate if a port is an input or + an output port. This enumeration is common across all component types. + */ +typedef enum OMX_DIRTYPE +{ + OMX_DirInput, /**< Port is an input port */ + OMX_DirOutput, /**< Port is an output port */ + OMX_DirMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_DIRTYPE; + +/** The OMX_ENDIANTYPE enumeration is used to indicate the bit ordering + for numerical data (i.e. big endian, or little endian). + */ +typedef enum OMX_ENDIANTYPE +{ + OMX_EndianBig, /**< big endian */ + OMX_EndianLittle, /**< little endian */ + OMX_EndianMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_ENDIANTYPE; + + +/** The OMX_NUMERICALDATATYPE enumeration is used to indicate if data + is signed or unsigned + */ +typedef enum OMX_NUMERICALDATATYPE +{ + OMX_NumericalDataSigned, /**< signed data */ + OMX_NumericalDataUnsigned, /**< unsigned data */ + OMX_NumercialDataMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_NUMERICALDATATYPE; + + +/** Unsigned bounded value type */ +typedef struct OMX_BU32 { + OMX_U32 nValue; /**< actual value */ + OMX_U32 nMin; /**< minimum for value (i.e. nValue >= nMin) */ + OMX_U32 nMax; /**< maximum for value (i.e. nValue <= nMax) */ +} OMX_BU32; + + +/** Signed bounded value type */ +typedef struct OMX_BS32 { + OMX_S32 nValue; /**< actual value */ + OMX_S32 nMin; /**< minimum for value (i.e. nValue >= nMin) */ + OMX_S32 nMax; /**< maximum for value (i.e. nValue <= nMax) */ +} OMX_BS32; + + +/** Structure representing some time or duration in microseconds. This structure + * must be interpreted as a signed 64 bit value. The quantity is signed to accommodate + * negative deltas and preroll scenarios. The quantity is represented in microseconds + * to accomodate high resolution timestamps (e.g. DVD presentation timestamps based + * on a 90kHz clock) and to allow more accurate and synchronized delivery (e.g. + * individual audio samples delivered at 192 kHz). The quantity is 64 bit to + * accommodate a large dynamic range (signed 32 bit values would allow only for plus + * or minus 35 minutes). + * + * Implementations with limited precision may convert the signed 64 bit value to + * a signed 32 bit value internally but risk loss of precision. + */ +#ifndef OMX_SKIP64BIT +typedef OMX_S64 OMX_TICKS; +#else +typedef struct OMX_TICKS +{ + OMX_U32 nLowPart; /** low bits of the signed 64 bit tick value */ + OMX_U32 nHighPart; /** high bits of the signed 64 bit tick value */ +} OMX_TICKS; +#endif +#define OMX_TICKS_PER_SECOND 1000000 + +/** Define the public interface for the OMX Handle. The core will not use + this value internally, but the application should only use this value. + */ +typedef void* OMX_HANDLETYPE; + +typedef struct OMX_MARKTYPE +{ + OMX_HANDLETYPE hMarkTargetComponent; /**< The component that will + generate a mark event upon + processing the mark. */ + OMX_PTR pMarkData; /**< Application specific data associated with + the mark sent on a mark event to disambiguate + this mark from others. */ +} OMX_MARKTYPE; + + +/** OMX_NATIVE_DEVICETYPE is used to map a OMX video port to the + * platform & operating specific object used to reference the display + * or can be used by a audio port for native audio rendering */ +typedef void* OMX_NATIVE_DEVICETYPE; + +/** OMX_NATIVE_WINDOWTYPE is used to map a OMX video port to the + * platform & operating specific object used to reference the window */ +typedef void* OMX_NATIVE_WINDOWTYPE; + +/** The OMX_VERSIONTYPE union is used to specify the version for + a structure or component. For a component, the version is entirely + specified by the component vendor. Components doing the same function + from different vendors may or may not have the same version. For + structures, the version shall be set by the entity that allocates the + structure. For structures specified in the OMX 1.1 specification, the + value of the version shall be set to 1.1.0.0 in all cases. Access to the + OMX_VERSIONTYPE can be by a single 32 bit access (e.g. by nVersion) or + by accessing one of the structure elements to, for example, check only + the Major revision. + */ +typedef union OMX_VERSIONTYPE +{ + struct + { + OMX_U8 nVersionMajor; /**< Major version accessor element */ + OMX_U8 nVersionMinor; /**< Minor version accessor element */ + OMX_U8 nRevision; /**< Revision version accessor element */ + OMX_U8 nStep; /**< Step version accessor element */ + } s; + OMX_U32 nVersion; /**< 32 bit value to make accessing the + version easily done in a single word + size copy/compare operation */ +} OMX_VERSIONTYPE; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif +/* File EOF */ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_Video.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_Video.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f8485d3f --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/media/stagefright/openmax/OMX_Video.h @@ -0,0 +1,1078 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 PacketVideo + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either + * express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions + * and limitations under the License. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +/** + * Copyright (c) 2008 The Khronos Group Inc. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject + * to the following conditions: + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included + * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS + * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. + * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY + * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, + * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + */ + +/** + * @file OMX_Video.h - OpenMax IL version 1.1.2 + * The structures is needed by Video components to exchange parameters + * and configuration data with OMX components. + */ +#ifndef OMX_Video_h +#define OMX_Video_h + +/** @defgroup video OpenMAX IL Video Domain + * @ingroup iv + * Structures for OpenMAX IL Video domain + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + + +/** + * Each OMX header must include all required header files to allow the + * header to compile without errors. The includes below are required + * for this header file to compile successfully + */ + +#include <OMX_IVCommon.h> + + +/** + * Enumeration used to define the possible video compression codings. + * NOTE: This essentially refers to file extensions. If the coding is + * being used to specify the ENCODE type, then additional work + * must be done to configure the exact flavor of the compression + * to be used. For decode cases where the user application can + * not differentiate between MPEG-4 and H.264 bit streams, it is + * up to the codec to handle this. + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_CODINGTYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_CodingUnused, /**< Value when coding is N/A */ + OMX_VIDEO_CodingAutoDetect, /**< Autodetection of coding type */ + OMX_VIDEO_CodingMPEG2, /**< AKA: H.262 */ + OMX_VIDEO_CodingH263, /**< H.263 */ + OMX_VIDEO_CodingMPEG4, /**< MPEG-4 */ + OMX_VIDEO_CodingWMV, /**< all versions of Windows Media Video */ + OMX_VIDEO_CodingRV, /**< all versions of Real Video */ + OMX_VIDEO_CodingAVC, /**< H.264/AVC */ + OMX_VIDEO_CodingMJPEG, /**< Motion JPEG */ + OMX_VIDEO_CodingVPX, /**< Google VPX, formerly known as On2 VP8 */ + OMX_VIDEO_CodingKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_CodingVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_CodingMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_CODINGTYPE; + + +/** + * Data structure used to define a video path. The number of Video paths for + * input and output will vary by type of the Video component. + * + * Input (aka Source) : zero Inputs, one Output, + * Splitter : one Input, 2 or more Outputs, + * Processing Element : one Input, one output, + * Mixer : 2 or more inputs, one output, + * Output (aka Sink) : one Input, zero outputs. + * + * The PortDefinition structure is used to define all of the parameters + * necessary for the compliant component to setup an input or an output video + * path. If additional vendor specific data is required, it should be + * transmitted to the component using the CustomCommand function. Compliant + * components will prepopulate this structure with optimal values during the + * GetDefaultInitParams command. + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * cMIMEType : MIME type of data for the port + * pNativeRender : Platform specific reference for a display if a + * sync, otherwise this field is 0 + * nFrameWidth : Width of frame to be used on channel if + * uncompressed format is used. Use 0 for unknown, + * don't care or variable + * nFrameHeight : Height of frame to be used on channel if + * uncompressed format is used. Use 0 for unknown, + * don't care or variable + * nStride : Number of bytes per span of an image + * (i.e. indicates the number of bytes to get + * from span N to span N+1, where negative stride + * indicates the image is bottom up + * nSliceHeight : Height used when encoding in slices + * nBitrate : Bit rate of frame to be used on channel if + * compressed format is used. Use 0 for unknown, + * don't care or variable + * xFramerate : Frame rate to be used on channel if uncompressed + * format is used. Use 0 for unknown, don't care or + * variable. Units are Q16 frames per second. + * bFlagErrorConcealment : Turns on error concealment if it is supported by + * the OMX component + * eCompressionFormat : Compression format used in this instance of the + * component. When OMX_VIDEO_CodingUnused is + * specified, eColorFormat is used + * eColorFormat : Decompressed format used by this component + * pNativeWindow : Platform specific reference for a window object if a + * display sink , otherwise this field is 0x0. + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PORTDEFINITIONTYPE { + OMX_STRING cMIMEType; + OMX_NATIVE_DEVICETYPE pNativeRender; + OMX_U32 nFrameWidth; + OMX_U32 nFrameHeight; + OMX_S32 nStride; + OMX_U32 nSliceHeight; + OMX_U32 nBitrate; + OMX_U32 xFramerate; + OMX_BOOL bFlagErrorConcealment; + OMX_VIDEO_CODINGTYPE eCompressionFormat; + OMX_COLOR_FORMATTYPE eColorFormat; + OMX_NATIVE_WINDOWTYPE pNativeWindow; +} OMX_VIDEO_PORTDEFINITIONTYPE; + +/** + * Port format parameter. This structure is used to enumerate the various + * data input/output format supported by the port. + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Indicates which port to set + * nIndex : Indicates the enumeration index for the format from + * 0x0 to N-1 + * eCompressionFormat : Compression format used in this instance of the + * component. When OMX_VIDEO_CodingUnused is specified, + * eColorFormat is used + * eColorFormat : Decompressed format used by this component + * xFrameRate : Indicates the video frame rate in Q16 format + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_PORTFORMATTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nIndex; + OMX_VIDEO_CODINGTYPE eCompressionFormat; + OMX_COLOR_FORMATTYPE eColorFormat; + OMX_U32 xFramerate; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_PORTFORMATTYPE; + + +/** + * This is a structure for configuring video compression quantization + * parameter values. Codecs may support different QP values for different + * frame types. + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version info + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nQpI : QP value to use for index frames + * nQpP : QP value to use for P frames + * nQpB : QP values to use for bidirectional frames + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_QUANTIZATIONTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nQpI; + OMX_U32 nQpP; + OMX_U32 nQpB; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_QUANTIZATIONTYPE; + + +/** + * Structure for configuration of video fast update parameters. + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version info + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * bEnableVFU : Enable/Disable video fast update + * nFirstGOB : Specifies the number of the first macroblock row + * nFirstMB : specifies the first MB relative to the specified first GOB + * nNumMBs : Specifies the number of MBs to be refreshed from nFirstGOB + * and nFirstMB + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_VIDEOFASTUPDATETYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_BOOL bEnableVFU; + OMX_U32 nFirstGOB; + OMX_U32 nFirstMB; + OMX_U32 nNumMBs; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_VIDEOFASTUPDATETYPE; + + +/** + * Enumeration of possible bitrate control types + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_CONTROLRATETYPE { + OMX_Video_ControlRateDisable, + OMX_Video_ControlRateVariable, + OMX_Video_ControlRateConstant, + OMX_Video_ControlRateVariableSkipFrames, + OMX_Video_ControlRateConstantSkipFrames, + OMX_Video_ControlRateKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_Video_ControlRateVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_Video_ControlRateMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_CONTROLRATETYPE; + + +/** + * Structure for configuring bitrate mode of a codec. + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the struct in bytes + * nVersion : OMX spec version info + * nPortIndex : Port that this struct applies to + * eControlRate : Control rate type enum + * nTargetBitrate : Target bitrate to encode with + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_BITRATETYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_VIDEO_CONTROLRATETYPE eControlRate; + OMX_U32 nTargetBitrate; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_BITRATETYPE; + + +/** + * Enumeration of possible motion vector (MV) types + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_MOTIONVECTORTYPE { + OMX_Video_MotionVectorPixel, + OMX_Video_MotionVectorHalfPel, + OMX_Video_MotionVectorQuarterPel, + OMX_Video_MotionVectorEighthPel, + OMX_Video_MotionVectorKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_Video_MotionVectorVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_Video_MotionVectorMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_MOTIONVECTORTYPE; + + +/** + * Structure for configuring the number of motion vectors used as well + * as their accuracy. + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the struct in bytes + * nVersion : OMX spec version info + * nPortIndex : port that this structure applies to + * eAccuracy : Enumerated MV accuracy + * bUnrestrictedMVs : Allow unrestricted MVs + * bFourMV : Allow use of 4 MVs + * sXSearchRange : Search range in horizontal direction for MVs + * sYSearchRange : Search range in vertical direction for MVs + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_MOTIONVECTORTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_VIDEO_MOTIONVECTORTYPE eAccuracy; + OMX_BOOL bUnrestrictedMVs; + OMX_BOOL bFourMV; + OMX_S32 sXSearchRange; + OMX_S32 sYSearchRange; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_MOTIONVECTORTYPE; + + +/** + * Enumeration of possible methods to use for Intra Refresh + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_INTRAREFRESHTYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_IntraRefreshCyclic, + OMX_VIDEO_IntraRefreshAdaptive, + OMX_VIDEO_IntraRefreshBoth, + OMX_VIDEO_IntraRefreshKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_IntraRefreshVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_IntraRefreshMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_INTRAREFRESHTYPE; + + +/** + * Structure for configuring intra refresh mode + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * eRefreshMode : Cyclic, Adaptive, or Both + * nAirMBs : Number of intra macroblocks to refresh in a frame when + * AIR is enabled + * nAirRef : Number of times a motion marked macroblock has to be + * intra coded + * nCirMBs : Number of consecutive macroblocks to be coded as "intra" + * when CIR is enabled + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_INTRAREFRESHTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_VIDEO_INTRAREFRESHTYPE eRefreshMode; + OMX_U32 nAirMBs; + OMX_U32 nAirRef; + OMX_U32 nCirMBs; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_INTRAREFRESHTYPE; + + +/** + * Structure for enabling various error correction methods for video + * compression. + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * bEnableHEC : Enable/disable header extension codes (HEC) + * bEnableResync : Enable/disable resynchronization markers + * nResynchMarkerSpacing : Resynch markers interval (in bits) to be + * applied in the stream + * bEnableDataPartitioning : Enable/disable data partitioning + * bEnableRVLC : Enable/disable reversible variable length + * coding + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_ERRORCORRECTIONTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_BOOL bEnableHEC; + OMX_BOOL bEnableResync; + OMX_U32 nResynchMarkerSpacing; + OMX_BOOL bEnableDataPartitioning; + OMX_BOOL bEnableRVLC; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_ERRORCORRECTIONTYPE; + + +/** + * Configuration of variable block-size motion compensation (VBSMC) + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * b16x16 : Enable inter block search 16x16 + * b16x8 : Enable inter block search 16x8 + * b8x16 : Enable inter block search 8x16 + * b8x8 : Enable inter block search 8x8 + * b8x4 : Enable inter block search 8x4 + * b4x8 : Enable inter block search 4x8 + * b4x4 : Enable inter block search 4x4 + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_VBSMCTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_BOOL b16x16; + OMX_BOOL b16x8; + OMX_BOOL b8x16; + OMX_BOOL b8x8; + OMX_BOOL b8x4; + OMX_BOOL b4x8; + OMX_BOOL b4x4; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_VBSMCTYPE; + + +/** + * H.263 profile types, each profile indicates support for various + * performance bounds and different annexes. + * + * ENUMS: + * Baseline : Baseline Profile: H.263 (V1), no optional modes + * H320 Coding : H.320 Coding Efficiency Backward Compatibility + * Profile: H.263+ (V2), includes annexes I, J, L.4 + * and T + * BackwardCompatible : Backward Compatibility Profile: H.263 (V1), + * includes annex F + * ISWV2 : Interactive Streaming Wireless Profile: H.263+ + * (V2), includes annexes I, J, K and T + * ISWV3 : Interactive Streaming Wireless Profile: H.263++ + * (V3), includes profile 3 and annexes V and W.6.3.8 + * HighCompression : Conversational High Compression Profile: H.263++ + * (V3), includes profiles 1 & 2 and annexes D and U + * Internet : Conversational Internet Profile: H.263++ (V3), + * includes profile 5 and annex K + * Interlace : Conversational Interlace Profile: H.263++ (V3), + * includes profile 5 and annex W.6.3.11 + * HighLatency : High Latency Profile: H.263++ (V3), includes + * profile 6 and annexes O.1 and P.5 + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_H263PROFILETYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_H263ProfileBaseline = 0x01, + OMX_VIDEO_H263ProfileH320Coding = 0x02, + OMX_VIDEO_H263ProfileBackwardCompatible = 0x04, + OMX_VIDEO_H263ProfileISWV2 = 0x08, + OMX_VIDEO_H263ProfileISWV3 = 0x10, + OMX_VIDEO_H263ProfileHighCompression = 0x20, + OMX_VIDEO_H263ProfileInternet = 0x40, + OMX_VIDEO_H263ProfileInterlace = 0x80, + OMX_VIDEO_H263ProfileHighLatency = 0x100, + OMX_VIDEO_H263ProfileKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_H263ProfileVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_H263ProfileMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_H263PROFILETYPE; + + +/** + * H.263 level types, each level indicates support for various frame sizes, + * bit rates, decoder frame rates. + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_H263LEVELTYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_H263Level10 = 0x01, + OMX_VIDEO_H263Level20 = 0x02, + OMX_VIDEO_H263Level30 = 0x04, + OMX_VIDEO_H263Level40 = 0x08, + OMX_VIDEO_H263Level45 = 0x10, + OMX_VIDEO_H263Level50 = 0x20, + OMX_VIDEO_H263Level60 = 0x40, + OMX_VIDEO_H263Level70 = 0x80, + OMX_VIDEO_H263LevelKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_H263LevelVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_H263LevelMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_H263LEVELTYPE; + + +/** + * Specifies the picture type. These values should be OR'd to signal all + * pictures types which are allowed. + * + * ENUMS: + * Generic Picture Types: I, P and B + * H.263 Specific Picture Types: SI and SP + * H.264 Specific Picture Types: EI and EP + * MPEG-4 Specific Picture Types: S + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_PICTURETYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_PictureTypeI = 0x01, + OMX_VIDEO_PictureTypeP = 0x02, + OMX_VIDEO_PictureTypeB = 0x04, + OMX_VIDEO_PictureTypeSI = 0x08, + OMX_VIDEO_PictureTypeSP = 0x10, + OMX_VIDEO_PictureTypeEI = 0x11, + OMX_VIDEO_PictureTypeEP = 0x12, + OMX_VIDEO_PictureTypeS = 0x14, + OMX_VIDEO_PictureTypeKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_PictureTypeVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_PictureTypeMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_PICTURETYPE; + + +/** + * H.263 Params + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nPFrames : Number of P frames between each I frame + * nBFrames : Number of B frames between each I frame + * eProfile : H.263 profile(s) to use + * eLevel : H.263 level(s) to use + * bPLUSPTYPEAllowed : Indicating that it is allowed to use PLUSPTYPE + * (specified in the 1998 version of H.263) to + * indicate custom picture sizes or clock + * frequencies + * nAllowedPictureTypes : Specifies the picture types allowed in the + * bitstream + * bForceRoundingTypeToZero : value of the RTYPE bit (bit 6 of MPPTYPE) is + * not constrained. It is recommended to change + * the value of the RTYPE bit for each reference + * picture in error-free communication + * nPictureHeaderRepetition : Specifies the frequency of picture header + * repetition + * nGOBHeaderInterval : Specifies the interval of non-empty GOB + * headers in units of GOBs + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_H263TYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nPFrames; + OMX_U32 nBFrames; + OMX_VIDEO_H263PROFILETYPE eProfile; + OMX_VIDEO_H263LEVELTYPE eLevel; + OMX_BOOL bPLUSPTYPEAllowed; + OMX_U32 nAllowedPictureTypes; + OMX_BOOL bForceRoundingTypeToZero; + OMX_U32 nPictureHeaderRepetition; + OMX_U32 nGOBHeaderInterval; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_H263TYPE; + + +/** + * MPEG-2 profile types, each profile indicates support for various + * performance bounds and different annexes. + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2PROFILETYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2ProfileSimple = 0, /**< Simple Profile */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2ProfileMain, /**< Main Profile */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2Profile422, /**< 4:2:2 Profile */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2ProfileSNR, /**< SNR Profile */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2ProfileSpatial, /**< Spatial Profile */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2ProfileHigh, /**< High Profile */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2ProfileKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2ProfileVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2ProfileMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2PROFILETYPE; + + +/** + * MPEG-2 level types, each level indicates support for various frame + * sizes, bit rates, decoder frame rates. No need + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2LEVELTYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2LevelLL = 0, /**< Low Level */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2LevelML, /**< Main Level */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2LevelH14, /**< High 1440 */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2LevelHL, /**< High Level */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2LevelKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2LevelVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2LevelMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2LEVELTYPE; + + +/** + * MPEG-2 params + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nPFrames : Number of P frames between each I frame + * nBFrames : Number of B frames between each I frame + * eProfile : MPEG-2 profile(s) to use + * eLevel : MPEG-2 levels(s) to use + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_MPEG2TYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nPFrames; + OMX_U32 nBFrames; + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2PROFILETYPE eProfile; + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG2LEVELTYPE eLevel; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_MPEG2TYPE; + + +/** + * MPEG-4 profile types, each profile indicates support for various + * performance bounds and different annexes. + * + * ENUMS: + * - Simple Profile, Levels 1-3 + * - Simple Scalable Profile, Levels 1-2 + * - Core Profile, Levels 1-2 + * - Main Profile, Levels 2-4 + * - N-bit Profile, Level 2 + * - Scalable Texture Profile, Level 1 + * - Simple Face Animation Profile, Levels 1-2 + * - Simple Face and Body Animation (FBA) Profile, Levels 1-2 + * - Basic Animated Texture Profile, Levels 1-2 + * - Hybrid Profile, Levels 1-2 + * - Advanced Real Time Simple Profiles, Levels 1-4 + * - Core Scalable Profile, Levels 1-3 + * - Advanced Coding Efficiency Profile, Levels 1-4 + * - Advanced Core Profile, Levels 1-2 + * - Advanced Scalable Texture, Levels 2-3 + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4PROFILETYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileSimple = 0x01, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileSimpleScalable = 0x02, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileCore = 0x04, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileMain = 0x08, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileNbit = 0x10, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileScalableTexture = 0x20, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileSimpleFace = 0x40, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileSimpleFBA = 0x80, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileBasicAnimated = 0x100, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileHybrid = 0x200, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileAdvancedRealTime = 0x400, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileCoreScalable = 0x800, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileAdvancedCoding = 0x1000, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileAdvancedCore = 0x2000, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileAdvancedScalable = 0x4000, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileAdvancedSimple = 0x8000, + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4ProfileMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4PROFILETYPE; + + +/** + * MPEG-4 level types, each level indicates support for various frame + * sizes, bit rates, decoder frame rates. No need + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4LEVELTYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4Level0 = 0x01, /**< Level 0 */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4Level0b = 0x02, /**< Level 0b */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4Level1 = 0x04, /**< Level 1 */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4Level2 = 0x08, /**< Level 2 */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4Level3 = 0x10, /**< Level 3 */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4Level4 = 0x20, /**< Level 4 */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4Level4a = 0x40, /**< Level 4a */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4Level5 = 0x80, /**< Level 5 */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4LevelKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4LevelVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4LevelMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4LEVELTYPE; + + +/** + * MPEG-4 configuration. This structure handles configuration options + * which are specific to MPEG4 algorithms + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nSliceHeaderSpacing : Number of macroblocks between slice header (H263+ + * Annex K). Put zero if not used + * bSVH : Enable Short Video Header mode + * bGov : Flag to enable GOV + * nPFrames : Number of P frames between each I frame (also called + * GOV period) + * nBFrames : Number of B frames between each I frame + * nIDCVLCThreshold : Value of intra DC VLC threshold + * bACPred : Flag to use ac prediction + * nMaxPacketSize : Maximum size of packet in bytes. + * nTimeIncRes : Used to pass VOP time increment resolution for MPEG4. + * Interpreted as described in MPEG4 standard. + * eProfile : MPEG-4 profile(s) to use. + * eLevel : MPEG-4 level(s) to use. + * nAllowedPictureTypes : Specifies the picture types allowed in the bitstream + * nHeaderExtension : Specifies the number of consecutive video packet + * headers within a VOP + * bReversibleVLC : Specifies whether reversible variable length coding + * is in use + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_MPEG4TYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nSliceHeaderSpacing; + OMX_BOOL bSVH; + OMX_BOOL bGov; + OMX_U32 nPFrames; + OMX_U32 nBFrames; + OMX_U32 nIDCVLCThreshold; + OMX_BOOL bACPred; + OMX_U32 nMaxPacketSize; + OMX_U32 nTimeIncRes; + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4PROFILETYPE eProfile; + OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4LEVELTYPE eLevel; + OMX_U32 nAllowedPictureTypes; + OMX_U32 nHeaderExtension; + OMX_BOOL bReversibleVLC; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_MPEG4TYPE; + + +/** + * WMV Versions + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_WMVFORMATTYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_WMVFormatUnused = 0x01, /**< Format unused or unknown */ + OMX_VIDEO_WMVFormat7 = 0x02, /**< Windows Media Video format 7 */ + OMX_VIDEO_WMVFormat8 = 0x04, /**< Windows Media Video format 8 */ + OMX_VIDEO_WMVFormat9 = 0x08, /**< Windows Media Video format 9 */ + OMX_VIDEO_WMFFormatKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_WMFFormatVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_WMVFormatMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_WMVFORMATTYPE; + + +/** + * WMV Params + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * eFormat : Version of WMV stream / data + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_WMVTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_VIDEO_WMVFORMATTYPE eFormat; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_WMVTYPE; + + +/** + * Real Video Version + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_RVFORMATTYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_RVFormatUnused = 0, /**< Format unused or unknown */ + OMX_VIDEO_RVFormat8, /**< Real Video format 8 */ + OMX_VIDEO_RVFormat9, /**< Real Video format 9 */ + OMX_VIDEO_RVFormatG2, /**< Real Video Format G2 */ + OMX_VIDEO_RVFormatKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_RVFormatVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_RVFormatMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_RVFORMATTYPE; + + +/** + * Real Video Params + * + * STUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * eFormat : Version of RV stream / data + * nBitsPerPixel : Bits per pixel coded in the frame + * nPaddedWidth : Padded width in pixel of a video frame + * nPaddedHeight : Padded Height in pixels of a video frame + * nFrameRate : Rate of video in frames per second + * nBitstreamFlags : Flags which internal information about the bitstream + * nBitstreamVersion : Bitstream version + * nMaxEncodeFrameSize: Max encoded frame size + * bEnablePostFilter : Turn on/off post filter + * bEnableTemporalInterpolation : Turn on/off temporal interpolation + * bEnableLatencyMode : When enabled, the decoder does not display a decoded + * frame until it has detected that no enhancement layer + * frames or dependent B frames will be coming. This + * detection usually occurs when a subsequent non-B + * frame is encountered + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_RVTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_VIDEO_RVFORMATTYPE eFormat; + OMX_U16 nBitsPerPixel; + OMX_U16 nPaddedWidth; + OMX_U16 nPaddedHeight; + OMX_U32 nFrameRate; + OMX_U32 nBitstreamFlags; + OMX_U32 nBitstreamVersion; + OMX_U32 nMaxEncodeFrameSize; + OMX_BOOL bEnablePostFilter; + OMX_BOOL bEnableTemporalInterpolation; + OMX_BOOL bEnableLatencyMode; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_RVTYPE; + + +/** + * AVC profile types, each profile indicates support for various + * performance bounds and different annexes. + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_AVCPROFILETYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_AVCProfileBaseline = 0x01, /**< Baseline profile */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCProfileMain = 0x02, /**< Main profile */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCProfileExtended = 0x04, /**< Extended profile */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCProfileHigh = 0x08, /**< High profile */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCProfileHigh10 = 0x10, /**< High 10 profile */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCProfileHigh422 = 0x20, /**< High 4:2:2 profile */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCProfileHigh444 = 0x40, /**< High 4:4:4 profile */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCProfileKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCProfileVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCProfileMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_AVCPROFILETYPE; + + +/** + * AVC level types, each level indicates support for various frame sizes, + * bit rates, decoder frame rates. No need + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_AVCLEVELTYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel1 = 0x01, /**< Level 1 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel1b = 0x02, /**< Level 1b */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel11 = 0x04, /**< Level 1.1 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel12 = 0x08, /**< Level 1.2 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel13 = 0x10, /**< Level 1.3 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel2 = 0x20, /**< Level 2 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel21 = 0x40, /**< Level 2.1 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel22 = 0x80, /**< Level 2.2 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel3 = 0x100, /**< Level 3 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel31 = 0x200, /**< Level 3.1 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel32 = 0x400, /**< Level 3.2 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel4 = 0x800, /**< Level 4 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel41 = 0x1000, /**< Level 4.1 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel42 = 0x2000, /**< Level 4.2 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel5 = 0x4000, /**< Level 5 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevel51 = 0x8000, /**< Level 5.1 */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevelKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevelVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLevelMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_AVCLEVELTYPE; + + +/** + * AVC loop filter modes + * + * OMX_VIDEO_AVCLoopFilterEnable : Enable + * OMX_VIDEO_AVCLoopFilterDisable : Disable + * OMX_VIDEO_AVCLoopFilterDisableSliceBoundary : Disabled on slice boundaries + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_AVCLOOPFILTERTYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLoopFilterEnable = 0, + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLoopFilterDisable, + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLoopFilterDisableSliceBoundary, + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLoopFilterKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLoopFilterVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLoopFilterMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_AVCLOOPFILTERTYPE; + + +/** + * AVC params + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nSliceHeaderSpacing : Number of macroblocks between slice header, put + * zero if not used + * nPFrames : Number of P frames between each I frame + * nBFrames : Number of B frames between each I frame + * bUseHadamard : Enable/disable Hadamard transform + * nRefFrames : Max number of reference frames to use for inter + * motion search (1-16) + * nRefIdxTrailing : Pic param set ref frame index (index into ref + * frame buffer of trailing frames list), B frame + * support + * nRefIdxForward : Pic param set ref frame index (index into ref + * frame buffer of forward frames list), B frame + * support + * bEnableUEP : Enable/disable unequal error protection. This + * is only valid of data partitioning is enabled. + * bEnableFMO : Enable/disable flexible macroblock ordering + * bEnableASO : Enable/disable arbitrary slice ordering + * bEnableRS : Enable/disable sending of redundant slices + * eProfile : AVC profile(s) to use + * eLevel : AVC level(s) to use + * nAllowedPictureTypes : Specifies the picture types allowed in the + * bitstream + * bFrameMBsOnly : specifies that every coded picture of the + * coded video sequence is a coded frame + * containing only frame macroblocks + * bMBAFF : Enable/disable switching between frame and + * field macroblocks within a picture + * bEntropyCodingCABAC : Entropy decoding method to be applied for the + * syntax elements for which two descriptors appear + * in the syntax tables + * bWeightedPPrediction : Enable/disable weighted prediction shall not + * be applied to P and SP slices + * nWeightedBipredicitonMode : Default weighted prediction is applied to B + * slices + * bconstIpred : Enable/disable intra prediction + * bDirect8x8Inference : Specifies the method used in the derivation + * process for luma motion vectors for B_Skip, + * B_Direct_16x16 and B_Direct_8x8 as specified + * in subclause 8.4.1.2 of the AVC spec + * bDirectSpatialTemporal : Flag indicating spatial or temporal direct + * mode used in B slice coding (related to + * bDirect8x8Inference) . Spatial direct mode is + * more common and should be the default. + * nCabacInitIdx : Index used to init CABAC contexts + * eLoopFilterMode : Enable/disable loop filter + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_AVCTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nSliceHeaderSpacing; + OMX_U32 nPFrames; + OMX_U32 nBFrames; + OMX_BOOL bUseHadamard; + OMX_U32 nRefFrames; + OMX_U32 nRefIdx10ActiveMinus1; + OMX_U32 nRefIdx11ActiveMinus1; + OMX_BOOL bEnableUEP; + OMX_BOOL bEnableFMO; + OMX_BOOL bEnableASO; + OMX_BOOL bEnableRS; + OMX_VIDEO_AVCPROFILETYPE eProfile; + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLEVELTYPE eLevel; + OMX_U32 nAllowedPictureTypes; + OMX_BOOL bFrameMBsOnly; + OMX_BOOL bMBAFF; + OMX_BOOL bEntropyCodingCABAC; + OMX_BOOL bWeightedPPrediction; + OMX_U32 nWeightedBipredicitonMode; + OMX_BOOL bconstIpred ; + OMX_BOOL bDirect8x8Inference; + OMX_BOOL bDirectSpatialTemporal; + OMX_U32 nCabacInitIdc; + OMX_VIDEO_AVCLOOPFILTERTYPE eLoopFilterMode; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_AVCTYPE; + +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_PROFILELEVELTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 eProfile; /**< type is OMX_VIDEO_AVCPROFILETYPE, OMX_VIDEO_H263PROFILETYPE, + or OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4PROFILETYPE depending on context */ + OMX_U32 eLevel; /**< type is OMX_VIDEO_AVCLEVELTYPE, OMX_VIDEO_H263LEVELTYPE, + or OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4PROFILETYPE depending on context */ + OMX_U32 nProfileIndex; /**< Used to query for individual profile support information, + This parameter is valid only for + OMX_IndexParamVideoProfileLevelQuerySupported index, + For all other indices this parameter is to be ignored. */ +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_PROFILELEVELTYPE; + +/** + * Structure for dynamically configuring bitrate mode of a codec. + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the struct in bytes + * nVersion : OMX spec version info + * nPortIndex : Port that this struct applies to + * nEncodeBitrate : Target average bitrate to be generated in bps + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_CONFIG_BITRATETYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nEncodeBitrate; +} OMX_VIDEO_CONFIG_BITRATETYPE; + +/** + * Defines Encoder Frame Rate setting + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * xEncodeFramerate : Encoding framerate represented in Q16 format + */ +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_FRAMERATETYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 xEncodeFramerate; /* Q16 format */ +} OMX_CONFIG_FRAMERATETYPE; + +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_INTRAREFRESHVOPTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_BOOL IntraRefreshVOP; +} OMX_CONFIG_INTRAREFRESHVOPTYPE; + +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_MACROBLOCKERRORMAPTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nErrMapSize; /* Size of the Error Map in bytes */ + OMX_U8 ErrMap[1]; /* Error map hint */ +} OMX_CONFIG_MACROBLOCKERRORMAPTYPE; + +typedef struct OMX_CONFIG_MBERRORREPORTINGTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_BOOL bEnabled; +} OMX_CONFIG_MBERRORREPORTINGTYPE; + +typedef struct OMX_PARAM_MACROBLOCKSTYPE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nMacroblocks; +} OMX_PARAM_MACROBLOCKSTYPE; + +/** + * AVC Slice Mode modes + * + * OMX_VIDEO_SLICEMODE_AVCDefault : Normal frame encoding, one slice per frame + * OMX_VIDEO_SLICEMODE_AVCMBSlice : NAL mode, number of MBs per frame + * OMX_VIDEO_SLICEMODE_AVCByteSlice : NAL mode, number of bytes per frame + */ +typedef enum OMX_VIDEO_AVCSLICEMODETYPE { + OMX_VIDEO_SLICEMODE_AVCDefault = 0, + OMX_VIDEO_SLICEMODE_AVCMBSlice, + OMX_VIDEO_SLICEMODE_AVCByteSlice, + OMX_VIDEO_SLICEMODE_AVCKhronosExtensions = 0x6F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Khronos Standard Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_SLICEMODE_AVCVendorStartUnused = 0x7F000000, /**< Reserved region for introducing Vendor Extensions */ + OMX_VIDEO_SLICEMODE_AVCLevelMax = 0x7FFFFFFF +} OMX_VIDEO_AVCSLICEMODETYPE; + +/** + * AVC FMO Slice Mode Params + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nNumSliceGroups : Specifies the number of slice groups + * nSliceGroupMapType : Specifies the type of slice groups + * eSliceMode : Specifies the type of slice + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_AVCSLICEFMO { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U8 nNumSliceGroups; + OMX_U8 nSliceGroupMapType; + OMX_VIDEO_AVCSLICEMODETYPE eSliceMode; +} OMX_VIDEO_PARAM_AVCSLICEFMO; + +/** + * AVC IDR Period Configs + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nIDRPeriod : Specifies periodicity of IDR frames + * nPFrames : Specifies internal of coding Intra frames + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_CONFIG_AVCINTRAPERIOD { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nIDRPeriod; + OMX_U32 nPFrames; +} OMX_VIDEO_CONFIG_AVCINTRAPERIOD; + +/** + * AVC NAL Size Configs + * + * STRUCT MEMBERS: + * nSize : Size of the structure in bytes + * nVersion : OMX specification version information + * nPortIndex : Port that this structure applies to + * nNaluBytes : Specifies the NAL unit size + */ +typedef struct OMX_VIDEO_CONFIG_NALSIZE { + OMX_U32 nSize; + OMX_VERSIONTYPE nVersion; + OMX_U32 nPortIndex; + OMX_U32 nNaluBytes; +} OMX_VIDEO_CONFIG_NALSIZE; + +/** @} */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif +/* File EOF */ + diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/pixelflinger/format.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/pixelflinger/format.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82eeca4d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/pixelflinger/format.h @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_PIXELFLINGER_FORMAT_H +#define ANDROID_PIXELFLINGER_FORMAT_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +enum GGLPixelFormat { + // these constants need to match those + // in graphics/PixelFormat.java, ui/PixelFormat.h, BlitHardware.h + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_UNKNOWN = 0, + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_NONE = 0, + + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_8888 = 1, // 4x8-bit ARGB + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBX_8888 = 2, // 3x8-bit RGB stored in 32-bit chunks + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB_888 = 3, // 3x8-bit RGB + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB_565 = 4, // 16-bit RGB + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_BGRA_8888 = 5, // 4x8-bit BGRA + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_5551 = 6, // 16-bit RGBA + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_4444 = 7, // 16-bit RGBA + + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_A_8 = 8, // 8-bit A + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_L_8 = 9, // 8-bit L (R=G=B = L) + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_LA_88 = 0xA, // 16-bit LA + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB_332 = 0xB, // 8-bit RGB (non paletted) + + // reserved range. don't use. + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RESERVED_10 = 0x10, + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RESERVED_11 = 0x11, + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RESERVED_12 = 0x12, + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RESERVED_13 = 0x13, + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RESERVED_14 = 0x14, + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RESERVED_15 = 0x15, + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RESERVED_16 = 0x16, + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RESERVED_17 = 0x17, + + // reserved/special formats + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_Z_16 = 0x18, + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_S_8 = 0x19, + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_SZ_24 = 0x1A, + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_SZ_8 = 0x1B, + + // reserved range. don't use. + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RESERVED_20 = 0x20, + GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RESERVED_21 = 0x21, +}; + +enum GGLFormatComponents { + GGL_STENCIL_INDEX = 0x1901, + GGL_DEPTH_COMPONENT = 0x1902, + GGL_ALPHA = 0x1906, + GGL_RGB = 0x1907, + GGL_RGBA = 0x1908, + GGL_LUMINANCE = 0x1909, + GGL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA = 0x190A, +}; + +enum GGLFormatComponentIndex { + GGL_INDEX_ALPHA = 0, + GGL_INDEX_RED = 1, + GGL_INDEX_GREEN = 2, + GGL_INDEX_BLUE = 3, + GGL_INDEX_STENCIL = 0, + GGL_INDEX_DEPTH = 1, + GGL_INDEX_Y = 0, + GGL_INDEX_CB = 1, + GGL_INDEX_CR = 2, +}; + +typedef struct { +#ifdef __cplusplus + enum { + ALPHA = GGL_INDEX_ALPHA, + RED = GGL_INDEX_RED, + GREEN = GGL_INDEX_GREEN, + BLUE = GGL_INDEX_BLUE, + STENCIL = GGL_INDEX_STENCIL, + DEPTH = GGL_INDEX_DEPTH, + LUMA = GGL_INDEX_Y, + CHROMAB = GGL_INDEX_CB, + CHROMAR = GGL_INDEX_CR, + }; + inline uint32_t mask(int i) const { + return ((1<<(c[i].h-c[i].l))-1)<<c[i].l; + } + inline uint32_t bits(int i) const { + return c[i].h - c[i].l; + } +#endif + uint8_t size; // bytes per pixel + uint8_t bitsPerPixel; + union { + struct { + uint8_t ah; // alpha high bit position + 1 + uint8_t al; // alpha low bit position + uint8_t rh; // red high bit position + 1 + uint8_t rl; // red low bit position + uint8_t gh; // green high bit position + 1 + uint8_t gl; // green low bit position + uint8_t bh; // blue high bit position + 1 + uint8_t bl; // blue low bit position + }; + struct { + uint8_t h; + uint8_t l; + } __attribute__((__packed__)) c[4]; + } __attribute__((__packed__)); + uint16_t components; // GGLFormatComponents +} GGLFormat; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" const GGLFormat* gglGetPixelFormatTable(size_t* numEntries = 0); +#else +const GGLFormat* gglGetPixelFormatTable(size_t* numEntries); +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_PIXELFLINGER_FORMAT_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/pixelflinger/pixelflinger.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/pixelflinger/pixelflinger.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a2b4421b --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/pixelflinger/pixelflinger.h @@ -0,0 +1,330 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_PIXELFLINGER_H +#define ANDROID_PIXELFLINGER_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <pixelflinger/format.h> + +// GGL types + +typedef int8_t GGLbyte; // b +typedef int16_t GGLshort; // s +typedef int32_t GGLint; // i +typedef ssize_t GGLsizei; // i +typedef int32_t GGLfixed; // x +typedef int32_t GGLclampx; // x +typedef float GGLfloat; // f +typedef float GGLclampf; // f +typedef double GGLdouble; // d +typedef double GGLclampd; // d +typedef uint8_t GGLubyte; // ub +typedef uint8_t GGLboolean; // ub +typedef uint16_t GGLushort; // us +typedef uint32_t GGLuint; // ui +typedef unsigned int GGLenum; // ui +typedef unsigned int GGLbitfield; // ui +typedef void GGLvoid; +typedef int32_t GGLfixed32; +typedef int32_t GGLcolor; +typedef int32_t GGLcoord; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define GGL_MAX_VIEWPORT_DIMS 4096 +#define GGL_MAX_TEXTURE_SIZE 4096 +#define GGL_MAX_ALIASED_POINT_SIZE 0x7FFFFFF +#define GGL_MAX_SMOOTH_POINT_SIZE 2048 +#define GGL_MAX_SMOOTH_LINE_WIDTH 2048 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// All these names are compatible with their OpenGL equivalents +// some of them are listed only for completeness +enum GGLNames { + GGL_FALSE = 0, + GGL_TRUE = 1, + + // enable/disable + GGL_SCISSOR_TEST = 0x0C11, + GGL_TEXTURE_2D = 0x0DE1, + GGL_ALPHA_TEST = 0x0BC0, + GGL_BLEND = 0x0BE2, + GGL_COLOR_LOGIC_OP = 0x0BF2, + GGL_DITHER = 0x0BD0, + GGL_STENCIL_TEST = 0x0B90, + GGL_DEPTH_TEST = 0x0B71, + GGL_AA = 0x80000001, + GGL_W_LERP = 0x80000004, + GGL_POINT_SMOOTH_NICE = 0x80000005, + + // buffers, pixel drawing/reading + GGL_COLOR = 0x1800, + + // fog + GGL_FOG = 0x0B60, + + // shade model + GGL_FLAT = 0x1D00, + GGL_SMOOTH = 0x1D01, + + // Texture parameter name + GGL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER = 0x2801, + GGL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER = 0x2800, + GGL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S = 0x2802, + GGL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T = 0x2803, + GGL_TEXTURE_WRAP_R = 0x2804, + + // Texture Filter + GGL_NEAREST = 0x2600, + GGL_LINEAR = 0x2601, + GGL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_NEAREST = 0x2700, + GGL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST = 0x2701, + GGL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_LINEAR = 0x2702, + GGL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_LINEAR = 0x2703, + + // Texture Wrap Mode + GGL_CLAMP = 0x2900, + GGL_REPEAT = 0x2901, + GGL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE = 0x812F, + + // Texture Env Mode + GGL_REPLACE = 0x1E01, + GGL_MODULATE = 0x2100, + GGL_DECAL = 0x2101, + GGL_ADD = 0x0104, + + // Texture Env Parameter + GGL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE = 0x2200, + GGL_TEXTURE_ENV_COLOR = 0x2201, + + // Texture Env Target + GGL_TEXTURE_ENV = 0x2300, + + // Texture coord generation + GGL_TEXTURE_GEN_MODE = 0x2500, + GGL_S = 0x2000, + GGL_T = 0x2001, + GGL_R = 0x2002, + GGL_Q = 0x2003, + GGL_ONE_TO_ONE = 0x80000002, + GGL_AUTOMATIC = 0x80000003, + + // AlphaFunction + GGL_NEVER = 0x0200, + GGL_LESS = 0x0201, + GGL_EQUAL = 0x0202, + GGL_LEQUAL = 0x0203, + GGL_GREATER = 0x0204, + GGL_NOTEQUAL = 0x0205, + GGL_GEQUAL = 0x0206, + GGL_ALWAYS = 0x0207, + + // LogicOp + GGL_CLEAR = 0x1500, // 0 + GGL_AND = 0x1501, // s & d + GGL_AND_REVERSE = 0x1502, // s & ~d + GGL_COPY = 0x1503, // s + GGL_AND_INVERTED = 0x1504, // ~s & d + GGL_NOOP = 0x1505, // d + GGL_XOR = 0x1506, // s ^ d + GGL_OR = 0x1507, // s | d + GGL_NOR = 0x1508, // ~(s | d) + GGL_EQUIV = 0x1509, // ~(s ^ d) + GGL_INVERT = 0x150A, // ~d + GGL_OR_REVERSE = 0x150B, // s | ~d + GGL_COPY_INVERTED = 0x150C, // ~s + GGL_OR_INVERTED = 0x150D, // ~s | d + GGL_NAND = 0x150E, // ~(s & d) + GGL_SET = 0x150F, // 1 + + // blending equation & function + GGL_ZERO = 0, // SD + GGL_ONE = 1, // SD + GGL_SRC_COLOR = 0x0300, // D + GGL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR = 0x0301, // D + GGL_SRC_ALPHA = 0x0302, // SD + GGL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA = 0x0303, // SD + GGL_DST_ALPHA = 0x0304, // SD + GGL_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA = 0x0305, // SD + GGL_DST_COLOR = 0x0306, // S + GGL_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR = 0x0307, // S + GGL_SRC_ALPHA_SATURATE = 0x0308, // S + + // clear bits + GGL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000100, + GGL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000400, + GGL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00004000, + + // errors + GGL_NO_ERROR = 0, + GGL_INVALID_ENUM = 0x0500, + GGL_INVALID_VALUE = 0x0501, + GGL_INVALID_OPERATION = 0x0502, + GGL_STACK_OVERFLOW = 0x0503, + GGL_STACK_UNDERFLOW = 0x0504, + GGL_OUT_OF_MEMORY = 0x0505 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef struct { + GGLsizei version; // always set to sizeof(GGLSurface) + GGLuint width; // width in pixels + GGLuint height; // height in pixels + GGLint stride; // stride in pixels + GGLubyte* data; // pointer to the bits + GGLubyte format; // pixel format + GGLubyte rfu[3]; // must be zero + // these values are dependent on the used format + union { + GGLint compressedFormat; + GGLint vstride; + }; + void* reserved; +} GGLSurface; + + +typedef struct { + // immediate rendering + void (*pointx)(void *con, const GGLcoord* v, GGLcoord r); + void (*linex)(void *con, + const GGLcoord* v0, const GGLcoord* v1, GGLcoord width); + void (*recti)(void* c, GGLint l, GGLint t, GGLint r, GGLint b); + void (*trianglex)(void* c, + GGLcoord const* v0, GGLcoord const* v1, GGLcoord const* v2); + + // scissor + void (*scissor)(void* c, GGLint x, GGLint y, GGLsizei width, GGLsizei height); + + // Set the textures and color buffers + void (*activeTexture)(void* c, GGLuint tmu); + void (*bindTexture)(void* c, const GGLSurface* surface); + void (*colorBuffer)(void* c, const GGLSurface* surface); + void (*readBuffer)(void* c, const GGLSurface* surface); + void (*depthBuffer)(void* c, const GGLSurface* surface); + void (*bindTextureLod)(void* c, GGLuint tmu, const GGLSurface* surface); + + // enable/disable features + void (*enable)(void* c, GGLenum name); + void (*disable)(void* c, GGLenum name); + void (*enableDisable)(void* c, GGLenum name, GGLboolean en); + + // specify the fragment's color + void (*shadeModel)(void* c, GGLenum mode); + void (*color4xv)(void* c, const GGLclampx* color); + // specify color iterators (16.16) + void (*colorGrad12xv)(void* c, const GGLcolor* grad); + + // specify Z coordinate iterators (0.32) + void (*zGrad3xv)(void* c, const GGLfixed32* grad); + + // specify W coordinate iterators (16.16) + void (*wGrad3xv)(void* c, const GGLfixed* grad); + + // specify fog iterator & color (16.16) + void (*fogGrad3xv)(void* c, const GGLfixed* grad); + void (*fogColor3xv)(void* c, const GGLclampx* color); + + // specify blending parameters + void (*blendFunc)(void* c, GGLenum src, GGLenum dst); + void (*blendFuncSeparate)(void* c, GGLenum src, GGLenum dst, + GGLenum srcAlpha, GGLenum dstAplha); + + // texture environnement (REPLACE / MODULATE / DECAL / BLEND) + void (*texEnvi)(void* c, GGLenum target, + GGLenum pname, + GGLint param); + + void (*texEnvxv)(void* c, GGLenum target, + GGLenum pname, const GGLfixed* params); + + // texture parameters (Wrapping, filter) + void (*texParameteri)(void* c, GGLenum target, + GGLenum pname, + GGLint param); + + // texture iterators (16.16) + void (*texCoord2i)(void* c, GGLint s, GGLint t); + void (*texCoord2x)(void* c, GGLfixed s, GGLfixed t); + + // s, dsdx, dsdy, scale, t, dtdx, dtdy, tscale + // This api uses block floating-point for S and T texture coordinates. + // All values are given in 16.16, scaled by 'scale'. In other words, + // set scale to 0, for 16.16 values. + void (*texCoordGradScale8xv)(void* c, GGLint tmu, const int32_t* grad8); + + void (*texGeni)(void* c, GGLenum coord, GGLenum pname, GGLint param); + + // masking + void (*colorMask)(void* c, GGLboolean red, + GGLboolean green, + GGLboolean blue, + GGLboolean alpha); + + void (*depthMask)(void* c, GGLboolean flag); + + void (*stencilMask)(void* c, GGLuint mask); + + // alpha func + void (*alphaFuncx)(void* c, GGLenum func, GGLclampx ref); + + // depth func + void (*depthFunc)(void* c, GGLenum func); + + // logic op + void (*logicOp)(void* c, GGLenum opcode); + + // clear + void (*clear)(void* c, GGLbitfield mask); + void (*clearColorx)(void* c, + GGLclampx r, GGLclampx g, GGLclampx b, GGLclampx a); + void (*clearDepthx)(void* c, GGLclampx depth); + void (*clearStencil)(void* c, GGLint s); + + // framebuffer operations + void (*copyPixels)(void* c, GGLint x, GGLint y, + GGLsizei width, GGLsizei height, GGLenum type); + void (*rasterPos2x)(void* c, GGLfixed x, GGLfixed y); + void (*rasterPos2i)(void* c, GGLint x, GGLint y); +} GGLContext; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// construct / destroy the context +ssize_t gglInit(GGLContext** context); +ssize_t gglUninit(GGLContext* context); + +GGLint gglBitBlit( + GGLContext* c, + int tmu, + GGLint crop[4], + GGLint where[4]); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +}; +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_PIXELFLINGER_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/ColorConverter.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/ColorConverter.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85ba92068 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/ColorConverter.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef COLOR_CONVERTER_H_ + +#define COLOR_CONVERTER_H_ + +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <utils/Errors.h> + +#include <OMX_Video.h> + +namespace android { + +struct ColorConverter { + ColorConverter(OMX_COLOR_FORMATTYPE from, OMX_COLOR_FORMATTYPE to); + ~ColorConverter(); + + bool isValid() const; + + status_t convert( + const void *srcBits, + size_t srcWidth, size_t srcHeight, + size_t srcCropLeft, size_t srcCropTop, + size_t srcCropRight, size_t srcCropBottom, + void *dstBits, + size_t dstWidth, size_t dstHeight, + size_t dstCropLeft, size_t dstCropTop, + size_t dstCropRight, size_t dstCropBottom); + +private: + struct BitmapParams { + BitmapParams( + void *bits, + size_t width, size_t height, + size_t cropLeft, size_t cropTop, + size_t cropRight, size_t cropBottom); + + size_t cropWidth() const; + size_t cropHeight() const; + + void *mBits; + size_t mWidth, mHeight; + size_t mCropLeft, mCropTop, mCropRight, mCropBottom; + }; + + OMX_COLOR_FORMATTYPE mSrcFormat, mDstFormat; + uint8_t *mClip; + + uint8_t *initClip(); + + status_t convertCbYCrY( + const BitmapParams &src, const BitmapParams &dst); + + status_t convertYUV420Planar( + const BitmapParams &src, const BitmapParams &dst); + + status_t convertQCOMYUV420SemiPlanar( + const BitmapParams &src, const BitmapParams &dst); + + status_t convertYUV420SemiPlanar( + const BitmapParams &src, const BitmapParams &dst); + + status_t convertTIYUV420PackedSemiPlanar( + const BitmapParams &src, const BitmapParams &dst); + + ColorConverter(const ColorConverter &); + ColorConverter &operator=(const ColorConverter &); +}; + +} // namespace android + +#endif // COLOR_CONVERTER_H_ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/DataSource.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/DataSource.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..870d80571 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/DataSource.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef DATA_SOURCE_H_ + +#define DATA_SOURCE_H_ + +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <media/stagefright/MediaErrors.h> +#include <utils/Errors.h> +#include <utils/KeyedVector.h> +#include <utils/List.h> +#include <utils/RefBase.h> +#include <utils/threads.h> +#include <drm/DrmManagerClient.h> + +#if !defined(STAGEFRIGHT_EXPORT) +#define STAGEFRIGHT_EXPORT +#endif + +namespace android { + +struct AMessage; +class String8; + +class STAGEFRIGHT_EXPORT DataSource : public RefBase { +public: + enum Flags { + kWantsPrefetching = 1, + kStreamedFromLocalHost = 2, + kIsCachingDataSource = 4, + kIsHTTPBasedSource = 8, + }; + + static sp<DataSource> CreateFromURI( + const char *uri, + const KeyedVector<String8, String8> *headers = NULL); + + DataSource() {} + + virtual status_t initCheck() const = 0; + + virtual ssize_t readAt(off64_t offset, void *data, size_t size) = 0; + + // Convenience methods: + bool getUInt16(off64_t offset, uint16_t *x); + + // May return ERROR_UNSUPPORTED. + virtual status_t getSize(off64_t *size); + + virtual uint32_t flags() { + return 0; + } + + virtual status_t reconnectAtOffset(off64_t offset) { + return ERROR_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + bool sniff(String8 *mimeType, float *confidence, sp<AMessage> *meta); + + // The sniffer can optionally fill in "meta" with an AMessage containing + // a dictionary of values that helps the corresponding extractor initialize + // its state without duplicating effort already exerted by the sniffer. + typedef bool (*SnifferFunc)( + const sp<DataSource> &source, String8 *mimeType, + float *confidence, sp<AMessage> *meta); + + static void RegisterSniffer(SnifferFunc func); + static void RegisterDefaultSniffers(); + + // for DRM + virtual sp<DecryptHandle> DrmInitialization() { + return NULL; + } + virtual void getDrmInfo(sp<DecryptHandle> &handle, DrmManagerClient **client) {}; + + virtual String8 getUri() { + return String8(); + } + + virtual String8 getMIMEType() const; + +protected: + virtual ~DataSource() {} + +private: + static Mutex gSnifferMutex; + static List<SnifferFunc> gSniffers; + + DataSource(const DataSource &); + DataSource &operator=(const DataSource &); +}; + +} // namespace android + +#endif // DATA_SOURCE_H_ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/MediaExtractor.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/MediaExtractor.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d39131a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/MediaExtractor.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef MEDIA_EXTRACTOR_H_ + +#define MEDIA_EXTRACTOR_H_ + +#include <utils/RefBase.h> + +namespace android { + +class DataSource; +struct MediaSource; +class MetaData; + +class MediaExtractor : public RefBase { +public: + static sp<MediaExtractor> Create( + const sp<DataSource> &source, const char *mime = NULL); + + virtual size_t countTracks() = 0; + virtual sp<MediaSource> getTrack(size_t index) = 0; + + enum GetTrackMetaDataFlags { + kIncludeExtensiveMetaData = 1 + }; + virtual sp<MetaData> getTrackMetaData( + size_t index, uint32_t flags = 0) = 0; + + // Return container specific meta-data. The default implementation + // returns an empty metadata object. + virtual sp<MetaData> getMetaData(); + + enum Flags { + CAN_SEEK_BACKWARD = 1, // the "seek 10secs back button" + CAN_SEEK_FORWARD = 2, // the "seek 10secs forward button" + CAN_PAUSE = 4, + CAN_SEEK = 8, // the "seek bar" + }; + + // If subclasses do _not_ override this, the default is + // CAN_SEEK_BACKWARD | CAN_SEEK_FORWARD | CAN_SEEK | CAN_PAUSE + virtual uint32_t flags() const; + + // for DRM + virtual void setDrmFlag(bool flag) { + mIsDrm = flag; + }; + virtual bool getDrmFlag() { + return mIsDrm; + } + virtual char* getDrmTrackInfo(size_t trackID, int *len) { + return NULL; + } + +protected: + MediaExtractor() {} + virtual ~MediaExtractor() {} + +private: + bool mIsDrm; + + MediaExtractor(const MediaExtractor &); + MediaExtractor &operator=(const MediaExtractor &); +}; + +} // namespace android + +#endif // MEDIA_EXTRACTOR_H_ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/MetaData.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/MetaData.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cdee1702 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/MetaData.h @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef META_DATA_H_ + +#define META_DATA_H_ + +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include <utils/RefBase.h> +#include <utils/KeyedVector.h> + +namespace android { + +// The following keys map to int32_t data unless indicated otherwise. +enum { + kKeyMIMEType = 'mime', // cstring + kKeyWidth = 'widt', // int32_t, image pixel + kKeyHeight = 'heig', // int32_t, image pixel + kKeyDisplayWidth = 'dWid', // int32_t, display/presentation + kKeyDisplayHeight = 'dHgt', // int32_t, display/presentation + + // a rectangle, if absent assumed to be (0, 0, width - 1, height - 1) + kKeyCropRect = 'crop', + + kKeyRotation = 'rotA', // int32_t (angle in degrees) + kKeyIFramesInterval = 'ifiv', // int32_t + kKeyStride = 'strd', // int32_t + kKeySliceHeight = 'slht', // int32_t + kKeyChannelCount = '#chn', // int32_t + kKeySampleRate = 'srte', // int32_t (audio sampling rate Hz) + kKeyFrameRate = 'frmR', // int32_t (video frame rate fps) + kKeyBitRate = 'brte', // int32_t (bps) + kKeyESDS = 'esds', // raw data + kKeyAVCC = 'avcc', // raw data + kKeyD263 = 'd263', // raw data + kKeyVorbisInfo = 'vinf', // raw data + kKeyVorbisBooks = 'vboo', // raw data + kKeyWantsNALFragments = 'NALf', + kKeyIsSyncFrame = 'sync', // int32_t (bool) + kKeyIsCodecConfig = 'conf', // int32_t (bool) + kKeyTime = 'time', // int64_t (usecs) + kKeyDecodingTime = 'decT', // int64_t (decoding timestamp in usecs) + kKeyNTPTime = 'ntpT', // uint64_t (ntp-timestamp) + kKeyTargetTime = 'tarT', // int64_t (usecs) + kKeyDriftTime = 'dftT', // int64_t (usecs) + kKeyAnchorTime = 'ancT', // int64_t (usecs) + kKeyDuration = 'dura', // int64_t (usecs) + kKeyColorFormat = 'colf', + kKeyPlatformPrivate = 'priv', // pointer + kKeyDecoderComponent = 'decC', // cstring + kKeyBufferID = 'bfID', + kKeyMaxInputSize = 'inpS', + kKeyThumbnailTime = 'thbT', // int64_t (usecs) + kKeyTrackID = 'trID', + kKeyIsDRM = 'idrm', // int32_t (bool) + + kKeyAlbum = 'albu', // cstring + kKeyArtist = 'arti', // cstring + kKeyAlbumArtist = 'aart', // cstring + kKeyComposer = 'comp', // cstring + kKeyGenre = 'genr', // cstring + kKeyTitle = 'titl', // cstring + kKeyYear = 'year', // cstring + kKeyAlbumArt = 'albA', // compressed image data + kKeyAlbumArtMIME = 'alAM', // cstring + kKeyAuthor = 'auth', // cstring + kKeyCDTrackNumber = 'cdtr', // cstring + kKeyDiscNumber = 'dnum', // cstring + kKeyDate = 'date', // cstring + kKeyWriter = 'writ', // cstring + kKeyCompilation = 'cpil', // cstring + kKeyLocation = 'loc ', // cstring + kKeyTimeScale = 'tmsl', // int32_t + + // video profile and level + kKeyVideoProfile = 'vprf', // int32_t + kKeyVideoLevel = 'vlev', // int32_t + + // Set this key to enable authoring files in 64-bit offset + kKey64BitFileOffset = 'fobt', // int32_t (bool) + kKey2ByteNalLength = '2NAL', // int32_t (bool) + + // Identify the file output format for authoring + // Please see <media/mediarecorder.h> for the supported + // file output formats. + kKeyFileType = 'ftyp', // int32_t + + // Track authoring progress status + // kKeyTrackTimeStatus is used to track progress in elapsed time + kKeyTrackTimeStatus = 'tktm', // int64_t + + kKeyNotRealTime = 'ntrt', // bool (int32_t) + + // Ogg files can be tagged to be automatically looping... + kKeyAutoLoop = 'autL', // bool (int32_t) + + kKeyValidSamples = 'valD', // int32_t + + kKeyIsUnreadable = 'unre', // bool (int32_t) + + // An indication that a video buffer has been rendered. + kKeyRendered = 'rend', // bool (int32_t) + + // The language code for this media + kKeyMediaLanguage = 'lang', // cstring + + // To store the timed text format data + kKeyTextFormatData = 'text', // raw data + + kKeyRequiresSecureBuffers = 'secu', // bool (int32_t) +}; + +enum { + kTypeESDS = 'esds', + kTypeAVCC = 'avcc', + kTypeD263 = 'd263', +}; + +class MetaData : public RefBase { +public: + MetaData(); + MetaData(const MetaData &from); + + enum Type { + TYPE_NONE = 'none', + TYPE_C_STRING = 'cstr', + TYPE_INT32 = 'in32', + TYPE_INT64 = 'in64', + TYPE_FLOAT = 'floa', + TYPE_POINTER = 'ptr ', + TYPE_RECT = 'rect', + }; + + void clear(); + bool remove(uint32_t key); + + bool setCString(uint32_t key, const char *value); + bool setInt32(uint32_t key, int32_t value); + bool setInt64(uint32_t key, int64_t value); + bool setFloat(uint32_t key, float value); + bool setPointer(uint32_t key, void *value); + + bool setRect( + uint32_t key, + int32_t left, int32_t top, + int32_t right, int32_t bottom); + + bool findCString(uint32_t key, const char **value); + bool findInt32(uint32_t key, int32_t *value); + bool findInt64(uint32_t key, int64_t *value); + bool findFloat(uint32_t key, float *value); + bool findPointer(uint32_t key, void **value); + + bool findRect( + uint32_t key, + int32_t *left, int32_t *top, + int32_t *right, int32_t *bottom); + + bool setData(uint32_t key, uint32_t type, const void *data, size_t size); + + bool findData(uint32_t key, uint32_t *type, + const void **data, size_t *size) const; + +protected: + virtual ~MetaData(); + +private: + struct typed_data { + typed_data(); + ~typed_data(); + + typed_data(const MetaData::typed_data &); + typed_data &operator=(const MetaData::typed_data &); + + void clear(); + void setData(uint32_t type, const void *data, size_t size); + void getData(uint32_t *type, const void **data, size_t *size) const; + + private: + uint32_t mType; + size_t mSize; + + union { + void *ext_data; + float reservoir; + } u; + + bool usesReservoir() const { + return mSize <= sizeof(u.reservoir); + } + + void allocateStorage(size_t size); + void freeStorage(); + + void *storage() { + return usesReservoir() ? &u.reservoir : u.ext_data; + } + + const void *storage() const { + return usesReservoir() ? &u.reservoir : u.ext_data; + } + }; + + struct Rect { + int32_t mLeft, mTop, mRight, mBottom; + }; + + KeyedVector<uint32_t, typed_data> mItems; + + // MetaData &operator=(const MetaData &); +}; + +} // namespace android + +#endif // META_DATA_H_ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/OMXClient.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/OMXClient.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f14d06e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/OMXClient.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OMX_CLIENT_H_ + +#define OMX_CLIENT_H_ + +#include <media/IOMX.h> + +namespace android { + +class OMXClient { +public: + OMXClient(); + + status_t connect(); + void disconnect(); + + sp<IOMX> interface() { + return mOMX; + } + +private: + sp<IOMX> mOMX; + + OMXClient(const OMXClient &); + OMXClient &operator=(const OMXClient &); +}; + +} // namespace android + +#endif // OMX_CLIENT_H_ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/OMXCodec.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/OMXCodec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84f8282f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/stagefright/OMXCodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OMX_CODEC_H_ + +#define OMX_CODEC_H_ + +#include <android/native_window.h> +#include <media/IOMX.h> +#include <media/stagefright/MediaBuffer.h> +#include <media/stagefright/MediaSource.h> +#include <utils/threads.h> + +namespace android { + +class MemoryDealer; +struct OMXCodecObserver; +struct CodecProfileLevel; + +struct OMXCodec : public MediaSource, + public MediaBufferObserver { + enum CreationFlags { + kPreferSoftwareCodecs = 1, + kIgnoreCodecSpecificData = 2, + + // The client wants to access the output buffer's video + // data for example for thumbnail extraction. + kClientNeedsFramebuffer = 4, + + // Request for software or hardware codecs. If request + // can not be fullfilled, Create() returns NULL. + kSoftwareCodecsOnly = 8, + kHardwareCodecsOnly = 16, + + // Store meta data in video buffers + kStoreMetaDataInVideoBuffers = 32, + + // Only submit one input buffer at one time. + kOnlySubmitOneInputBufferAtOneTime = 64, + + // Enable GRALLOC_USAGE_PROTECTED for output buffers from native window + kEnableGrallocUsageProtected = 128, + + // Secure decoding mode + kUseSecureInputBuffers = 256, + }; + static sp<MediaSource> Create( + const sp<IOMX> &omx, + const sp<MetaData> &meta, bool createEncoder, + const sp<MediaSource> &source, + const char *matchComponentName = NULL, + uint32_t flags = 0, + const sp<ANativeWindow> &nativeWindow = NULL); + + static void setComponentRole( + const sp<IOMX> &omx, IOMX::node_id node, bool isEncoder, + const char *mime); + + virtual status_t start(MetaData *params = NULL); + virtual status_t stop(); + + virtual sp<MetaData> getFormat(); + + virtual status_t read( + MediaBuffer **buffer, const ReadOptions *options = NULL); + + virtual status_t pause(); + + // from MediaBufferObserver + virtual void signalBufferReturned(MediaBuffer *buffer); + + // for use by ACodec + static void findMatchingCodecs( + const char *mime, + bool createEncoder, const char *matchComponentName, + uint32_t flags, + Vector<String8> *matchingCodecs); + +protected: + virtual ~OMXCodec(); + +private: + + // Make sure mLock is accessible to OMXCodecObserver + friend class OMXCodecObserver; + + // Call this with mLock hold + void on_message(const omx_message &msg); + + enum State { + DEAD, + LOADED, + LOADED_TO_IDLE, + IDLE_TO_EXECUTING, + EXECUTING, + EXECUTING_TO_IDLE, + IDLE_TO_LOADED, + RECONFIGURING, + ERROR + }; + + enum { + kPortIndexInput = 0, + kPortIndexOutput = 1 + }; + + enum PortStatus { + ENABLED, + DISABLING, + DISABLED, + ENABLING, + SHUTTING_DOWN, + }; + + enum Quirks { + kNeedsFlushBeforeDisable = 1, + kWantsNALFragments = 2, + kRequiresLoadedToIdleAfterAllocation = 4, + kRequiresAllocateBufferOnInputPorts = 8, + kRequiresFlushCompleteEmulation = 16, + kRequiresAllocateBufferOnOutputPorts = 32, + kRequiresFlushBeforeShutdown = 64, + kDefersOutputBufferAllocation = 128, + kDecoderLiesAboutNumberOfChannels = 256, + kInputBufferSizesAreBogus = 512, + kSupportsMultipleFramesPerInputBuffer = 1024, + kAvoidMemcopyInputRecordingFrames = 2048, + kRequiresLargerEncoderOutputBuffer = 4096, + kOutputBuffersAreUnreadable = 8192, + }; + + enum BufferStatus { + OWNED_BY_US, + OWNED_BY_COMPONENT, + OWNED_BY_NATIVE_WINDOW, + OWNED_BY_CLIENT, + }; + + struct BufferInfo { + IOMX::buffer_id mBuffer; + BufferStatus mStatus; + sp<IMemory> mMem; + size_t mSize; + void *mData; + MediaBuffer *mMediaBuffer; + }; + + struct CodecSpecificData { + size_t mSize; + uint8_t mData[1]; + }; + + sp<IOMX> mOMX; + bool mOMXLivesLocally; + IOMX::node_id mNode; + uint32_t mQuirks; + + // Flags specified in the creation of the codec. + uint32_t mFlags; + + bool mIsEncoder; + char *mMIME; + char *mComponentName; + sp<MetaData> mOutputFormat; + sp<MediaSource> mSource; + Vector<CodecSpecificData *> mCodecSpecificData; + size_t mCodecSpecificDataIndex; + + sp<MemoryDealer> mDealer[2]; + + State mState; + Vector<BufferInfo> mPortBuffers[2]; + PortStatus mPortStatus[2]; + bool mInitialBufferSubmit; + bool mSignalledEOS; + status_t mFinalStatus; + bool mNoMoreOutputData; + bool mOutputPortSettingsHaveChanged; + int64_t mSeekTimeUs; + ReadOptions::SeekMode mSeekMode; + int64_t mTargetTimeUs; + bool mOutputPortSettingsChangedPending; + + MediaBuffer *mLeftOverBuffer; + + Mutex mLock; + Condition mAsyncCompletion; + + bool mPaused; + + sp<ANativeWindow> mNativeWindow; + + // The index in each of the mPortBuffers arrays of the buffer that will be + // submitted to OMX next. This only applies when using buffers from a + // native window. + size_t mNextNativeBufferIndex[2]; + + // A list of indices into mPortStatus[kPortIndexOutput] filled with data. + List<size_t> mFilledBuffers; + Condition mBufferFilled; + + // Used to record the decoding time for an output picture from + // a video encoder. + List<int64_t> mDecodingTimeList; + + OMXCodec(const sp<IOMX> &omx, IOMX::node_id node, + uint32_t quirks, uint32_t flags, + bool isEncoder, const char *mime, const char *componentName, + const sp<MediaSource> &source, + const sp<ANativeWindow> &nativeWindow); + + void addCodecSpecificData(const void *data, size_t size); + void clearCodecSpecificData(); + + void setComponentRole(); + + void setAMRFormat(bool isWAMR, int32_t bitRate); + status_t setAACFormat(int32_t numChannels, int32_t sampleRate, int32_t bitRate); + void setG711Format(int32_t numChannels); + + status_t setVideoPortFormatType( + OMX_U32 portIndex, + OMX_VIDEO_CODINGTYPE compressionFormat, + OMX_COLOR_FORMATTYPE colorFormat); + + void setVideoInputFormat( + const char *mime, const sp<MetaData>& meta); + + status_t setupBitRate(int32_t bitRate); + status_t setupErrorCorrectionParameters(); + status_t setupH263EncoderParameters(const sp<MetaData>& meta); + status_t setupMPEG4EncoderParameters(const sp<MetaData>& meta); + status_t setupAVCEncoderParameters(const sp<MetaData>& meta); + status_t findTargetColorFormat( + const sp<MetaData>& meta, OMX_COLOR_FORMATTYPE *colorFormat); + + status_t isColorFormatSupported( + OMX_COLOR_FORMATTYPE colorFormat, int portIndex); + + // If profile/level is set in the meta data, its value in the meta + // data will be used; otherwise, the default value will be used. + status_t getVideoProfileLevel(const sp<MetaData>& meta, + const CodecProfileLevel& defaultProfileLevel, + CodecProfileLevel& profileLevel); + + status_t setVideoOutputFormat( + const char *mime, OMX_U32 width, OMX_U32 height); + + void setImageOutputFormat( + OMX_COLOR_FORMATTYPE format, OMX_U32 width, OMX_U32 height); + + void setJPEGInputFormat( + OMX_U32 width, OMX_U32 height, OMX_U32 compressedSize); + + void setMinBufferSize(OMX_U32 portIndex, OMX_U32 size); + + void setRawAudioFormat( + OMX_U32 portIndex, int32_t sampleRate, int32_t numChannels); + + status_t allocateBuffers(); + status_t allocateBuffersOnPort(OMX_U32 portIndex); + status_t allocateOutputBuffersFromNativeWindow(); + + status_t queueBufferToNativeWindow(BufferInfo *info); + status_t cancelBufferToNativeWindow(BufferInfo *info); + BufferInfo* dequeueBufferFromNativeWindow(); + status_t pushBlankBuffersToNativeWindow(); + + status_t freeBuffersOnPort( + OMX_U32 portIndex, bool onlyThoseWeOwn = false); + + status_t freeBuffer(OMX_U32 portIndex, size_t bufIndex); + + bool drainInputBuffer(IOMX::buffer_id buffer); + void fillOutputBuffer(IOMX::buffer_id buffer); + bool drainInputBuffer(BufferInfo *info); + void fillOutputBuffer(BufferInfo *info); + + void drainInputBuffers(); + void fillOutputBuffers(); + + bool drainAnyInputBuffer(); + BufferInfo *findInputBufferByDataPointer(void *ptr); + BufferInfo *findEmptyInputBuffer(); + + // Returns true iff a flush was initiated and a completion event is + // upcoming, false otherwise (A flush was not necessary as we own all + // the buffers on that port). + // This method will ONLY ever return false for a component with quirk + // "kRequiresFlushCompleteEmulation". + bool flushPortAsync(OMX_U32 portIndex); + + void disablePortAsync(OMX_U32 portIndex); + status_t enablePortAsync(OMX_U32 portIndex); + + static size_t countBuffersWeOwn(const Vector<BufferInfo> &buffers); + static bool isIntermediateState(State state); + + void onEvent(OMX_EVENTTYPE event, OMX_U32 data1, OMX_U32 data2); + void onCmdComplete(OMX_COMMANDTYPE cmd, OMX_U32 data); + void onStateChange(OMX_STATETYPE newState); + void onPortSettingsChanged(OMX_U32 portIndex); + + void setState(State newState); + + status_t init(); + void initOutputFormat(const sp<MetaData> &inputFormat); + status_t initNativeWindow(); + + void initNativeWindowCrop(); + + void dumpPortStatus(OMX_U32 portIndex); + + status_t configureCodec(const sp<MetaData> &meta); + + static uint32_t getComponentQuirks( + const char *componentName, bool isEncoder); + + void restorePatchedDataPointer(BufferInfo *info); + + status_t applyRotation(); + status_t waitForBufferFilled_l(); + + int64_t retrieveDecodingTimeUs(bool isCodecSpecific); + + status_t parseAVCCodecSpecificData( + const void *data, size_t size, + unsigned *profile, unsigned *level); + + OMXCodec(const OMXCodec &); + OMXCodec &operator=(const OMXCodec &); +}; + +struct CodecCapabilities { + String8 mComponentName; + Vector<CodecProfileLevel> mProfileLevels; + Vector<OMX_U32> mColorFormats; +}; + +// Return a vector of componentNames with supported profile/level pairs +// supporting the given mime type, if queryDecoders==true, returns components +// that decode content of the given type, otherwise returns components +// that encode content of the given type. +// profile and level indications only make sense for h.263, mpeg4 and avc +// video. +// If hwCodecOnly==true, only returns hardware-based components, software and +// hardware otherwise. +// The profile/level values correspond to +// OMX_VIDEO_H263PROFILETYPE, OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4PROFILETYPE, +// OMX_VIDEO_AVCPROFILETYPE, OMX_VIDEO_H263LEVELTYPE, OMX_VIDEO_MPEG4LEVELTYPE +// and OMX_VIDEO_AVCLEVELTYPE respectively. + +status_t QueryCodecs( + const sp<IOMX> &omx, + const char *mimeType, bool queryDecoders, bool hwCodecOnly, + Vector<CodecCapabilities> *results); + +status_t QueryCodecs( + const sp<IOMX> &omx, + const char *mimeType, bool queryDecoders, + Vector<CodecCapabilities> *results); + +} // namespace android + +#endif // OMX_CODEC_H_ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/system/graphics.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/system/graphics.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..729e92c78 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/system/graphics.h @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_GRAPHICS_H +#define SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_GRAPHICS_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* + * If the HAL needs to create service threads to handle graphics related + * tasks, these threads need to run at HAL_PRIORITY_URGENT_DISPLAY priority + * if they can block the main rendering thread in any way. + * + * the priority of the current thread can be set with: + * + * #include <sys/resource.h> + * setpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, 0, HAL_PRIORITY_URGENT_DISPLAY); + * + */ + +#define HAL_PRIORITY_URGENT_DISPLAY (-8) + +/** + * pixel format definitions + */ + +enum { + HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_8888 = 1, + HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBX_8888 = 2, + HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB_888 = 3, + HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB_565 = 4, + HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_BGRA_8888 = 5, + HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_5551 = 6, + HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_4444 = 7, + + /* 0x8 - 0xFF range unavailable */ + + /* + * 0x100 - 0x1FF + * + * This range is reserved for pixel formats that are specific to the HAL + * implementation. Implementations can use any value in this range to + * communicate video pixel formats between their HAL modules. These formats + * must not have an alpha channel. Additionally, an EGLimage created from a + * gralloc buffer of one of these formats must be supported for use with the + * GL_OES_EGL_image_external OpenGL ES extension. + */ + + /* + * Android YUV format: + * + * This format is exposed outside of the HAL to software decoders and + * applications. EGLImageKHR must support it in conjunction with the + * OES_EGL_image_external extension. + * + * YV12 is a 4:2:0 YCrCb planar format comprised of a WxH Y plane followed + * by (W/2) x (H/2) Cr and Cb planes. + * + * This format assumes + * - an even width + * - an even height + * - a horizontal stride multiple of 16 pixels + * - a vertical stride equal to the height + * + * y_size = stride * height + * c_size = ALIGN(stride/2, 16) * height/2 + * size = y_size + c_size * 2 + * cr_offset = y_size + * cb_offset = y_size + c_size + * + */ + HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_YV12 = 0x32315659, // YCrCb 4:2:0 Planar + + + + /* Legacy formats (deprecated), used by ImageFormat.java */ + HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_YCbCr_422_SP = 0x10, // NV16 + HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_YCrCb_420_SP = 0x11, // NV21 + HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_YCbCr_422_I = 0x14, // YUY2 +}; + + +/** + * Transformation definitions + * + * IMPORTANT NOTE: + * HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_90 is applied CLOCKWISE and AFTER HAL_TRANSFORM_FLIP_{H|V}. + * + */ + +enum { + /* flip source image horizontally (around the vertical axis) */ + HAL_TRANSFORM_FLIP_H = 0x01, + /* flip source image vertically (around the horizontal axis)*/ + HAL_TRANSFORM_FLIP_V = 0x02, + /* rotate source image 90 degrees clockwise */ + HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_90 = 0x04, + /* rotate source image 180 degrees */ + HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_180 = 0x03, + /* rotate source image 270 degrees clockwise */ + HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_270 = 0x07, +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_GRAPHICS_H */ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/system/window.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/system/window.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cc4a0a18 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/system/window.h @@ -0,0 +1,632 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_WINDOW_H +#define SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_WINDOW_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#include <system/graphics.h> +#include <cutils/native_handle.h> + +__BEGIN_DECLS + +/*****************************************************************************/ + +#define ANDROID_NATIVE_MAKE_CONSTANT(a,b,c,d) \ + (((unsigned)(a)<<24)|((unsigned)(b)<<16)|((unsigned)(c)<<8)|(unsigned)(d)) + +#define ANDROID_NATIVE_WINDOW_MAGIC \ + ANDROID_NATIVE_MAKE_CONSTANT('_','w','n','d') + +#define ANDROID_NATIVE_BUFFER_MAGIC \ + ANDROID_NATIVE_MAKE_CONSTANT('_','b','f','r') + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef const native_handle_t* buffer_handle_t; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef struct android_native_rect_t +{ + int32_t left; + int32_t top; + int32_t right; + int32_t bottom; +} android_native_rect_t; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef struct android_native_base_t +{ + /* a magic value defined by the actual EGL native type */ + int magic; + + /* the sizeof() of the actual EGL native type */ + int version; + + void* reserved[4]; + + /* reference-counting interface */ + void (*incRef)(struct android_native_base_t* base); + void (*decRef)(struct android_native_base_t* base); +} android_native_base_t; + +typedef struct ANativeWindowBuffer +{ +#ifdef __cplusplus + ANativeWindowBuffer() { + common.magic = ANDROID_NATIVE_BUFFER_MAGIC; + common.version = sizeof(ANativeWindowBuffer); + memset(common.reserved, 0, sizeof(common.reserved)); + } + + // Implement the methods that sp<ANativeWindowBuffer> expects so that it + // can be used to automatically refcount ANativeWindowBuffer's. + void incStrong(const void* id) const { + common.incRef(const_cast<android_native_base_t*>(&common)); + } + void decStrong(const void* id) const { + common.decRef(const_cast<android_native_base_t*>(&common)); + } +#endif + + struct android_native_base_t common; + + int width; + int height; + int stride; + int format; + int usage; + + void* reserved[2]; + + buffer_handle_t handle; + + void* reserved_proc[8]; +} ANativeWindowBuffer_t; + +// Old typedef for backwards compatibility. +typedef ANativeWindowBuffer_t android_native_buffer_t; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* attributes queriable with query() */ +enum { + NATIVE_WINDOW_WIDTH = 0, + NATIVE_WINDOW_HEIGHT = 1, + NATIVE_WINDOW_FORMAT = 2, + + /* The minimum number of buffers that must remain un-dequeued after a buffer + * has been queued. This value applies only if set_buffer_count was used to + * override the number of buffers and if a buffer has since been queued. + * Users of the set_buffer_count ANativeWindow method should query this + * value before calling set_buffer_count. If it is necessary to have N + * buffers simultaneously dequeued as part of the steady-state operation, + * and this query returns M then N+M buffers should be requested via + * native_window_set_buffer_count. + * + * Note that this value does NOT apply until a single buffer has been + * queued. In particular this means that it is possible to: + * + * 1. Query M = min undequeued buffers + * 2. Set the buffer count to N + M + * 3. Dequeue all N + M buffers + * 4. Cancel M buffers + * 5. Queue, dequeue, queue, dequeue, ad infinitum + */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_MIN_UNDEQUEUED_BUFFERS = 3, + + /* Check whether queueBuffer operations on the ANativeWindow send the buffer + * to the window compositor. The query sets the returned 'value' argument + * to 1 if the ANativeWindow DOES send queued buffers directly to the window + * compositor and 0 if the buffers do not go directly to the window + * compositor. + * + * This can be used to determine whether protected buffer content should be + * sent to the ANativeWindow. Note, however, that a result of 1 does NOT + * indicate that queued buffers will be protected from applications or users + * capturing their contents. If that behavior is desired then some other + * mechanism (e.g. the GRALLOC_USAGE_PROTECTED flag) should be used in + * conjunction with this query. + */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_QUEUES_TO_WINDOW_COMPOSER = 4, + + /* Get the concrete type of a ANativeWindow. See below for the list of + * possible return values. + * + * This query should not be used outside the Android framework and will + * likely be removed in the near future. + */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_CONCRETE_TYPE = 5, + + + /* + * Default width and height of the ANativeWindow, these are the dimensions + * of the window irrespective of the NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_DIMENSIONS + * call. + */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_DEFAULT_WIDTH = 6, + NATIVE_WINDOW_DEFAULT_HEIGHT = 7, + + /* + * transformation that will most-likely be applied to buffers. This is only + * a hint, the actual transformation applied might be different. + * + * INTENDED USE: + * + * The transform hint can be used by a producer, for instance the GLES + * driver, to pre-rotate the rendering such that the final transformation + * in the composer is identity. This can be very useful when used in + * conjunction with the h/w composer HAL, in situations where it + * cannot handle arbitrary rotations. + * + * 1. Before dequeuing a buffer, the GL driver (or any other ANW client) + * queries the ANW for NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT. + * + * 2. The GL driver overrides the width and height of the ANW to + * account for NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT. This is done by querying + * NATIVE_WINDOW_DEFAULT_{WIDTH | HEIGHT}, swapping the dimensions + * according to NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT and calling + * native_window_set_buffers_dimensions(). + * + * 3. The GL driver dequeues a buffer of the new pre-rotated size. + * + * 4. The GL driver renders to the buffer such that the image is + * already transformed, that is applying NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT + * to the rendering. + * + * 5. The GL driver calls native_window_set_transform to apply + * inverse transformation to the buffer it just rendered. + * In order to do this, the GL driver needs + * to calculate the inverse of NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT, this is + * done easily: + * + * int hintTransform, inverseTransform; + * query(..., NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT, &hintTransform); + * inverseTransform = hintTransform; + * if (hintTransform & HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_90) + * inverseTransform ^= HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_180; + * + * + * 6. The GL driver queues the pre-transformed buffer. + * + * 7. The composer combines the buffer transform with the display + * transform. If the buffer transform happens to cancel out the + * display transform then no rotation is needed. + * + */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT = 8, +}; + +/* valid operations for the (*perform)() hook */ +enum { + NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_USAGE = 0, + NATIVE_WINDOW_CONNECT = 1, /* deprecated */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_DISCONNECT = 2, /* deprecated */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_CROP = 3, + NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFER_COUNT = 4, + NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_GEOMETRY = 5, /* deprecated */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TRANSFORM = 6, + NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TIMESTAMP = 7, + NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_DIMENSIONS = 8, + NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_FORMAT = 9, + NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_SCALING_MODE = 10, + NATIVE_WINDOW_LOCK = 11, /* private */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_UNLOCK_AND_POST = 12, /* private */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_API_CONNECT = 13, /* private */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_API_DISCONNECT = 14, /* private */ +}; + +/* parameter for NATIVE_WINDOW_[API_][DIS]CONNECT */ +enum { + /* Buffers will be queued by EGL via eglSwapBuffers after being filled using + * OpenGL ES. + */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_API_EGL = 1, + + /* Buffers will be queued after being filled using the CPU + */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_API_CPU = 2, + + /* Buffers will be queued by Stagefright after being filled by a video + * decoder. The video decoder can either be a software or hardware decoder. + */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_API_MEDIA = 3, + + /* Buffers will be queued by the the camera HAL. + */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_API_CAMERA = 4, +}; + +/* parameter for NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TRANSFORM */ +enum { + /* flip source image horizontally */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_FLIP_H = HAL_TRANSFORM_FLIP_H , + /* flip source image vertically */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_FLIP_V = HAL_TRANSFORM_FLIP_V, + /* rotate source image 90 degrees clock-wise */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_ROT_90 = HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_90, + /* rotate source image 180 degrees */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_ROT_180 = HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_180, + /* rotate source image 270 degrees clock-wise */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_ROT_270 = HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_270, +}; + +/* parameter for NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_SCALING_MODE */ +enum { + /* the window content is not updated (frozen) until a buffer of + * the window size is received (enqueued) + */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_SCALING_MODE_FREEZE = 0, + /* the buffer is scaled in both dimensions to match the window size */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_SCALING_MODE_SCALE_TO_WINDOW = 1, +}; + +/* values returned by the NATIVE_WINDOW_CONCRETE_TYPE query */ +enum { + NATIVE_WINDOW_FRAMEBUFFER = 0, /* FramebufferNativeWindow */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_SURFACE = 1, /* Surface */ + NATIVE_WINDOW_SURFACE_TEXTURE_CLIENT = 2, /* SurfaceTextureClient */ +}; + +/* parameter for NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TIMESTAMP + * + * Special timestamp value to indicate that timestamps should be auto-generated + * by the native window when queueBuffer is called. This is equal to INT64_MIN, + * defined directly to avoid problems with C99/C++ inclusion of stdint.h. + */ +static const int64_t NATIVE_WINDOW_TIMESTAMP_AUTO = (-9223372036854775807LL-1); + +struct ANativeWindow +{ +#ifdef __cplusplus + ANativeWindow() + : flags(0), minSwapInterval(0), maxSwapInterval(0), xdpi(0), ydpi(0) + { + common.magic = ANDROID_NATIVE_WINDOW_MAGIC; + common.version = sizeof(ANativeWindow); + memset(common.reserved, 0, sizeof(common.reserved)); + } + + /* Implement the methods that sp<ANativeWindow> expects so that it + can be used to automatically refcount ANativeWindow's. */ + void incStrong(const void* id) const { + common.incRef(const_cast<android_native_base_t*>(&common)); + } + void decStrong(const void* id) const { + common.decRef(const_cast<android_native_base_t*>(&common)); + } +#endif + + struct android_native_base_t common; + + /* flags describing some attributes of this surface or its updater */ + const uint32_t flags; + + /* min swap interval supported by this updated */ + const int minSwapInterval; + + /* max swap interval supported by this updated */ + const int maxSwapInterval; + + /* horizontal and vertical resolution in DPI */ + const float xdpi; + const float ydpi; + + /* Some storage reserved for the OEM's driver. */ + intptr_t oem[4]; + + /* + * Set the swap interval for this surface. + * + * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error. + */ + int (*setSwapInterval)(struct ANativeWindow* window, + int interval); + + /* + * Hook called by EGL to acquire a buffer. After this call, the buffer + * is not locked, so its content cannot be modified. This call may block if + * no buffers are available. + * + * The window holds a reference to the buffer between dequeueBuffer and + * either queueBuffer or cancelBuffer, so clients only need their own + * reference if they might use the buffer after queueing or canceling it. + * Holding a reference to a buffer after queueing or canceling it is only + * allowed if a specific buffer count has been set. + * + * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error. + */ + int (*dequeueBuffer)(struct ANativeWindow* window, + struct ANativeWindowBuffer** buffer); + + /* + * hook called by EGL to lock a buffer. This MUST be called before modifying + * the content of a buffer. The buffer must have been acquired with + * dequeueBuffer first. + * + * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error. + */ + int (*lockBuffer)(struct ANativeWindow* window, + struct ANativeWindowBuffer* buffer); + /* + * Hook called by EGL when modifications to the render buffer are done. + * This unlocks and post the buffer. + * + * The window holds a reference to the buffer between dequeueBuffer and + * either queueBuffer or cancelBuffer, so clients only need their own + * reference if they might use the buffer after queueing or canceling it. + * Holding a reference to a buffer after queueing or canceling it is only + * allowed if a specific buffer count has been set. + * + * Buffers MUST be queued in the same order than they were dequeued. + * + * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error. + */ + int (*queueBuffer)(struct ANativeWindow* window, + struct ANativeWindowBuffer* buffer); + + /* + * hook used to retrieve information about the native window. + * + * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error. + */ + int (*query)(const struct ANativeWindow* window, + int what, int* value); + + /* + * hook used to perform various operations on the surface. + * (*perform)() is a generic mechanism to add functionality to + * ANativeWindow while keeping backward binary compatibility. + * + * DO NOT CALL THIS HOOK DIRECTLY. Instead, use the helper functions + * defined below. + * + * (*perform)() returns -ENOENT if the 'what' parameter is not supported + * by the surface's implementation. + * + * The valid operations are: + * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_USAGE + * NATIVE_WINDOW_CONNECT (deprecated) + * NATIVE_WINDOW_DISCONNECT (deprecated) + * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_CROP + * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFER_COUNT + * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_GEOMETRY (deprecated) + * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TRANSFORM + * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TIMESTAMP + * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_DIMENSIONS + * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_FORMAT + * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_SCALING_MODE + * NATIVE_WINDOW_LOCK (private) + * NATIVE_WINDOW_UNLOCK_AND_POST (private) + * NATIVE_WINDOW_API_CONNECT (private) + * NATIVE_WINDOW_API_DISCONNECT (private) + * + */ + + int (*perform)(struct ANativeWindow* window, + int operation, ... ); + + /* + * Hook used to cancel a buffer that has been dequeued. + * No synchronization is performed between dequeue() and cancel(), so + * either external synchronization is needed, or these functions must be + * called from the same thread. + * + * The window holds a reference to the buffer between dequeueBuffer and + * either queueBuffer or cancelBuffer, so clients only need their own + * reference if they might use the buffer after queueing or canceling it. + * Holding a reference to a buffer after queueing or canceling it is only + * allowed if a specific buffer count has been set. + */ + int (*cancelBuffer)(struct ANativeWindow* window, + struct ANativeWindowBuffer* buffer); + + + void* reserved_proc[2]; +}; + + /* Backwards compatibility: use ANativeWindow (struct ANativeWindow in C). + * android_native_window_t is deprecated. + */ +typedef struct ANativeWindow ANativeWindow; +typedef struct ANativeWindow android_native_window_t; + +/* + * native_window_set_usage(..., usage) + * Sets the intended usage flags for the next buffers + * acquired with (*lockBuffer)() and on. + * By default (if this function is never called), a usage of + * GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_RENDER | GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_TEXTURE + * is assumed. + * Calling this function will usually cause following buffers to be + * reallocated. + */ + +static inline int native_window_set_usage( + struct ANativeWindow* window, int usage) +{ + return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_USAGE, usage); +} + +/* deprecated. Always returns 0. Don't call. */ +static inline int native_window_connect( + struct ANativeWindow* window, int api) { + return 0; +} + +/* deprecated. Always returns 0. Don't call. */ +static inline int native_window_disconnect( + struct ANativeWindow* window, int api) { + return 0; +} + +/* + * native_window_set_crop(..., crop) + * Sets which region of the next queued buffers needs to be considered. + * A buffer's crop region is scaled to match the surface's size. + * + * The specified crop region applies to all buffers queued after it is called. + * + * if 'crop' is NULL, subsequently queued buffers won't be cropped. + * + * An error is returned if for instance the crop region is invalid, + * out of the buffer's bound or if the window is invalid. + */ +static inline int native_window_set_crop( + struct ANativeWindow* window, + android_native_rect_t const * crop) +{ + return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_CROP, crop); +} + +/* + * native_window_set_buffer_count(..., count) + * Sets the number of buffers associated with this native window. + */ +static inline int native_window_set_buffer_count( + struct ANativeWindow* window, + size_t bufferCount) +{ + return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFER_COUNT, bufferCount); +} + +/* + * native_window_set_buffers_geometry(..., int w, int h, int format) + * All buffers dequeued after this call will have the dimensions and format + * specified. A successful call to this function has the same effect as calling + * native_window_set_buffers_size and native_window_set_buffers_format. + * + * XXX: This function is deprecated. The native_window_set_buffers_dimensions + * and native_window_set_buffers_format functions should be used instead. + */ +static inline int native_window_set_buffers_geometry( + struct ANativeWindow* window, + int w, int h, int format) +{ + return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_GEOMETRY, + w, h, format); +} + +/* + * native_window_set_buffers_dimensions(..., int w, int h) + * All buffers dequeued after this call will have the dimensions specified. + * In particular, all buffers will have a fixed-size, independent form the + * native-window size. They will be scaled according to the scaling mode + * (see native_window_set_scaling_mode) upon window composition. + * + * If w and h are 0, the normal behavior is restored. That is, dequeued buffers + * following this call will be sized to match the window's size. + * + * Calling this function will reset the window crop to a NULL value, which + * disables cropping of the buffers. + */ +static inline int native_window_set_buffers_dimensions( + struct ANativeWindow* window, + int w, int h) +{ + return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_DIMENSIONS, + w, h); +} + +/* + * native_window_set_buffers_format(..., int format) + * All buffers dequeued after this call will have the format specified. + * + * If the specified format is 0, the default buffer format will be used. + */ +static inline int native_window_set_buffers_format( + struct ANativeWindow* window, + int format) +{ + return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_FORMAT, format); +} + +/* + * native_window_set_buffers_transform(..., int transform) + * All buffers queued after this call will be displayed transformed according + * to the transform parameter specified. + */ +static inline int native_window_set_buffers_transform( + struct ANativeWindow* window, + int transform) +{ + return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TRANSFORM, + transform); +} + +/* + * native_window_set_buffers_timestamp(..., int64_t timestamp) + * All buffers queued after this call will be associated with the timestamp + * parameter specified. If the timestamp is set to NATIVE_WINDOW_TIMESTAMP_AUTO + * (the default), timestamps will be generated automatically when queueBuffer is + * called. The timestamp is measured in nanoseconds, and is normally monotonically + * increasing. The timestamp should be unaffected by time-of-day adjustments, + * and for a camera should be strictly monotonic but for a media player may be + * reset when the position is set. + */ +static inline int native_window_set_buffers_timestamp( + struct ANativeWindow* window, + int64_t timestamp) +{ + return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TIMESTAMP, + timestamp); +} + +/* + * native_window_set_scaling_mode(..., int mode) + * All buffers queued after this call will be associated with the scaling mode + * specified. + */ +static inline int native_window_set_scaling_mode( + struct ANativeWindow* window, + int mode) +{ + return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_SCALING_MODE, + mode); +} + + +/* + * native_window_api_connect(..., int api) + * connects an API to this window. only one API can be connected at a time. + * Returns -EINVAL if for some reason the window cannot be connected, which + * can happen if it's connected to some other API. + */ +static inline int native_window_api_connect( + struct ANativeWindow* window, int api) +{ + return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_API_CONNECT, api); +} + +/* + * native_window_api_disconnect(..., int api) + * disconnect the API from this window. + * An error is returned if for instance the window wasn't connected in the + * first place. + */ +static inline int native_window_api_disconnect( + struct ANativeWindow* window, int api) +{ + return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_API_DISCONNECT, api); +} + + +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_WINDOW_H */ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/GraphicBuffer.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/GraphicBuffer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab01f4c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/GraphicBuffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_GRAPHIC_BUFFER_H +#define ANDROID_GRAPHIC_BUFFER_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <ui/android_native_buffer.h> +#include <ui/PixelFormat.h> +#include <ui/Rect.h> +#include <utils/Flattenable.h> +#include <pixelflinger/pixelflinger.h> + +struct ANativeWindowBuffer; + +namespace android { + +class GraphicBufferMapper; + +// =========================================================================== +// GraphicBuffer +// =========================================================================== + +class GraphicBuffer + : public EGLNativeBase< + ANativeWindowBuffer, + GraphicBuffer, + LightRefBase<GraphicBuffer> >, public Flattenable +{ +public: + + enum { + USAGE_SW_READ_NEVER = GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_READ_NEVER, + USAGE_SW_READ_RARELY = GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_READ_RARELY, + USAGE_SW_READ_OFTEN = GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_READ_OFTEN, + USAGE_SW_READ_MASK = GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_READ_MASK, + + USAGE_SW_WRITE_NEVER = GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_WRITE_NEVER, + USAGE_SW_WRITE_RARELY = GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_WRITE_RARELY, + USAGE_SW_WRITE_OFTEN = GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_WRITE_OFTEN, + USAGE_SW_WRITE_MASK = GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_WRITE_MASK, + + USAGE_SOFTWARE_MASK = USAGE_SW_READ_MASK|USAGE_SW_WRITE_MASK, + + USAGE_PROTECTED = GRALLOC_USAGE_PROTECTED, + + USAGE_HW_TEXTURE = GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_TEXTURE, + USAGE_HW_RENDER = GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_RENDER, + USAGE_HW_2D = GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_2D, + USAGE_HW_COMPOSER = GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_COMPOSER, + USAGE_HW_VIDEO_ENCODER = GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_VIDEO_ENCODER, + USAGE_HW_MASK = GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_MASK + }; + + GraphicBuffer(); + + // creates w * h buffer + GraphicBuffer(uint32_t w, uint32_t h, PixelFormat format, uint32_t usage); + + // create a buffer from an existing handle + GraphicBuffer(uint32_t w, uint32_t h, PixelFormat format, uint32_t usage, + uint32_t stride, native_handle_t* handle, bool keepOwnership); + + // create a buffer from an existing ANativeWindowBuffer + GraphicBuffer(ANativeWindowBuffer* buffer, bool keepOwnership); + + // return status + status_t initCheck() const; + + uint32_t getWidth() const { return width; } + uint32_t getHeight() const { return height; } + uint32_t getStride() const { return stride; } + uint32_t getUsage() const { return usage; } + PixelFormat getPixelFormat() const { return format; } + Rect getBounds() const { return Rect(width, height); } + + status_t reallocate(uint32_t w, uint32_t h, PixelFormat f, uint32_t usage); + + status_t lock(uint32_t usage, void** vaddr); + status_t lock(uint32_t usage, const Rect& rect, void** vaddr); + status_t lock(GGLSurface* surface, uint32_t usage); + status_t unlock(); + + ANativeWindowBuffer* getNativeBuffer() const; + + void setIndex(int index); + int getIndex() const; + + // for debugging + static void dumpAllocationsToSystemLog(); + +private: + virtual ~GraphicBuffer(); + + enum { + ownNone = 0, + ownHandle = 1, + ownData = 2, + }; + + inline const GraphicBufferMapper& getBufferMapper() const { + return mBufferMapper; + } + inline GraphicBufferMapper& getBufferMapper() { + return mBufferMapper; + } + uint8_t mOwner; + +private: + friend class Surface; + friend class BpSurface; + friend class BnSurface; + friend class SurfaceTextureClient; + friend class LightRefBase<GraphicBuffer>; + GraphicBuffer(const GraphicBuffer& rhs); + GraphicBuffer& operator = (const GraphicBuffer& rhs); + const GraphicBuffer& operator = (const GraphicBuffer& rhs) const; + + status_t initSize(uint32_t w, uint32_t h, PixelFormat format, + uint32_t usage); + + void free_handle(); + + // Flattenable interface + size_t getFlattenedSize() const; + size_t getFdCount() const; + status_t flatten(void* buffer, size_t size, + int fds[], size_t count) const; + status_t unflatten(void const* buffer, size_t size, + int fds[], size_t count); + + + GraphicBufferMapper& mBufferMapper; + ssize_t mInitCheck; + int mIndex; + + // If we're wrapping another buffer then this reference will make sure it + // doesn't get freed. + sp<ANativeWindowBuffer> mWrappedBuffer; +}; + +}; // namespace android + +#endif // ANDROID_GRAPHIC_BUFFER_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/PixelFormat.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/PixelFormat.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..848c5a114 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/PixelFormat.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +// + +// Pixel formats used across the system. +// These formats might not all be supported by all renderers, for instance +// skia or SurfaceFlinger are not required to support all of these formats +// (either as source or destination) + +// XXX: we should consolidate these formats and skia's + +#ifndef UI_PIXELFORMAT_H +#define UI_PIXELFORMAT_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <utils/Errors.h> +#include <pixelflinger/format.h> +#include <hardware/hardware.h> + +namespace android { + +enum { + // + // these constants need to match those + // in graphics/PixelFormat.java & pixelflinger/format.h + // + PIXEL_FORMAT_UNKNOWN = 0, + PIXEL_FORMAT_NONE = 0, + + // logical pixel formats used by the SurfaceFlinger ----------------------- + PIXEL_FORMAT_CUSTOM = -4, + // Custom pixel-format described by a PixelFormatInfo structure + + PIXEL_FORMAT_TRANSLUCENT = -3, + // System chooses a format that supports translucency (many alpha bits) + + PIXEL_FORMAT_TRANSPARENT = -2, + // System chooses a format that supports transparency + // (at least 1 alpha bit) + + PIXEL_FORMAT_OPAQUE = -1, + // System chooses an opaque format (no alpha bits required) + + // real pixel formats supported for rendering ----------------------------- + + PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_8888 = HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_8888, // 4x8-bit RGBA + PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBX_8888 = HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBX_8888, // 4x8-bit RGB0 + PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB_888 = HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB_888, // 3x8-bit RGB + PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB_565 = HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB_565, // 16-bit RGB + PIXEL_FORMAT_BGRA_8888 = HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_BGRA_8888, // 4x8-bit BGRA + PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_5551 = HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_5551, // 16-bit ARGB + PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_4444 = HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_4444, // 16-bit ARGB + PIXEL_FORMAT_A_8 = GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_A_8, // 8-bit A + PIXEL_FORMAT_L_8 = GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_L_8, // 8-bit L (R=G=B=L) + PIXEL_FORMAT_LA_88 = GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_LA_88, // 16-bit LA + PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB_332 = GGL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB_332, // 8-bit RGB + + // New formats can be added if they're also defined in + // pixelflinger/format.h +}; + +typedef int32_t PixelFormat; + +struct PixelFormatInfo +{ + enum { + INDEX_ALPHA = 0, + INDEX_RED = 1, + INDEX_GREEN = 2, + INDEX_BLUE = 3 + }; + + enum { // components + ALPHA = 1, + RGB = 2, + RGBA = 3, + LUMINANCE = 4, + LUMINANCE_ALPHA = 5, + OTHER = 0xFF + }; + + struct szinfo { + uint8_t h; + uint8_t l; + }; + + inline PixelFormatInfo() : version(sizeof(PixelFormatInfo)) { } + size_t getScanlineSize(unsigned int width) const; + size_t getSize(size_t ci) const { + return (ci <= 3) ? (cinfo[ci].h - cinfo[ci].l) : 0; + } + size_t version; + PixelFormat format; + size_t bytesPerPixel; + size_t bitsPerPixel; + union { + szinfo cinfo[4]; + struct { + uint8_t h_alpha; + uint8_t l_alpha; + uint8_t h_red; + uint8_t l_red; + uint8_t h_green; + uint8_t l_green; + uint8_t h_blue; + uint8_t l_blue; + }; + }; + uint8_t components; + uint8_t reserved0[3]; + uint32_t reserved1; +}; + +// Consider caching the results of these functions are they're not +// guaranteed to be fast. +ssize_t bytesPerPixel(PixelFormat format); +ssize_t bitsPerPixel(PixelFormat format); +status_t getPixelFormatInfo(PixelFormat format, PixelFormatInfo* info); + +}; // namespace android + +#endif // UI_PIXELFORMAT_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/Point.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/Point.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1653120a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/Point.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2006 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_UI_POINT +#define ANDROID_UI_POINT + +#include <utils/TypeHelpers.h> + +namespace android { + +class Point +{ +public: + int x; + int y; + + // we don't provide copy-ctor and operator= on purpose + // because we want the compiler generated versions + + // Default constructor doesn't initialize the Point + inline Point() { + } + inline Point(int x, int y) : x(x), y(y) { + } + + inline bool operator == (const Point& rhs) const { + return (x == rhs.x) && (y == rhs.y); + } + inline bool operator != (const Point& rhs) const { + return !operator == (rhs); + } + + inline bool isOrigin() const { + return !(x|y); + } + + // operator < defines an order which allows to use points in sorted + // vectors. + bool operator < (const Point& rhs) const { + return y<rhs.y || (y==rhs.y && x<rhs.x); + } + + inline Point& operator - () { + x = -x; + y = -y; + return *this; + } + + inline Point& operator += (const Point& rhs) { + x += rhs.x; + y += rhs.y; + return *this; + } + inline Point& operator -= (const Point& rhs) { + x -= rhs.x; + y -= rhs.y; + return *this; + } + + const Point operator + (const Point& rhs) const { + const Point result(x+rhs.x, y+rhs.y); + return result; + } + const Point operator - (const Point& rhs) const { + const Point result(x-rhs.x, y-rhs.y); + return result; + } +}; + +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS(Point) + +}; // namespace android + +#endif // ANDROID_UI_POINT diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/Rect.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/Rect.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e98bc562 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/Rect.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2006 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_UI_RECT +#define ANDROID_UI_RECT + +#include <utils/TypeHelpers.h> +#include <ui/Point.h> + +#include <android/rect.h> + +namespace android { + +class Rect : public ARect +{ +public: + typedef ARect::value_type value_type; + + // we don't provide copy-ctor and operator= on purpose + // because we want the compiler generated versions + + inline Rect() { + } + inline Rect(int32_t w, int32_t h) { + left = top = 0; right = w; bottom = h; + } + inline Rect(int32_t l, int32_t t, int32_t r, int32_t b) { + left = l; top = t; right = r; bottom = b; + } + inline Rect(const Point& lt, const Point& rb) { + left = lt.x; top = lt.y; right = rb.x; bottom = rb.y; + } + + void makeInvalid(); + + inline void clear() { + left = top = right = bottom = 0; + } + + // a valid rectangle has a non negative width and height + inline bool isValid() const { + return (width()>=0) && (height()>=0); + } + + // an empty rect has a zero width or height, or is invalid + inline bool isEmpty() const { + return (width()<=0) || (height()<=0); + } + + inline void set(const Rect& rhs) { + operator = (rhs); + } + + // rectangle's width + inline int32_t width() const { + return right-left; + } + + // rectangle's height + inline int32_t height() const { + return bottom-top; + } + + void setLeftTop(const Point& lt) { + left = lt.x; + top = lt.y; + } + + void setRightBottom(const Point& rb) { + right = rb.x; + bottom = rb.y; + } + + // the following 4 functions return the 4 corners of the rect as Point + Point leftTop() const { + return Point(left, top); + } + Point rightBottom() const { + return Point(right, bottom); + } + Point rightTop() const { + return Point(right, top); + } + Point leftBottom() const { + return Point(left, bottom); + } + + // comparisons + inline bool operator == (const Rect& rhs) const { + return (left == rhs.left) && (top == rhs.top) && + (right == rhs.right) && (bottom == rhs.bottom); + } + + inline bool operator != (const Rect& rhs) const { + return !operator == (rhs); + } + + // operator < defines an order which allows to use rectangles in sorted + // vectors. + bool operator < (const Rect& rhs) const; + + Rect& offsetToOrigin() { + right -= left; + bottom -= top; + left = top = 0; + return *this; + } + Rect& offsetTo(const Point& p) { + return offsetTo(p.x, p.y); + } + Rect& offsetBy(const Point& dp) { + return offsetBy(dp.x, dp.y); + } + Rect& operator += (const Point& rhs) { + return offsetBy(rhs.x, rhs.y); + } + Rect& operator -= (const Point& rhs) { + return offsetBy(-rhs.x, -rhs.y); + } + const Rect operator + (const Point& rhs) const; + const Rect operator - (const Point& rhs) const; + + void translate(int32_t dx, int32_t dy) { // legacy, don't use. + offsetBy(dx, dy); + } + + Rect& offsetTo(int32_t x, int32_t y); + Rect& offsetBy(int32_t x, int32_t y); + bool intersect(const Rect& with, Rect* result) const; +}; + +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS(Rect) + +}; // namespace android + +#endif // ANDROID_UI_RECT diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/android_native_buffer.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/android_native_buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6e1db460 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/android_native_buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_ANDROID_NATIVES_PRIV_H +#define ANDROID_ANDROID_NATIVES_PRIV_H + +#include <ui/egl/android_natives.h> + +#endif /* ANDROID_ANDROID_NATIVES_PRIV_H */ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/egl/android_natives.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/egl/android_natives.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ac50a5a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/ui/egl/android_natives.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_ANDROID_NATIVES_H +#define ANDROID_ANDROID_NATIVES_H + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include <hardware/gralloc.h> +#include <system/window.h> +// FIXME: remove this header, it's for legacy use. native_window is pulled from frameworks/base/native/include/android/ +#include <android/native_window.h> +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* FIXME: this is legacy for pixmaps */ +typedef struct egl_native_pixmap_t +{ + int32_t version; /* must be 32 */ + int32_t width; + int32_t height; + int32_t stride; + uint8_t* data; + uint8_t format; + uint8_t rfu[3]; + union { + uint32_t compressedFormat; + int32_t vstride; + }; + int32_t reserved; +} egl_native_pixmap_t; + +/*****************************************************************************/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus + +#include <utils/RefBase.h> + +namespace android { + +/* + * This helper class turns an EGL android_native_xxx type into a C++ + * reference-counted object; with proper type conversions. + */ +template <typename NATIVE_TYPE, typename TYPE, typename REF> +class EGLNativeBase : public NATIVE_TYPE, public REF +{ +public: + // Disambiguate between the incStrong in REF and NATIVE_TYPE + void incStrong(const void* id) const { + REF::incStrong(id); + } + void decStrong(const void* id) const { + REF::decStrong(id); + } + +protected: + typedef EGLNativeBase<NATIVE_TYPE, TYPE, REF> BASE; + EGLNativeBase() : NATIVE_TYPE(), REF() { + NATIVE_TYPE::common.incRef = incRef; + NATIVE_TYPE::common.decRef = decRef; + } + static inline TYPE* getSelf(NATIVE_TYPE* self) { + return static_cast<TYPE*>(self); + } + static inline TYPE const* getSelf(NATIVE_TYPE const* self) { + return static_cast<TYPE const *>(self); + } + static inline TYPE* getSelf(android_native_base_t* base) { + return getSelf(reinterpret_cast<NATIVE_TYPE*>(base)); + } + static inline TYPE const * getSelf(android_native_base_t const* base) { + return getSelf(reinterpret_cast<NATIVE_TYPE const*>(base)); + } + static void incRef(android_native_base_t* base) { + EGLNativeBase* self = getSelf(base); + self->incStrong(self); + } + static void decRef(android_native_base_t* base) { + EGLNativeBase* self = getSelf(base); + self->decStrong(self); + } +}; + +} // namespace android +#endif // __cplusplus + +/*****************************************************************************/ + +#endif /* ANDROID_ANDROID_NATIVES_H */ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Errors.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Errors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b75b1926 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Errors.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_ERRORS_H +#define ANDROID_ERRORS_H + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <errno.h> + +namespace android { + +// use this type to return error codes +#ifdef HAVE_MS_C_RUNTIME +typedef int status_t; +#else +typedef int32_t status_t; +#endif + +/* the MS C runtime lacks a few error codes */ + +/* + * Error codes. + * All error codes are negative values. + */ + +// Win32 #defines NO_ERROR as well. It has the same value, so there's no +// real conflict, though it's a bit awkward. +#ifdef _WIN32 +# undef NO_ERROR +#endif + +enum { + OK = 0, // Everything's swell. + NO_ERROR = 0, // No errors. + + UNKNOWN_ERROR = 0x80000000, + + NO_MEMORY = -ENOMEM, + INVALID_OPERATION = -ENOSYS, + BAD_VALUE = -EINVAL, + BAD_TYPE = 0x80000001, + NAME_NOT_FOUND = -ENOENT, + PERMISSION_DENIED = -EPERM, + NO_INIT = -ENODEV, + ALREADY_EXISTS = -EEXIST, + DEAD_OBJECT = -EPIPE, + FAILED_TRANSACTION = 0x80000002, + JPARKS_BROKE_IT = -EPIPE, +#if !defined(HAVE_MS_C_RUNTIME) + BAD_INDEX = -EOVERFLOW, + NOT_ENOUGH_DATA = -ENODATA, + WOULD_BLOCK = -EWOULDBLOCK, + TIMED_OUT = -ETIMEDOUT, + UNKNOWN_TRANSACTION = -EBADMSG, +#else + BAD_INDEX = -E2BIG, + NOT_ENOUGH_DATA = 0x80000003, + WOULD_BLOCK = 0x80000004, + TIMED_OUT = 0x80000005, + UNKNOWN_TRANSACTION = 0x80000006, +#endif + FDS_NOT_ALLOWED = 0x80000007, +}; + +// Restore define; enumeration is in "android" namespace, so the value defined +// there won't work for Win32 code in a different namespace. +#ifdef _WIN32 +# define NO_ERROR 0L +#endif + +}; // namespace android + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_ERRORS_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Flattenable.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Flattenable.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..852be3b6a --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Flattenable.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_UTILS_FLATTENABLE_H +#define ANDROID_UTILS_FLATTENABLE_H + + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <utils/Errors.h> + +namespace android { + +class Flattenable +{ +public: + // size in bytes of the flattened object + virtual size_t getFlattenedSize() const = 0; + + // number of file descriptors to flatten + virtual size_t getFdCount() const = 0; + + // flattens the object into buffer. + // size should be at least of getFlattenedSize() + // file descriptors are written in the fds[] array but ownership is + // not transfered (ie: they must be dupped by the caller of + // flatten() if needed). + virtual status_t flatten(void* buffer, size_t size, + int fds[], size_t count) const = 0; + + // unflattens the object from buffer. + // size should be equal to the value of getFlattenedSize() when the + // object was flattened. + // unflattened file descriptors are found in the fds[] array and + // don't need to be dupped(). ie: the caller of unflatten doesn't + // keep ownership. If a fd is not retained by unflatten() it must be + // explicitly closed. + virtual status_t unflatten(void const* buffer, size_t size, + int fds[], size_t count) = 0; + +protected: + virtual ~Flattenable() = 0; + +}; + +}; // namespace android + + +#endif /* ANDROID_UTILS_FLATTENABLE_H */ diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/KeyedVector.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/KeyedVector.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bcdea4ff --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/KeyedVector.h @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_KEYED_VECTOR_H +#define ANDROID_KEYED_VECTOR_H + +#include <assert.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <utils/SortedVector.h> +#include <utils/TypeHelpers.h> +#include <utils/Errors.h> + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace android { + +template <typename KEY, typename VALUE> +class KeyedVector +{ +public: + typedef KEY key_type; + typedef VALUE value_type; + + inline KeyedVector(); + + /* + * empty the vector + */ + + inline void clear() { mVector.clear(); } + + /*! + * vector stats + */ + + //! returns number of items in the vector + inline size_t size() const { return mVector.size(); } + //! returns wether or not the vector is empty + inline bool isEmpty() const { return mVector.isEmpty(); } + //! returns how many items can be stored without reallocating the backing store + inline size_t capacity() const { return mVector.capacity(); } + //! setst the capacity. capacity can never be reduced less than size() + inline ssize_t setCapacity(size_t size) { return mVector.setCapacity(size); } + + /*! + * accessors + */ + const VALUE& valueFor(const KEY& key) const; + const VALUE& valueAt(size_t index) const; + const KEY& keyAt(size_t index) const; + ssize_t indexOfKey(const KEY& key) const; + + /*! + * modifing the array + */ + + VALUE& editValueFor(const KEY& key); + VALUE& editValueAt(size_t index); + + /*! + * add/insert/replace items + */ + + ssize_t add(const KEY& key, const VALUE& item); + ssize_t replaceValueFor(const KEY& key, const VALUE& item); + ssize_t replaceValueAt(size_t index, const VALUE& item); + + /*! + * remove items + */ + + ssize_t removeItem(const KEY& key); + ssize_t removeItemsAt(size_t index, size_t count = 1); + +private: + SortedVector< key_value_pair_t<KEY, VALUE> > mVector; +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/** + * Variation of KeyedVector that holds a default value to return when + * valueFor() is called with a key that doesn't exist. + */ +template <typename KEY, typename VALUE> +class DefaultKeyedVector : public KeyedVector<KEY, VALUE> +{ +public: + inline DefaultKeyedVector(const VALUE& defValue = VALUE()); + const VALUE& valueFor(const KEY& key) const; + +private: + VALUE mDefault; +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +KeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::KeyedVector() +{ +} + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +ssize_t KeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::indexOfKey(const KEY& key) const { + return mVector.indexOf( key_value_pair_t<KEY,VALUE>(key) ); +} + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +const VALUE& KeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::valueFor(const KEY& key) const { + ssize_t i = indexOfKey(key); + assert(i>=0); + return mVector.itemAt(i).value; +} + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +const VALUE& KeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::valueAt(size_t index) const { + return mVector.itemAt(index).value; +} + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +const KEY& KeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::keyAt(size_t index) const { + return mVector.itemAt(index).key; +} + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +VALUE& KeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::editValueFor(const KEY& key) { + ssize_t i = indexOfKey(key); + assert(i>=0); + return mVector.editItemAt(i).value; +} + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +VALUE& KeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::editValueAt(size_t index) { + return mVector.editItemAt(index).value; +} + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +ssize_t KeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::add(const KEY& key, const VALUE& value) { + return mVector.add( key_value_pair_t<KEY,VALUE>(key, value) ); +} + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +ssize_t KeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::replaceValueFor(const KEY& key, const VALUE& value) { + key_value_pair_t<KEY,VALUE> pair(key, value); + mVector.remove(pair); + return mVector.add(pair); +} + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +ssize_t KeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::replaceValueAt(size_t index, const VALUE& item) { + if (index<size()) { + mVector.editItemAt(index).value = item; + return index; + } + return BAD_INDEX; +} + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +ssize_t KeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::removeItem(const KEY& key) { + return mVector.remove(key_value_pair_t<KEY,VALUE>(key)); +} + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +ssize_t KeyedVector<KEY, VALUE>::removeItemsAt(size_t index, size_t count) { + return mVector.removeItemsAt(index, count); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +DefaultKeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::DefaultKeyedVector(const VALUE& defValue) + : mDefault(defValue) +{ +} + +template<typename KEY, typename VALUE> inline +const VALUE& DefaultKeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::valueFor(const KEY& key) const { + ssize_t i = indexOfKey(key); + return i >= 0 ? KeyedVector<KEY,VALUE>::valueAt(i) : mDefault; +} + +}; // namespace android + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_KEYED_VECTOR_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/List.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/List.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..403cd7f1e --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/List.h @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +// +// Templated list class. Normally we'd use STL, but we don't have that. +// This class mimics STL's interfaces. +// +// Objects are copied into the list with the '=' operator or with copy- +// construction, so if the compiler's auto-generated versions won't work for +// you, define your own. +// +// The only class you want to use from here is "List". +// +#ifndef _LIBS_UTILS_LIST_H +#define _LIBS_UTILS_LIST_H + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +namespace android { + +/* + * Doubly-linked list. Instantiate with "List<MyClass> myList". + * + * Objects added to the list are copied using the assignment operator, + * so this must be defined. + */ +template<typename T> +class List +{ +protected: + /* + * One element in the list. + */ + class _Node { + public: + explicit _Node(const T& val) : mVal(val) {} + ~_Node() {} + inline T& getRef() { return mVal; } + inline const T& getRef() const { return mVal; } + inline _Node* getPrev() const { return mpPrev; } + inline _Node* getNext() const { return mpNext; } + inline void setVal(const T& val) { mVal = val; } + inline void setPrev(_Node* ptr) { mpPrev = ptr; } + inline void setNext(_Node* ptr) { mpNext = ptr; } + private: + friend class List; + friend class _ListIterator; + T mVal; + _Node* mpPrev; + _Node* mpNext; + }; + + /* + * Iterator for walking through the list. + */ + + template <typename TYPE> + struct CONST_ITERATOR { + typedef _Node const * NodePtr; + typedef const TYPE Type; + }; + + template <typename TYPE> + struct NON_CONST_ITERATOR { + typedef _Node* NodePtr; + typedef TYPE Type; + }; + + template< + typename U, + template <class> class Constness + > + class _ListIterator { + typedef _ListIterator<U, Constness> _Iter; + typedef typename Constness<U>::NodePtr _NodePtr; + typedef typename Constness<U>::Type _Type; + + explicit _ListIterator(_NodePtr ptr) : mpNode(ptr) {} + + public: + _ListIterator() {} + _ListIterator(const _Iter& rhs) : mpNode(rhs.mpNode) {} + ~_ListIterator() {} + + // this will handle conversions from iterator to const_iterator + // (and also all convertible iterators) + // Here, in this implementation, the iterators can be converted + // if the nodes can be converted + template<typename V> explicit + _ListIterator(const V& rhs) : mpNode(rhs.mpNode) {} + + + /* + * Dereference operator. Used to get at the juicy insides. + */ + _Type& operator*() const { return mpNode->getRef(); } + _Type* operator->() const { return &(mpNode->getRef()); } + + /* + * Iterator comparison. + */ + inline bool operator==(const _Iter& right) const { + return mpNode == right.mpNode; } + + inline bool operator!=(const _Iter& right) const { + return mpNode != right.mpNode; } + + /* + * handle comparisons between iterator and const_iterator + */ + template<typename OTHER> + inline bool operator==(const OTHER& right) const { + return mpNode == right.mpNode; } + + template<typename OTHER> + inline bool operator!=(const OTHER& right) const { + return mpNode != right.mpNode; } + + /* + * Incr/decr, used to move through the list. + */ + inline _Iter& operator++() { // pre-increment + mpNode = mpNode->getNext(); + return *this; + } + const _Iter operator++(int) { // post-increment + _Iter tmp(*this); + mpNode = mpNode->getNext(); + return tmp; + } + inline _Iter& operator--() { // pre-increment + mpNode = mpNode->getPrev(); + return *this; + } + const _Iter operator--(int) { // post-increment + _Iter tmp(*this); + mpNode = mpNode->getPrev(); + return tmp; + } + + inline _NodePtr getNode() const { return mpNode; } + + _NodePtr mpNode; /* should be private, but older gcc fails */ + private: + friend class List; + }; + +public: + List() { + prep(); + } + List(const List<T>& src) { // copy-constructor + prep(); + insert(begin(), src.begin(), src.end()); + } + virtual ~List() { + clear(); + delete[] (unsigned char*) mpMiddle; + } + + typedef _ListIterator<T, NON_CONST_ITERATOR> iterator; + typedef _ListIterator<T, CONST_ITERATOR> const_iterator; + + List<T>& operator=(const List<T>& right); + + /* returns true if the list is empty */ + inline bool empty() const { return mpMiddle->getNext() == mpMiddle; } + + /* return #of elements in list */ + size_t size() const { + return size_t(distance(begin(), end())); + } + + /* + * Return the first element or one past the last element. The + * _Node* we're returning is converted to an "iterator" by a + * constructor in _ListIterator. + */ + inline iterator begin() { + return iterator(mpMiddle->getNext()); + } + inline const_iterator begin() const { + return const_iterator(const_cast<_Node const*>(mpMiddle->getNext())); + } + inline iterator end() { + return iterator(mpMiddle); + } + inline const_iterator end() const { + return const_iterator(const_cast<_Node const*>(mpMiddle)); + } + + /* add the object to the head or tail of the list */ + void push_front(const T& val) { insert(begin(), val); } + void push_back(const T& val) { insert(end(), val); } + + /* insert before the current node; returns iterator at new node */ + iterator insert(iterator posn, const T& val) + { + _Node* newNode = new _Node(val); // alloc & copy-construct + newNode->setNext(posn.getNode()); + newNode->setPrev(posn.getNode()->getPrev()); + posn.getNode()->getPrev()->setNext(newNode); + posn.getNode()->setPrev(newNode); + return iterator(newNode); + } + + /* insert a range of elements before the current node */ + void insert(iterator posn, const_iterator first, const_iterator last) { + for ( ; first != last; ++first) + insert(posn, *first); + } + + /* remove one entry; returns iterator at next node */ + iterator erase(iterator posn) { + _Node* pNext = posn.getNode()->getNext(); + _Node* pPrev = posn.getNode()->getPrev(); + pPrev->setNext(pNext); + pNext->setPrev(pPrev); + delete posn.getNode(); + return iterator(pNext); + } + + /* remove a range of elements */ + iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last) { + while (first != last) + erase(first++); // don't erase than incr later! + return iterator(last); + } + + /* remove all contents of the list */ + void clear() { + _Node* pCurrent = mpMiddle->getNext(); + _Node* pNext; + + while (pCurrent != mpMiddle) { + pNext = pCurrent->getNext(); + delete pCurrent; + pCurrent = pNext; + } + mpMiddle->setPrev(mpMiddle); + mpMiddle->setNext(mpMiddle); + } + + /* + * Measure the distance between two iterators. On exist, "first" + * will be equal to "last". The iterators must refer to the same + * list. + * + * FIXME: This is actually a generic iterator function. It should be a + * template function at the top-level with specializations for things like + * vector<>, which can just do pointer math). Here we limit it to + * _ListIterator of the same type but different constness. + */ + template< + typename U, + template <class> class CL, + template <class> class CR + > + ptrdiff_t distance( + _ListIterator<U, CL> first, _ListIterator<U, CR> last) const + { + ptrdiff_t count = 0; + while (first != last) { + ++first; + ++count; + } + return count; + } + +private: + /* + * I want a _Node but don't need it to hold valid data. More + * to the point, I don't want T's constructor to fire, since it + * might have side-effects or require arguments. So, we do this + * slightly uncouth storage alloc. + */ + void prep() { + mpMiddle = (_Node*) new unsigned char[sizeof(_Node)]; + mpMiddle->setPrev(mpMiddle); + mpMiddle->setNext(mpMiddle); + } + + /* + * This node plays the role of "pointer to head" and "pointer to tail". + * It sits in the middle of a circular list of nodes. The iterator + * runs around the circle until it encounters this one. + */ + _Node* mpMiddle; +}; + +/* + * Assignment operator. + * + * The simplest way to do this would be to clear out the target list and + * fill it with the source. However, we can speed things along by + * re-using existing elements. + */ +template<class T> +List<T>& List<T>::operator=(const List<T>& right) +{ + if (this == &right) + return *this; // self-assignment + iterator firstDst = begin(); + iterator lastDst = end(); + const_iterator firstSrc = right.begin(); + const_iterator lastSrc = right.end(); + while (firstSrc != lastSrc && firstDst != lastDst) + *firstDst++ = *firstSrc++; + if (firstSrc == lastSrc) // ran out of elements in source? + erase(firstDst, lastDst); // yes, erase any extras + else + insert(lastDst, firstSrc, lastSrc); // copy remaining over + return *this; +} + +}; // namespace android + +#endif // _LIBS_UTILS_LIST_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Log.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Log.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c6cc8bdc --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Log.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +// +// C/C++ logging functions. See the logging documentation for API details. +// +// We'd like these to be available from C code (in case we import some from +// somewhere), so this has a C interface. +// +// The output will be correct when the log file is shared between multiple +// threads and/or multiple processes so long as the operating system +// supports O_APPEND. These calls have mutex-protected data structures +// and so are NOT reentrant. Do not use LOG in a signal handler. +// +#ifndef _LIBS_UTILS_LOG_H +#define _LIBS_UTILS_LOG_H + +#include <cutils/log.h> + +#endif // _LIBS_UTILS_LOG_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/RefBase.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/RefBase.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7a9b7895 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/RefBase.h @@ -0,0 +1,528 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_REF_BASE_H +#define ANDROID_REF_BASE_H + +#include <cutils/atomic.h> + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include <utils/StrongPointer.h> + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +namespace android { + +class TextOutput; +TextOutput& printWeakPointer(TextOutput& to, const void* val); + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define COMPARE_WEAK(_op_) \ +inline bool operator _op_ (const sp<T>& o) const { \ + return m_ptr _op_ o.m_ptr; \ +} \ +inline bool operator _op_ (const T* o) const { \ + return m_ptr _op_ o; \ +} \ +template<typename U> \ +inline bool operator _op_ (const sp<U>& o) const { \ + return m_ptr _op_ o.m_ptr; \ +} \ +template<typename U> \ +inline bool operator _op_ (const U* o) const { \ + return m_ptr _op_ o; \ +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +class ReferenceMover; +class ReferenceConverterBase { +public: + virtual size_t getReferenceTypeSize() const = 0; + virtual void* getReferenceBase(void const*) const = 0; + inline virtual ~ReferenceConverterBase() { } +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class RefBase +{ +public: + void incStrong(const void* id) const; + void decStrong(const void* id) const; + + void forceIncStrong(const void* id) const; + + //! DEBUGGING ONLY: Get current strong ref count. + int32_t getStrongCount() const; + + class weakref_type + { + public: + RefBase* refBase() const; + + void incWeak(const void* id); + void decWeak(const void* id); + + // acquires a strong reference if there is already one. + bool attemptIncStrong(const void* id); + + // acquires a weak reference if there is already one. + // This is not always safe. see ProcessState.cpp and BpBinder.cpp + // for proper use. + bool attemptIncWeak(const void* id); + + //! DEBUGGING ONLY: Get current weak ref count. + int32_t getWeakCount() const; + + //! DEBUGGING ONLY: Print references held on object. + void printRefs() const; + + //! DEBUGGING ONLY: Enable tracking for this object. + // enable -- enable/disable tracking + // retain -- when tracking is enable, if true, then we save a stack trace + // for each reference and dereference; when retain == false, we + // match up references and dereferences and keep only the + // outstanding ones. + + void trackMe(bool enable, bool retain); + }; + + weakref_type* createWeak(const void* id) const; + + weakref_type* getWeakRefs() const; + + //! DEBUGGING ONLY: Print references held on object. + inline void printRefs() const { getWeakRefs()->printRefs(); } + + //! DEBUGGING ONLY: Enable tracking of object. + inline void trackMe(bool enable, bool retain) + { + getWeakRefs()->trackMe(enable, retain); + } + + typedef RefBase basetype; + +protected: + RefBase(); + virtual ~RefBase(); + + //! Flags for extendObjectLifetime() + enum { + OBJECT_LIFETIME_STRONG = 0x0000, + OBJECT_LIFETIME_WEAK = 0x0001, + OBJECT_LIFETIME_MASK = 0x0001 + }; + + void extendObjectLifetime(int32_t mode); + + //! Flags for onIncStrongAttempted() + enum { + FIRST_INC_STRONG = 0x0001 + }; + + virtual void onFirstRef(); + virtual void onLastStrongRef(const void* id); + virtual bool onIncStrongAttempted(uint32_t flags, const void* id); + virtual void onLastWeakRef(const void* id); + +private: + friend class ReferenceMover; + static void moveReferences(void* d, void const* s, size_t n, + const ReferenceConverterBase& caster); + +private: + friend class weakref_type; + class weakref_impl; + + RefBase(const RefBase& o); + RefBase& operator=(const RefBase& o); + + weakref_impl* const mRefs; +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template <class T> +class LightRefBase +{ +public: + inline LightRefBase() : mCount(0) { } + inline void incStrong(const void* id) const { + android_atomic_inc(&mCount); + } + inline void decStrong(const void* id) const { + if (android_atomic_dec(&mCount) == 1) { + delete static_cast<const T*>(this); + } + } + //! DEBUGGING ONLY: Get current strong ref count. + inline int32_t getStrongCount() const { + return mCount; + } + + typedef LightRefBase<T> basetype; + +protected: + inline ~LightRefBase() { } + +private: + friend class ReferenceMover; + inline static void moveReferences(void* d, void const* s, size_t n, + const ReferenceConverterBase& caster) { } + +private: + mutable volatile int32_t mCount; +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template <typename T> +class wp +{ +public: + typedef typename RefBase::weakref_type weakref_type; + + inline wp() : m_ptr(0) { } + + wp(T* other); + wp(const wp<T>& other); + wp(const sp<T>& other); + template<typename U> wp(U* other); + template<typename U> wp(const sp<U>& other); + template<typename U> wp(const wp<U>& other); + + ~wp(); + + // Assignment + + wp& operator = (T* other); + wp& operator = (const wp<T>& other); + wp& operator = (const sp<T>& other); + + template<typename U> wp& operator = (U* other); + template<typename U> wp& operator = (const wp<U>& other); + template<typename U> wp& operator = (const sp<U>& other); + + void set_object_and_refs(T* other, weakref_type* refs); + + // promotion to sp + + sp<T> promote() const; + + // Reset + + void clear(); + + // Accessors + + inline weakref_type* get_refs() const { return m_refs; } + + inline T* unsafe_get() const { return m_ptr; } + + // Operators + + COMPARE_WEAK(==) + COMPARE_WEAK(!=) + COMPARE_WEAK(>) + COMPARE_WEAK(<) + COMPARE_WEAK(<=) + COMPARE_WEAK(>=) + + inline bool operator == (const wp<T>& o) const { + return (m_ptr == o.m_ptr) && (m_refs == o.m_refs); + } + template<typename U> + inline bool operator == (const wp<U>& o) const { + return m_ptr == o.m_ptr; + } + + inline bool operator > (const wp<T>& o) const { + return (m_ptr == o.m_ptr) ? (m_refs > o.m_refs) : (m_ptr > o.m_ptr); + } + template<typename U> + inline bool operator > (const wp<U>& o) const { + return (m_ptr == o.m_ptr) ? (m_refs > o.m_refs) : (m_ptr > o.m_ptr); + } + + inline bool operator < (const wp<T>& o) const { + return (m_ptr == o.m_ptr) ? (m_refs < o.m_refs) : (m_ptr < o.m_ptr); + } + template<typename U> + inline bool operator < (const wp<U>& o) const { + return (m_ptr == o.m_ptr) ? (m_refs < o.m_refs) : (m_ptr < o.m_ptr); + } + inline bool operator != (const wp<T>& o) const { return m_refs != o.m_refs; } + template<typename U> inline bool operator != (const wp<U>& o) const { return !operator == (o); } + inline bool operator <= (const wp<T>& o) const { return !operator > (o); } + template<typename U> inline bool operator <= (const wp<U>& o) const { return !operator > (o); } + inline bool operator >= (const wp<T>& o) const { return !operator < (o); } + template<typename U> inline bool operator >= (const wp<U>& o) const { return !operator < (o); } + +private: + template<typename Y> friend class sp; + template<typename Y> friend class wp; + + T* m_ptr; + weakref_type* m_refs; +}; + +template <typename T> +TextOutput& operator<<(TextOutput& to, const wp<T>& val); + +#undef COMPARE_WEAK + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// No user serviceable parts below here. + +template<typename T> +wp<T>::wp(T* other) + : m_ptr(other) +{ + if (other) m_refs = other->createWeak(this); +} + +template<typename T> +wp<T>::wp(const wp<T>& other) + : m_ptr(other.m_ptr), m_refs(other.m_refs) +{ + if (m_ptr) m_refs->incWeak(this); +} + +template<typename T> +wp<T>::wp(const sp<T>& other) + : m_ptr(other.m_ptr) +{ + if (m_ptr) { + m_refs = m_ptr->createWeak(this); + } +} + +template<typename T> template<typename U> +wp<T>::wp(U* other) + : m_ptr(other) +{ + if (other) m_refs = other->createWeak(this); +} + +template<typename T> template<typename U> +wp<T>::wp(const wp<U>& other) + : m_ptr(other.m_ptr) +{ + if (m_ptr) { + m_refs = other.m_refs; + m_refs->incWeak(this); + } +} + +template<typename T> template<typename U> +wp<T>::wp(const sp<U>& other) + : m_ptr(other.m_ptr) +{ + if (m_ptr) { + m_refs = m_ptr->createWeak(this); + } +} + +template<typename T> +wp<T>::~wp() +{ + if (m_ptr) m_refs->decWeak(this); +} + +template<typename T> +wp<T>& wp<T>::operator = (T* other) +{ + weakref_type* newRefs = + other ? other->createWeak(this) : 0; + if (m_ptr) m_refs->decWeak(this); + m_ptr = other; + m_refs = newRefs; + return *this; +} + +template<typename T> +wp<T>& wp<T>::operator = (const wp<T>& other) +{ + weakref_type* otherRefs(other.m_refs); + T* otherPtr(other.m_ptr); + if (otherPtr) otherRefs->incWeak(this); + if (m_ptr) m_refs->decWeak(this); + m_ptr = otherPtr; + m_refs = otherRefs; + return *this; +} + +template<typename T> +wp<T>& wp<T>::operator = (const sp<T>& other) +{ + weakref_type* newRefs = + other != NULL ? other->createWeak(this) : 0; + T* otherPtr(other.m_ptr); + if (m_ptr) m_refs->decWeak(this); + m_ptr = otherPtr; + m_refs = newRefs; + return *this; +} + +template<typename T> template<typename U> +wp<T>& wp<T>::operator = (U* other) +{ + weakref_type* newRefs = + other ? other->createWeak(this) : 0; + if (m_ptr) m_refs->decWeak(this); + m_ptr = other; + m_refs = newRefs; + return *this; +} + +template<typename T> template<typename U> +wp<T>& wp<T>::operator = (const wp<U>& other) +{ + weakref_type* otherRefs(other.m_refs); + U* otherPtr(other.m_ptr); + if (otherPtr) otherRefs->incWeak(this); + if (m_ptr) m_refs->decWeak(this); + m_ptr = otherPtr; + m_refs = otherRefs; + return *this; +} + +template<typename T> template<typename U> +wp<T>& wp<T>::operator = (const sp<U>& other) +{ + weakref_type* newRefs = + other != NULL ? other->createWeak(this) : 0; + U* otherPtr(other.m_ptr); + if (m_ptr) m_refs->decWeak(this); + m_ptr = otherPtr; + m_refs = newRefs; + return *this; +} + +template<typename T> +void wp<T>::set_object_and_refs(T* other, weakref_type* refs) +{ + if (other) refs->incWeak(this); + if (m_ptr) m_refs->decWeak(this); + m_ptr = other; + m_refs = refs; +} + +template<typename T> +sp<T> wp<T>::promote() const +{ + sp<T> result; + if (m_ptr && m_refs->attemptIncStrong(&result)) { + result.set_pointer(m_ptr); + } + return result; +} + +template<typename T> +void wp<T>::clear() +{ + if (m_ptr) { + m_refs->decWeak(this); + m_ptr = 0; + } +} + +template <typename T> +inline TextOutput& operator<<(TextOutput& to, const wp<T>& val) +{ + return printWeakPointer(to, val.unsafe_get()); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this class just serves as a namespace so TYPE::moveReferences can stay +// private. + +class ReferenceMover { + // StrongReferenceCast and WeakReferenceCast do the impedance matching + // between the generic (void*) implementation in Refbase and the strongly typed + // template specializations below. + + template <typename TYPE> + struct StrongReferenceCast : public ReferenceConverterBase { + virtual size_t getReferenceTypeSize() const { return sizeof( sp<TYPE> ); } + virtual void* getReferenceBase(void const* p) const { + sp<TYPE> const* sptr(reinterpret_cast<sp<TYPE> const*>(p)); + return static_cast<typename TYPE::basetype *>(sptr->get()); + } + }; + + template <typename TYPE> + struct WeakReferenceCast : public ReferenceConverterBase { + virtual size_t getReferenceTypeSize() const { return sizeof( wp<TYPE> ); } + virtual void* getReferenceBase(void const* p) const { + wp<TYPE> const* sptr(reinterpret_cast<wp<TYPE> const*>(p)); + return static_cast<typename TYPE::basetype *>(sptr->unsafe_get()); + } + }; + +public: + template<typename TYPE> static inline + void move_references(sp<TYPE>* d, sp<TYPE> const* s, size_t n) { + memmove(d, s, n*sizeof(sp<TYPE>)); + StrongReferenceCast<TYPE> caster; + TYPE::moveReferences(d, s, n, caster); + } + template<typename TYPE> static inline + void move_references(wp<TYPE>* d, wp<TYPE> const* s, size_t n) { + memmove(d, s, n*sizeof(wp<TYPE>)); + WeakReferenceCast<TYPE> caster; + TYPE::moveReferences(d, s, n, caster); + } +}; + +// specialization for moving sp<> and wp<> types. +// these are used by the [Sorted|Keyed]Vector<> implementations +// sp<> and wp<> need to be handled specially, because they do not +// have trivial copy operation in the general case (see RefBase.cpp +// when DEBUG ops are enabled), but can be implemented very +// efficiently in most cases. + +template<typename TYPE> inline +void move_forward_type(sp<TYPE>* d, sp<TYPE> const* s, size_t n) { + ReferenceMover::move_references(d, s, n); +} + +template<typename TYPE> inline +void move_backward_type(sp<TYPE>* d, sp<TYPE> const* s, size_t n) { + ReferenceMover::move_references(d, s, n); +} + +template<typename TYPE> inline +void move_forward_type(wp<TYPE>* d, wp<TYPE> const* s, size_t n) { + ReferenceMover::move_references(d, s, n); +} + +template<typename TYPE> inline +void move_backward_type(wp<TYPE>* d, wp<TYPE> const* s, size_t n) { + ReferenceMover::move_references(d, s, n); +} + + +}; // namespace android + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_REF_BASE_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/SharedBuffer.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/SharedBuffer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..24508b0f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/SharedBuffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_SHARED_BUFFER_H +#define ANDROID_SHARED_BUFFER_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace android { + +class SharedBuffer +{ +public: + + /* flags to use with release() */ + enum { + eKeepStorage = 0x00000001 + }; + + /*! allocate a buffer of size 'size' and acquire() it. + * call release() to free it. + */ + static SharedBuffer* alloc(size_t size); + + /*! free the memory associated with the SharedBuffer. + * Fails if there are any users associated with this SharedBuffer. + * In other words, the buffer must have been release by all its + * users. + */ + static ssize_t dealloc(const SharedBuffer* released); + + //! get the SharedBuffer from the data pointer + static inline const SharedBuffer* sharedBuffer(const void* data); + + //! access the data for read + inline const void* data() const; + + //! access the data for read/write + inline void* data(); + + //! get size of the buffer + inline size_t size() const; + + //! get back a SharedBuffer object from its data + static inline SharedBuffer* bufferFromData(void* data); + + //! get back a SharedBuffer object from its data + static inline const SharedBuffer* bufferFromData(const void* data); + + //! get the size of a SharedBuffer object from its data + static inline size_t sizeFromData(const void* data); + + //! edit the buffer (get a writtable, or non-const, version of it) + SharedBuffer* edit() const; + + //! edit the buffer, resizing if needed + SharedBuffer* editResize(size_t size) const; + + //! like edit() but fails if a copy is required + SharedBuffer* attemptEdit() const; + + //! resize and edit the buffer, loose it's content. + SharedBuffer* reset(size_t size) const; + + //! acquire/release a reference on this buffer + void acquire() const; + + /*! release a reference on this buffer, with the option of not + * freeing the memory associated with it if it was the last reference + * returns the previous reference count + */ + int32_t release(uint32_t flags = 0) const; + + //! returns wether or not we're the only owner + inline bool onlyOwner() const; + + +private: + inline SharedBuffer() { } + inline ~SharedBuffer() { } + inline SharedBuffer(const SharedBuffer&); + + // 16 bytes. must be sized to preserve correct alingment. + mutable int32_t mRefs; + size_t mSize; + uint32_t mReserved[2]; +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const SharedBuffer* SharedBuffer::sharedBuffer(const void* data) { + return data ? reinterpret_cast<const SharedBuffer *>(data)-1 : 0; +} + +const void* SharedBuffer::data() const { + return this + 1; +} + +void* SharedBuffer::data() { + return this + 1; +} + +size_t SharedBuffer::size() const { + return mSize; +} + +SharedBuffer* SharedBuffer::bufferFromData(void* data) +{ + return ((SharedBuffer*)data)-1; +} + +const SharedBuffer* SharedBuffer::bufferFromData(const void* data) +{ + return ((const SharedBuffer*)data)-1; +} + +size_t SharedBuffer::sizeFromData(const void* data) +{ + return (((const SharedBuffer*)data)-1)->mSize; +} + +bool SharedBuffer::onlyOwner() const { + return (mRefs == 1); +} + +}; // namespace android + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_VECTOR_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/SortedVector.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/SortedVector.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e98aeb05 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/SortedVector.h @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_SORTED_VECTOR_H +#define ANDROID_SORTED_VECTOR_H + +#include <assert.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <utils/Vector.h> +#include <utils/VectorImpl.h> +#include <utils/TypeHelpers.h> + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace android { + +template <class TYPE> +class SortedVector : private SortedVectorImpl +{ + friend class Vector<TYPE>; + +public: + typedef TYPE value_type; + + /*! + * Constructors and destructors + */ + + SortedVector(); + SortedVector(const SortedVector<TYPE>& rhs); + virtual ~SortedVector(); + + /*! copy operator */ + const SortedVector<TYPE>& operator = (const SortedVector<TYPE>& rhs) const; + SortedVector<TYPE>& operator = (const SortedVector<TYPE>& rhs); + + /* + * empty the vector + */ + + inline void clear() { VectorImpl::clear(); } + + /*! + * vector stats + */ + + //! returns number of items in the vector + inline size_t size() const { return VectorImpl::size(); } + //! returns wether or not the vector is empty + inline bool isEmpty() const { return VectorImpl::isEmpty(); } + //! returns how many items can be stored without reallocating the backing store + inline size_t capacity() const { return VectorImpl::capacity(); } + //! setst the capacity. capacity can never be reduced less than size() + inline ssize_t setCapacity(size_t size) { return VectorImpl::setCapacity(size); } + + /*! + * C-style array access + */ + + //! read-only C-style access + inline const TYPE* array() const; + + //! read-write C-style access. BE VERY CAREFUL when modifying the array + //! you ust keep it sorted! You usually don't use this function. + TYPE* editArray(); + + //! finds the index of an item + ssize_t indexOf(const TYPE& item) const; + + //! finds where this item should be inserted + size_t orderOf(const TYPE& item) const; + + + /*! + * accessors + */ + + //! read-only access to an item at a given index + inline const TYPE& operator [] (size_t index) const; + //! alternate name for operator [] + inline const TYPE& itemAt(size_t index) const; + //! stack-usage of the vector. returns the top of the stack (last element) + const TYPE& top() const; + //! same as operator [], but allows to access the vector backward (from the end) with a negative index + const TYPE& mirrorItemAt(ssize_t index) const; + + /*! + * modifing the array + */ + + //! add an item in the right place (and replace the one that is there) + ssize_t add(const TYPE& item); + + //! editItemAt() MUST NOT change the order of this item + TYPE& editItemAt(size_t index) { + return *( static_cast<TYPE *>(VectorImpl::editItemLocation(index)) ); + } + + //! merges a vector into this one + ssize_t merge(const Vector<TYPE>& vector); + ssize_t merge(const SortedVector<TYPE>& vector); + + //! removes an item + ssize_t remove(const TYPE&); + + //! remove several items + inline ssize_t removeItemsAt(size_t index, size_t count = 1); + //! remove one item + inline ssize_t removeAt(size_t index) { return removeItemsAt(index); } + +protected: + virtual void do_construct(void* storage, size_t num) const; + virtual void do_destroy(void* storage, size_t num) const; + virtual void do_copy(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const; + virtual void do_splat(void* dest, const void* item, size_t num) const; + virtual void do_move_forward(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const; + virtual void do_move_backward(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const; + virtual int do_compare(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) const; +}; + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// No user serviceable parts from here... +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template<class TYPE> inline +SortedVector<TYPE>::SortedVector() + : SortedVectorImpl(sizeof(TYPE), + ((traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_ctor ? HAS_TRIVIAL_CTOR : 0) + |(traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_dtor ? HAS_TRIVIAL_DTOR : 0) + |(traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_copy ? HAS_TRIVIAL_COPY : 0)) + ) +{ +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +SortedVector<TYPE>::SortedVector(const SortedVector<TYPE>& rhs) + : SortedVectorImpl(rhs) { +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +SortedVector<TYPE>::~SortedVector() { + finish_vector(); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +SortedVector<TYPE>& SortedVector<TYPE>::operator = (const SortedVector<TYPE>& rhs) { + SortedVectorImpl::operator = (rhs); + return *this; +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +const SortedVector<TYPE>& SortedVector<TYPE>::operator = (const SortedVector<TYPE>& rhs) const { + SortedVectorImpl::operator = (rhs); + return *this; +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +const TYPE* SortedVector<TYPE>::array() const { + return static_cast<const TYPE *>(arrayImpl()); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +TYPE* SortedVector<TYPE>::editArray() { + return static_cast<TYPE *>(editArrayImpl()); +} + + +template<class TYPE> inline +const TYPE& SortedVector<TYPE>::operator[](size_t index) const { + assert( index<size() ); + return *(array() + index); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +const TYPE& SortedVector<TYPE>::itemAt(size_t index) const { + return operator[](index); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +const TYPE& SortedVector<TYPE>::mirrorItemAt(ssize_t index) const { + assert( (index>0 ? index : -index)<size() ); + return *(array() + ((index<0) ? (size()-index) : index)); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +const TYPE& SortedVector<TYPE>::top() const { + return *(array() + size() - 1); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t SortedVector<TYPE>::add(const TYPE& item) { + return SortedVectorImpl::add(&item); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t SortedVector<TYPE>::indexOf(const TYPE& item) const { + return SortedVectorImpl::indexOf(&item); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +size_t SortedVector<TYPE>::orderOf(const TYPE& item) const { + return SortedVectorImpl::orderOf(&item); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t SortedVector<TYPE>::merge(const Vector<TYPE>& vector) { + return SortedVectorImpl::merge(reinterpret_cast<const VectorImpl&>(vector)); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t SortedVector<TYPE>::merge(const SortedVector<TYPE>& vector) { + return SortedVectorImpl::merge(reinterpret_cast<const SortedVectorImpl&>(vector)); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t SortedVector<TYPE>::remove(const TYPE& item) { + return SortedVectorImpl::remove(&item); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t SortedVector<TYPE>::removeItemsAt(size_t index, size_t count) { + return VectorImpl::removeItemsAt(index, count); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template<class TYPE> +void SortedVector<TYPE>::do_construct(void* storage, size_t num) const { + construct_type( reinterpret_cast<TYPE*>(storage), num ); +} + +template<class TYPE> +void SortedVector<TYPE>::do_destroy(void* storage, size_t num) const { + destroy_type( reinterpret_cast<TYPE*>(storage), num ); +} + +template<class TYPE> +void SortedVector<TYPE>::do_copy(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const { + copy_type( reinterpret_cast<TYPE*>(dest), reinterpret_cast<const TYPE*>(from), num ); +} + +template<class TYPE> +void SortedVector<TYPE>::do_splat(void* dest, const void* item, size_t num) const { + splat_type( reinterpret_cast<TYPE*>(dest), reinterpret_cast<const TYPE*>(item), num ); +} + +template<class TYPE> +void SortedVector<TYPE>::do_move_forward(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const { + move_forward_type( reinterpret_cast<TYPE*>(dest), reinterpret_cast<const TYPE*>(from), num ); +} + +template<class TYPE> +void SortedVector<TYPE>::do_move_backward(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const { + move_backward_type( reinterpret_cast<TYPE*>(dest), reinterpret_cast<const TYPE*>(from), num ); +} + +template<class TYPE> +int SortedVector<TYPE>::do_compare(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) const { + return compare_type( *reinterpret_cast<const TYPE*>(lhs), *reinterpret_cast<const TYPE*>(rhs) ); +} + +}; // namespace android + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_SORTED_VECTOR_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/String16.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/String16.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..360f407c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/String16.h @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_STRING16_H +#define ANDROID_STRING16_H + +#include <utils/Errors.h> +#include <utils/SharedBuffer.h> +#include <utils/Unicode.h> + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { + +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace android { + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class String8; +class TextOutput; + +//! This is a string holding UTF-16 characters. +class String16 +{ +public: + String16(); + String16(const String16& o); + String16(const String16& o, + size_t len, + size_t begin=0); + explicit String16(const char16_t* o); + explicit String16(const char16_t* o, size_t len); + explicit String16(const String8& o); + explicit String16(const char* o); + explicit String16(const char* o, size_t len); + + ~String16(); + + inline const char16_t* string() const; + inline size_t size() const; + + inline const SharedBuffer* sharedBuffer() const; + + void setTo(const String16& other); + status_t setTo(const char16_t* other); + status_t setTo(const char16_t* other, size_t len); + status_t setTo(const String16& other, + size_t len, + size_t begin=0); + + status_t append(const String16& other); + status_t append(const char16_t* other, size_t len); + + inline String16& operator=(const String16& other); + + inline String16& operator+=(const String16& other); + inline String16 operator+(const String16& other) const; + + status_t insert(size_t pos, const char16_t* chrs); + status_t insert(size_t pos, + const char16_t* chrs, size_t len); + + ssize_t findFirst(char16_t c) const; + ssize_t findLast(char16_t c) const; + + bool startsWith(const String16& prefix) const; + bool startsWith(const char16_t* prefix) const; + + status_t makeLower(); + + status_t replaceAll(char16_t replaceThis, + char16_t withThis); + + status_t remove(size_t len, size_t begin=0); + + inline int compare(const String16& other) const; + + inline bool operator<(const String16& other) const; + inline bool operator<=(const String16& other) const; + inline bool operator==(const String16& other) const; + inline bool operator!=(const String16& other) const; + inline bool operator>=(const String16& other) const; + inline bool operator>(const String16& other) const; + + inline bool operator<(const char16_t* other) const; + inline bool operator<=(const char16_t* other) const; + inline bool operator==(const char16_t* other) const; + inline bool operator!=(const char16_t* other) const; + inline bool operator>=(const char16_t* other) const; + inline bool operator>(const char16_t* other) const; + + inline operator const char16_t*() const; + +private: + const char16_t* mString; +}; + +TextOutput& operator<<(TextOutput& to, const String16& val); + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// No user servicable parts below. + +inline int compare_type(const String16& lhs, const String16& rhs) +{ + return lhs.compare(rhs); +} + +inline int strictly_order_type(const String16& lhs, const String16& rhs) +{ + return compare_type(lhs, rhs) < 0; +} + +inline const char16_t* String16::string() const +{ + return mString; +} + +inline size_t String16::size() const +{ + return SharedBuffer::sizeFromData(mString)/sizeof(char16_t)-1; +} + +inline const SharedBuffer* String16::sharedBuffer() const +{ + return SharedBuffer::bufferFromData(mString); +} + +inline String16& String16::operator=(const String16& other) +{ + setTo(other); + return *this; +} + +inline String16& String16::operator+=(const String16& other) +{ + append(other); + return *this; +} + +inline String16 String16::operator+(const String16& other) const +{ + String16 tmp(*this); + tmp += other; + return tmp; +} + +inline int String16::compare(const String16& other) const +{ + return strzcmp16(mString, size(), other.mString, other.size()); +} + +inline bool String16::operator<(const String16& other) const +{ + return strzcmp16(mString, size(), other.mString, other.size()) < 0; +} + +inline bool String16::operator<=(const String16& other) const +{ + return strzcmp16(mString, size(), other.mString, other.size()) <= 0; +} + +inline bool String16::operator==(const String16& other) const +{ + return strzcmp16(mString, size(), other.mString, other.size()) == 0; +} + +inline bool String16::operator!=(const String16& other) const +{ + return strzcmp16(mString, size(), other.mString, other.size()) != 0; +} + +inline bool String16::operator>=(const String16& other) const +{ + return strzcmp16(mString, size(), other.mString, other.size()) >= 0; +} + +inline bool String16::operator>(const String16& other) const +{ + return strzcmp16(mString, size(), other.mString, other.size()) > 0; +} + +inline bool String16::operator<(const char16_t* other) const +{ + return strcmp16(mString, other) < 0; +} + +inline bool String16::operator<=(const char16_t* other) const +{ + return strcmp16(mString, other) <= 0; +} + +inline bool String16::operator==(const char16_t* other) const +{ + return strcmp16(mString, other) == 0; +} + +inline bool String16::operator!=(const char16_t* other) const +{ + return strcmp16(mString, other) != 0; +} + +inline bool String16::operator>=(const char16_t* other) const +{ + return strcmp16(mString, other) >= 0; +} + +inline bool String16::operator>(const char16_t* other) const +{ + return strcmp16(mString, other) > 0; +} + +inline String16::operator const char16_t*() const +{ + return mString; +} + +}; // namespace android + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_STRING16_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/String8.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/String8.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4163697d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/String8.h @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_STRING8_H +#define ANDROID_STRING8_H + +#include <utils/Errors.h> +#include <utils/SharedBuffer.h> +#include <utils/Unicode.h> + +#include <string.h> // for strcmp +#include <stdarg.h> + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace android { + +class String16; +class TextOutput; + +//! This is a string holding UTF-8 characters. Does not allow the value more +// than 0x10FFFF, which is not valid unicode codepoint. +class String8 +{ +public: + String8(); + String8(const String8& o); + explicit String8(const char* o); + explicit String8(const char* o, size_t numChars); + + explicit String8(const String16& o); + explicit String8(const char16_t* o); + explicit String8(const char16_t* o, size_t numChars); + explicit String8(const char32_t* o); + explicit String8(const char32_t* o, size_t numChars); + ~String8(); + + static inline const String8 empty(); + + static String8 format(const char* fmt, ...) __attribute__((format (printf, 1, 2))); + static String8 formatV(const char* fmt, va_list args); + + inline const char* string() const; + inline size_t size() const; + inline size_t length() const; + inline size_t bytes() const; + inline bool isEmpty() const; + + inline const SharedBuffer* sharedBuffer() const; + + void clear(); + + void setTo(const String8& other); + status_t setTo(const char* other); + status_t setTo(const char* other, size_t numChars); + status_t setTo(const char16_t* other, size_t numChars); + status_t setTo(const char32_t* other, + size_t length); + + status_t append(const String8& other); + status_t append(const char* other); + status_t append(const char* other, size_t numChars); + + status_t appendFormat(const char* fmt, ...) + __attribute__((format (printf, 2, 3))); + status_t appendFormatV(const char* fmt, va_list args); + + // Note that this function takes O(N) time to calculate the value. + // No cache value is stored. + size_t getUtf32Length() const; + int32_t getUtf32At(size_t index, + size_t *next_index) const; + void getUtf32(char32_t* dst) const; + + inline String8& operator=(const String8& other); + inline String8& operator=(const char* other); + + inline String8& operator+=(const String8& other); + inline String8 operator+(const String8& other) const; + + inline String8& operator+=(const char* other); + inline String8 operator+(const char* other) const; + + inline int compare(const String8& other) const; + + inline bool operator<(const String8& other) const; + inline bool operator<=(const String8& other) const; + inline bool operator==(const String8& other) const; + inline bool operator!=(const String8& other) const; + inline bool operator>=(const String8& other) const; + inline bool operator>(const String8& other) const; + + inline bool operator<(const char* other) const; + inline bool operator<=(const char* other) const; + inline bool operator==(const char* other) const; + inline bool operator!=(const char* other) const; + inline bool operator>=(const char* other) const; + inline bool operator>(const char* other) const; + + inline operator const char*() const; + + char* lockBuffer(size_t size); + void unlockBuffer(); + status_t unlockBuffer(size_t size); + + // return the index of the first byte of other in this at or after + // start, or -1 if not found + ssize_t find(const char* other, size_t start = 0) const; + + void toLower(); + void toLower(size_t start, size_t numChars); + void toUpper(); + void toUpper(size_t start, size_t numChars); + + /* + * These methods operate on the string as if it were a path name. + */ + + /* + * Set the filename field to a specific value. + * + * Normalizes the filename, removing a trailing '/' if present. + */ + void setPathName(const char* name); + void setPathName(const char* name, size_t numChars); + + /* + * Get just the filename component. + * + * "/tmp/foo/bar.c" --> "bar.c" + */ + String8 getPathLeaf(void) const; + + /* + * Remove the last (file name) component, leaving just the directory + * name. + * + * "/tmp/foo/bar.c" --> "/tmp/foo" + * "/tmp" --> "" // ????? shouldn't this be "/" ???? XXX + * "bar.c" --> "" + */ + String8 getPathDir(void) const; + + /* + * Retrieve the front (root dir) component. Optionally also return the + * remaining components. + * + * "/tmp/foo/bar.c" --> "tmp" (remain = "foo/bar.c") + * "/tmp" --> "tmp" (remain = "") + * "bar.c" --> "bar.c" (remain = "") + */ + String8 walkPath(String8* outRemains = NULL) const; + + /* + * Return the filename extension. This is the last '.' and any number + * of characters that follow it. The '.' is included in case we + * decide to expand our definition of what constitutes an extension. + * + * "/tmp/foo/bar.c" --> ".c" + * "/tmp" --> "" + * "/tmp/foo.bar/baz" --> "" + * "foo.jpeg" --> ".jpeg" + * "foo." --> "" + */ + String8 getPathExtension(void) const; + + /* + * Return the path without the extension. Rules for what constitutes + * an extension are described in the comment for getPathExtension(). + * + * "/tmp/foo/bar.c" --> "/tmp/foo/bar" + */ + String8 getBasePath(void) const; + + /* + * Add a component to the pathname. We guarantee that there is + * exactly one path separator between the old path and the new. + * If there is no existing name, we just copy the new name in. + * + * If leaf is a fully qualified path (i.e. starts with '/', it + * replaces whatever was there before. + */ + String8& appendPath(const char* leaf); + String8& appendPath(const String8& leaf) { return appendPath(leaf.string()); } + + /* + * Like appendPath(), but does not affect this string. Returns a new one instead. + */ + String8 appendPathCopy(const char* leaf) const + { String8 p(*this); p.appendPath(leaf); return p; } + String8 appendPathCopy(const String8& leaf) const { return appendPathCopy(leaf.string()); } + + /* + * Converts all separators in this string to /, the default path separator. + * + * If the default OS separator is backslash, this converts all + * backslashes to slashes, in-place. Otherwise it does nothing. + * Returns self. + */ + String8& convertToResPath(); + +private: + status_t real_append(const char* other, size_t numChars); + char* find_extension(void) const; + + const char* mString; +}; + +TextOutput& operator<<(TextOutput& to, const String16& val); + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// No user servicable parts below. + +inline int compare_type(const String8& lhs, const String8& rhs) +{ + return lhs.compare(rhs); +} + +inline int strictly_order_type(const String8& lhs, const String8& rhs) +{ + return compare_type(lhs, rhs) < 0; +} + +inline const String8 String8::empty() { + return String8(); +} + +inline const char* String8::string() const +{ + return mString; +} + +inline size_t String8::length() const +{ + return SharedBuffer::sizeFromData(mString)-1; +} + +inline size_t String8::size() const +{ + return length(); +} + +inline bool String8::isEmpty() const +{ + return length() == 0; +} + +inline size_t String8::bytes() const +{ + return SharedBuffer::sizeFromData(mString)-1; +} + +inline const SharedBuffer* String8::sharedBuffer() const +{ + return SharedBuffer::bufferFromData(mString); +} + +inline String8& String8::operator=(const String8& other) +{ + setTo(other); + return *this; +} + +inline String8& String8::operator=(const char* other) +{ + setTo(other); + return *this; +} + +inline String8& String8::operator+=(const String8& other) +{ + append(other); + return *this; +} + +inline String8 String8::operator+(const String8& other) const +{ + String8 tmp(*this); + tmp += other; + return tmp; +} + +inline String8& String8::operator+=(const char* other) +{ + append(other); + return *this; +} + +inline String8 String8::operator+(const char* other) const +{ + String8 tmp(*this); + tmp += other; + return tmp; +} + +inline int String8::compare(const String8& other) const +{ + return strcmp(mString, other.mString); +} + +inline bool String8::operator<(const String8& other) const +{ + return strcmp(mString, other.mString) < 0; +} + +inline bool String8::operator<=(const String8& other) const +{ + return strcmp(mString, other.mString) <= 0; +} + +inline bool String8::operator==(const String8& other) const +{ + return strcmp(mString, other.mString) == 0; +} + +inline bool String8::operator!=(const String8& other) const +{ + return strcmp(mString, other.mString) != 0; +} + +inline bool String8::operator>=(const String8& other) const +{ + return strcmp(mString, other.mString) >= 0; +} + +inline bool String8::operator>(const String8& other) const +{ + return strcmp(mString, other.mString) > 0; +} + +inline bool String8::operator<(const char* other) const +{ + return strcmp(mString, other) < 0; +} + +inline bool String8::operator<=(const char* other) const +{ + return strcmp(mString, other) <= 0; +} + +inline bool String8::operator==(const char* other) const +{ + return strcmp(mString, other) == 0; +} + +inline bool String8::operator!=(const char* other) const +{ + return strcmp(mString, other) != 0; +} + +inline bool String8::operator>=(const char* other) const +{ + return strcmp(mString, other) >= 0; +} + +inline bool String8::operator>(const char* other) const +{ + return strcmp(mString, other) > 0; +} + +inline String8::operator const char*() const +{ + return mString; +} + +} // namespace android + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_STRING8_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/StrongPointer.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/StrongPointer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49fa3a8d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/StrongPointer.h @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_STRONG_POINTER_H +#define ANDROID_STRONG_POINTER_H + +#include <cutils/atomic.h> + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +namespace android { + +class TextOutput; +TextOutput& printStrongPointer(TextOutput& to, const void* val); + +template<typename T> class wp; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define COMPARE(_op_) \ +inline bool operator _op_ (const sp<T>& o) const { \ + return m_ptr _op_ o.m_ptr; \ +} \ +inline bool operator _op_ (const T* o) const { \ + return m_ptr _op_ o; \ +} \ +template<typename U> \ +inline bool operator _op_ (const sp<U>& o) const { \ + return m_ptr _op_ o.m_ptr; \ +} \ +template<typename U> \ +inline bool operator _op_ (const U* o) const { \ + return m_ptr _op_ o; \ +} \ +inline bool operator _op_ (const wp<T>& o) const { \ + return m_ptr _op_ o.m_ptr; \ +} \ +template<typename U> \ +inline bool operator _op_ (const wp<U>& o) const { \ + return m_ptr _op_ o.m_ptr; \ +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template <typename T> +class sp +{ +public: + inline sp() : m_ptr(0) { } + + sp(T* other); + sp(const sp<T>& other); + template<typename U> sp(U* other); + template<typename U> sp(const sp<U>& other); + + ~sp(); + + // Assignment + + sp& operator = (T* other); + sp& operator = (const sp<T>& other); + + template<typename U> sp& operator = (const sp<U>& other); + template<typename U> sp& operator = (U* other); + + //! Special optimization for use by ProcessState (and nobody else). + void force_set(T* other); + + // Reset + + void clear(); + + // Accessors + + inline T& operator* () const { return *m_ptr; } + inline T* operator-> () const { return m_ptr; } + inline T* get() const { return m_ptr; } + + // Operators + + COMPARE(==) + COMPARE(!=) + COMPARE(>) + COMPARE(<) + COMPARE(<=) + COMPARE(>=) + +private: + template<typename Y> friend class sp; + template<typename Y> friend class wp; + void set_pointer(T* ptr); + T* m_ptr; +}; + +#undef COMPARE + +template <typename T> +TextOutput& operator<<(TextOutput& to, const sp<T>& val); + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// No user serviceable parts below here. + +template<typename T> +sp<T>::sp(T* other) +: m_ptr(other) + { + if (other) other->incStrong(this); + } + +template<typename T> +sp<T>::sp(const sp<T>& other) +: m_ptr(other.m_ptr) + { + if (m_ptr) m_ptr->incStrong(this); + } + +template<typename T> template<typename U> +sp<T>::sp(U* other) : m_ptr(other) +{ + if (other) ((T*)other)->incStrong(this); +} + +template<typename T> template<typename U> +sp<T>::sp(const sp<U>& other) +: m_ptr(other.m_ptr) + { + if (m_ptr) m_ptr->incStrong(this); + } + +template<typename T> +sp<T>::~sp() +{ + if (m_ptr) m_ptr->decStrong(this); +} + +template<typename T> +sp<T>& sp<T>::operator = (const sp<T>& other) { + T* otherPtr(other.m_ptr); + if (otherPtr) otherPtr->incStrong(this); + if (m_ptr) m_ptr->decStrong(this); + m_ptr = otherPtr; + return *this; +} + +template<typename T> +sp<T>& sp<T>::operator = (T* other) +{ + if (other) other->incStrong(this); + if (m_ptr) m_ptr->decStrong(this); + m_ptr = other; + return *this; +} + +template<typename T> template<typename U> +sp<T>& sp<T>::operator = (const sp<U>& other) +{ + T* otherPtr(other.m_ptr); + if (otherPtr) otherPtr->incStrong(this); + if (m_ptr) m_ptr->decStrong(this); + m_ptr = otherPtr; + return *this; +} + +template<typename T> template<typename U> +sp<T>& sp<T>::operator = (U* other) +{ + if (other) ((T*)other)->incStrong(this); + if (m_ptr) m_ptr->decStrong(this); + m_ptr = other; + return *this; +} + +template<typename T> +void sp<T>::force_set(T* other) +{ + other->forceIncStrong(this); + m_ptr = other; +} + +template<typename T> +void sp<T>::clear() +{ + if (m_ptr) { + m_ptr->decStrong(this); + m_ptr = 0; + } +} + +template<typename T> +void sp<T>::set_pointer(T* ptr) { + m_ptr = ptr; +} + +template <typename T> +inline TextOutput& operator<<(TextOutput& to, const sp<T>& val) +{ + return printStrongPointer(to, val.get()); +} + +}; // namespace android + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_STRONG_POINTER_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Timers.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Timers.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b4d32287 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Timers.h @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +// +// Timer functions. +// +#ifndef _LIBS_UTILS_TIMERS_H +#define _LIBS_UTILS_TIMERS_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------ +// C API + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef int64_t nsecs_t; // nano-seconds + +static inline nsecs_t seconds_to_nanoseconds(nsecs_t secs) +{ + return secs*1000000000; +} + +static inline nsecs_t milliseconds_to_nanoseconds(nsecs_t secs) +{ + return secs*1000000; +} + +static inline nsecs_t microseconds_to_nanoseconds(nsecs_t secs) +{ + return secs*1000; +} + +static inline nsecs_t nanoseconds_to_seconds(nsecs_t secs) +{ + return secs/1000000000; +} + +static inline nsecs_t nanoseconds_to_milliseconds(nsecs_t secs) +{ + return secs/1000000; +} + +static inline nsecs_t nanoseconds_to_microseconds(nsecs_t secs) +{ + return secs/1000; +} + +static inline nsecs_t s2ns(nsecs_t v) {return seconds_to_nanoseconds(v);} +static inline nsecs_t ms2ns(nsecs_t v) {return milliseconds_to_nanoseconds(v);} +static inline nsecs_t us2ns(nsecs_t v) {return microseconds_to_nanoseconds(v);} +static inline nsecs_t ns2s(nsecs_t v) {return nanoseconds_to_seconds(v);} +static inline nsecs_t ns2ms(nsecs_t v) {return nanoseconds_to_milliseconds(v);} +static inline nsecs_t ns2us(nsecs_t v) {return nanoseconds_to_microseconds(v);} + +static inline nsecs_t seconds(nsecs_t v) { return s2ns(v); } +static inline nsecs_t milliseconds(nsecs_t v) { return ms2ns(v); } +static inline nsecs_t microseconds(nsecs_t v) { return us2ns(v); } + +enum { + SYSTEM_TIME_REALTIME = 0, // system-wide realtime clock + SYSTEM_TIME_MONOTONIC = 1, // monotonic time since unspecified starting point + SYSTEM_TIME_PROCESS = 2, // high-resolution per-process clock + SYSTEM_TIME_THREAD = 3 // high-resolution per-thread clock +}; + +// return the system-time according to the specified clock +#ifdef __cplusplus +nsecs_t systemTime(int clock = SYSTEM_TIME_MONOTONIC); +#else +nsecs_t systemTime(int clock); +#endif // def __cplusplus + +/** + * Returns the number of milliseconds to wait between the reference time and the timeout time. + * If the timeout is in the past relative to the reference time, returns 0. + * If the timeout is more than INT_MAX milliseconds in the future relative to the reference time, + * such as when timeoutTime == LLONG_MAX, returns -1 to indicate an infinite timeout delay. + * Otherwise, returns the difference between the reference time and timeout time + * rounded up to the next millisecond. + */ +int toMillisecondTimeoutDelay(nsecs_t referenceTime, nsecs_t timeoutTime); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------ +// C++ API + +#ifdef __cplusplus + +namespace android { +/* + * Time the duration of something. + * + * Includes some timeval manipulation functions. + */ +class DurationTimer { +public: + DurationTimer() {} + ~DurationTimer() {} + + // Start the timer. + void start(); + // Stop the timer. + void stop(); + // Get the duration in microseconds. + long long durationUsecs() const; + + // Subtract two timevals. Returns the difference (ptv1-ptv2) in + // microseconds. + static long long subtractTimevals(const struct timeval* ptv1, + const struct timeval* ptv2); + + // Add the specified amount of time to the timeval. + static void addToTimeval(struct timeval* ptv, long usec); + +private: + struct timeval mStartWhen; + struct timeval mStopWhen; +}; + +}; // android +#endif // def __cplusplus + +#endif // _LIBS_UTILS_TIMERS_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/TypeHelpers.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/TypeHelpers.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0dc33a7e --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/TypeHelpers.h @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_TYPE_HELPERS_H +#define ANDROID_TYPE_HELPERS_H + +#include <new> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace android { + +/* + * Types traits + */ + +template <typename T> struct trait_trivial_ctor { enum { value = false }; }; +template <typename T> struct trait_trivial_dtor { enum { value = false }; }; +template <typename T> struct trait_trivial_copy { enum { value = false }; }; +template <typename T> struct trait_trivial_move { enum { value = false }; }; +template <typename T> struct trait_pointer { enum { value = false }; }; +template <typename T> struct trait_pointer<T*> { enum { value = true }; }; + +template <typename TYPE> +struct traits { + enum { + // whether this type is a pointer + is_pointer = trait_pointer<TYPE>::value, + // whether this type's constructor is a no-op + has_trivial_ctor = is_pointer || trait_trivial_ctor<TYPE>::value, + // whether this type's destructor is a no-op + has_trivial_dtor = is_pointer || trait_trivial_dtor<TYPE>::value, + // whether this type type can be copy-constructed with memcpy + has_trivial_copy = is_pointer || trait_trivial_copy<TYPE>::value, + // whether this type can be moved with memmove + has_trivial_move = is_pointer || trait_trivial_move<TYPE>::value + }; +}; + +template <typename T, typename U> +struct aggregate_traits { + enum { + is_pointer = false, + has_trivial_ctor = + traits<T>::has_trivial_ctor && traits<U>::has_trivial_ctor, + has_trivial_dtor = + traits<T>::has_trivial_dtor && traits<U>::has_trivial_dtor, + has_trivial_copy = + traits<T>::has_trivial_copy && traits<U>::has_trivial_copy, + has_trivial_move = + traits<T>::has_trivial_move && traits<U>::has_trivial_move + }; +}; + +#define ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( T ) \ + template<> struct trait_trivial_ctor< T > { enum { value = true }; }; \ + template<> struct trait_trivial_dtor< T > { enum { value = true }; }; \ + template<> struct trait_trivial_copy< T > { enum { value = true }; }; \ + template<> struct trait_trivial_move< T > { enum { value = true }; }; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * basic types traits + */ + +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( void ) +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( bool ) +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( char ) +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( unsigned char ) +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( short ) +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( unsigned short ) +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( int ) +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( unsigned int ) +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( long ) +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( unsigned long ) +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( long long ) +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( unsigned long long ) +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( float ) +ANDROID_BASIC_TYPES_TRAITS( double ) + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +/* + * compare and order types + */ + +template<typename TYPE> inline +int strictly_order_type(const TYPE& lhs, const TYPE& rhs) { + return (lhs < rhs) ? 1 : 0; +} + +template<typename TYPE> inline +int compare_type(const TYPE& lhs, const TYPE& rhs) { + return strictly_order_type(rhs, lhs) - strictly_order_type(lhs, rhs); +} + +/* + * create, destroy, copy and move types... + */ + +template<typename TYPE> inline +void construct_type(TYPE* p, size_t n) { + if (!traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_ctor) { + while (n--) { + new(p++) TYPE; + } + } +} + +template<typename TYPE> inline +void destroy_type(TYPE* p, size_t n) { + if (!traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_dtor) { + while (n--) { + p->~TYPE(); + p++; + } + } +} + +template<typename TYPE> inline +void copy_type(TYPE* d, const TYPE* s, size_t n) { + if (!traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_copy) { + while (n--) { + new(d) TYPE(*s); + d++, s++; + } + } else { + memcpy(d,s,n*sizeof(TYPE)); + } +} + +template<typename TYPE> inline +void splat_type(TYPE* where, const TYPE* what, size_t n) { + if (!traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_copy) { + while (n--) { + new(where) TYPE(*what); + where++; + } + } else { + while (n--) { + *where++ = *what; + } + } +} + +template<typename TYPE> inline +void move_forward_type(TYPE* d, const TYPE* s, size_t n = 1) { + if ((traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_dtor && traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_copy) + || traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_move) + { + memmove(d,s,n*sizeof(TYPE)); + } else { + d += n; + s += n; + while (n--) { + --d, --s; + if (!traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_copy) { + new(d) TYPE(*s); + } else { + *d = *s; + } + if (!traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_dtor) { + s->~TYPE(); + } + } + } +} + +template<typename TYPE> inline +void move_backward_type(TYPE* d, const TYPE* s, size_t n = 1) { + if ((traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_dtor && traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_copy) + || traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_move) + { + memmove(d,s,n*sizeof(TYPE)); + } else { + while (n--) { + if (!traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_copy) { + new(d) TYPE(*s); + } else { + *d = *s; + } + if (!traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_dtor) { + s->~TYPE(); + } + d++, s++; + } + } +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * a key/value pair + */ + +template <typename KEY, typename VALUE> +struct key_value_pair_t { + KEY key; + VALUE value; + key_value_pair_t() { } + key_value_pair_t(const key_value_pair_t& o) : key(o.key), value(o.value) { } + key_value_pair_t(const KEY& k, const VALUE& v) : key(k), value(v) { } + key_value_pair_t(const KEY& k) : key(k) { } + inline bool operator < (const key_value_pair_t& o) const { + return strictly_order_type(key, o.key); + } +}; + +template <typename K, typename V> +struct trait_trivial_ctor< key_value_pair_t<K, V> > +{ enum { value = aggregate_traits<K,V>::has_trivial_ctor }; }; +template <typename K, typename V> +struct trait_trivial_dtor< key_value_pair_t<K, V> > +{ enum { value = aggregate_traits<K,V>::has_trivial_dtor }; }; +template <typename K, typename V> +struct trait_trivial_copy< key_value_pair_t<K, V> > +{ enum { value = aggregate_traits<K,V>::has_trivial_copy }; }; +template <typename K, typename V> +struct trait_trivial_move< key_value_pair_t<K, V> > +{ enum { value = aggregate_traits<K,V>::has_trivial_move }; }; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +}; // namespace android + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_TYPE_HELPERS_H diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Unicode.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Unicode.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90a82763b --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Unicode.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_UNICODE_H +#define ANDROID_UNICODE_H + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +extern "C" { + +#if !defined(__cplusplus) || __cplusplus == 199711L // C or C++98 +typedef uint32_t char32_t; +typedef uint16_t char16_t; +#endif + +// Standard string functions on char16_t strings. +int strcmp16(const char16_t *, const char16_t *); +int strncmp16(const char16_t *s1, const char16_t *s2, size_t n); +size_t strlen16(const char16_t *); +size_t strnlen16(const char16_t *, size_t); +char16_t *strcpy16(char16_t *, const char16_t *); +char16_t *strncpy16(char16_t *, const char16_t *, size_t); + +// Version of comparison that supports embedded nulls. +// This is different than strncmp() because we don't stop +// at a nul character and consider the strings to be different +// if the lengths are different (thus we need to supply the +// lengths of both strings). This can also be used when +// your string is not nul-terminated as it will have the +// equivalent result as strcmp16 (unlike strncmp16). +int strzcmp16(const char16_t *s1, size_t n1, const char16_t *s2, size_t n2); + +// Version of strzcmp16 for comparing strings in different endianness. +int strzcmp16_h_n(const char16_t *s1H, size_t n1, const char16_t *s2N, size_t n2); + +// Standard string functions on char32_t strings. +size_t strlen32(const char32_t *); +size_t strnlen32(const char32_t *, size_t); + +/** + * Measure the length of a UTF-32 string in UTF-8. If the string is invalid + * such as containing a surrogate character, -1 will be returned. + */ +ssize_t utf32_to_utf8_length(const char32_t *src, size_t src_len); + +/** + * Stores a UTF-8 string converted from "src" in "dst", if "dst_length" is not + * large enough to store the string, the part of the "src" string is stored + * into "dst" as much as possible. See the examples for more detail. + * Returns the size actually used for storing the string. + * dst" is not null-terminated when dst_len is fully used (like strncpy). + * + * Example 1 + * "src" == \u3042\u3044 (\xE3\x81\x82\xE3\x81\x84) + * "src_len" == 2 + * "dst_len" >= 7 + * -> + * Returned value == 6 + * "dst" becomes \xE3\x81\x82\xE3\x81\x84\0 + * (note that "dst" is null-terminated) + * + * Example 2 + * "src" == \u3042\u3044 (\xE3\x81\x82\xE3\x81\x84) + * "src_len" == 2 + * "dst_len" == 5 + * -> + * Returned value == 3 + * "dst" becomes \xE3\x81\x82\0 + * (note that "dst" is null-terminated, but \u3044 is not stored in "dst" + * since "dst" does not have enough size to store the character) + * + * Example 3 + * "src" == \u3042\u3044 (\xE3\x81\x82\xE3\x81\x84) + * "src_len" == 2 + * "dst_len" == 6 + * -> + * Returned value == 6 + * "dst" becomes \xE3\x81\x82\xE3\x81\x84 + * (note that "dst" is NOT null-terminated, like strncpy) + */ +void utf32_to_utf8(const char32_t* src, size_t src_len, char* dst); + +/** + * Returns the unicode value at "index". + * Returns -1 when the index is invalid (equals to or more than "src_len"). + * If returned value is positive, it is able to be converted to char32_t, which + * is unsigned. Then, if "next_index" is not NULL, the next index to be used is + * stored in "next_index". "next_index" can be NULL. + */ +int32_t utf32_from_utf8_at(const char *src, size_t src_len, size_t index, size_t *next_index); + + +/** + * Returns the UTF-8 length of UTF-16 string "src". + */ +ssize_t utf16_to_utf8_length(const char16_t *src, size_t src_len); + +/** + * Converts a UTF-16 string to UTF-8. The destination buffer must be large + * enough to fit the UTF-16 as measured by utf16_to_utf8_length with an added + * NULL terminator. + */ +void utf16_to_utf8(const char16_t* src, size_t src_len, char* dst); + +/** + * Returns the length of "src" when "src" is valid UTF-8 string. + * Returns 0 if src is NULL or 0-length string. Returns -1 when the source + * is an invalid string. + * + * This function should be used to determine whether "src" is valid UTF-8 + * characters with valid unicode codepoints. "src" must be null-terminated. + * + * If you are going to use other utf8_to_... functions defined in this header + * with string which may not be valid UTF-8 with valid codepoint (form 0 to + * 0x10FFFF), you should use this function before calling others, since the + * other functions do not check whether the string is valid UTF-8 or not. + * + * If you do not care whether "src" is valid UTF-8 or not, you should use + * strlen() as usual, which should be much faster. + */ +ssize_t utf8_length(const char *src); + +/** + * Measure the length of a UTF-32 string. + */ +size_t utf8_to_utf32_length(const char *src, size_t src_len); + +/** + * Stores a UTF-32 string converted from "src" in "dst". "dst" must be large + * enough to store the entire converted string as measured by + * utf8_to_utf32_length plus space for a NULL terminator. + */ +void utf8_to_utf32(const char* src, size_t src_len, char32_t* dst); + +/** + * Returns the UTF-16 length of UTF-8 string "src". + */ +ssize_t utf8_to_utf16_length(const uint8_t* src, size_t srcLen); + +/** + * Convert UTF-8 to UTF-16 including surrogate pairs. + * Returns a pointer to the end of the string (where a null terminator might go + * if you wanted to add one). + */ +char16_t* utf8_to_utf16_no_null_terminator(const uint8_t* src, size_t srcLen, char16_t* dst); + +/** + * Convert UTF-8 to UTF-16 including surrogate pairs. The destination buffer + * must be large enough to hold the result as measured by utf8_to_utf16_length + * plus an added NULL terminator. + */ +void utf8_to_utf16(const uint8_t* src, size_t srcLen, char16_t* dst); + +} + +#endif diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Vector.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Vector.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e30071d16 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/Vector.h @@ -0,0 +1,424 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_VECTOR_H +#define ANDROID_VECTOR_H + +#include <new> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <cutils/log.h> + +#include <utils/VectorImpl.h> +#include <utils/TypeHelpers.h> + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace android { + +template <typename TYPE> +class SortedVector; + +/*! + * The main templated vector class ensuring type safety + * while making use of VectorImpl. + * This is the class users want to use. + */ + +template <class TYPE> +class Vector : private VectorImpl +{ +public: + typedef TYPE value_type; + + /*! + * Constructors and destructors + */ + + Vector(); + Vector(const Vector<TYPE>& rhs); + explicit Vector(const SortedVector<TYPE>& rhs); + virtual ~Vector(); + + /*! copy operator */ + const Vector<TYPE>& operator = (const Vector<TYPE>& rhs) const; + Vector<TYPE>& operator = (const Vector<TYPE>& rhs); + + const Vector<TYPE>& operator = (const SortedVector<TYPE>& rhs) const; + Vector<TYPE>& operator = (const SortedVector<TYPE>& rhs); + + /* + * empty the vector + */ + + inline void clear() { VectorImpl::clear(); } + + /*! + * vector stats + */ + + //! returns number of items in the vector + inline size_t size() const { return VectorImpl::size(); } + //! returns whether or not the vector is empty + inline bool isEmpty() const { return VectorImpl::isEmpty(); } + //! returns how many items can be stored without reallocating the backing store + inline size_t capacity() const { return VectorImpl::capacity(); } + //! sets the capacity. capacity can never be reduced less than size() + inline ssize_t setCapacity(size_t size) { return VectorImpl::setCapacity(size); } + + /*! + * set the size of the vector. items are appended with the default + * constructor, or removed from the end as needed. + */ + inline ssize_t resize(size_t size) { return VectorImpl::resize(size); } + + /*! + * C-style array access + */ + + //! read-only C-style access + inline const TYPE* array() const; + //! read-write C-style access + TYPE* editArray(); + + /*! + * accessors + */ + + //! read-only access to an item at a given index + inline const TYPE& operator [] (size_t index) const; + //! alternate name for operator [] + inline const TYPE& itemAt(size_t index) const; + //! stack-usage of the vector. returns the top of the stack (last element) + const TYPE& top() const; + + /*! + * modifying the array + */ + + //! copy-on write support, grants write access to an item + TYPE& editItemAt(size_t index); + //! grants right access to the top of the stack (last element) + TYPE& editTop(); + + /*! + * append/insert another vector + */ + + //! insert another vector at a given index + ssize_t insertVectorAt(const Vector<TYPE>& vector, size_t index); + + //! append another vector at the end of this one + ssize_t appendVector(const Vector<TYPE>& vector); + + + //! insert an array at a given index + ssize_t insertArrayAt(const TYPE* array, size_t index, size_t length); + + //! append an array at the end of this vector + ssize_t appendArray(const TYPE* array, size_t length); + + /*! + * add/insert/replace items + */ + + //! insert one or several items initialized with their default constructor + inline ssize_t insertAt(size_t index, size_t numItems = 1); + //! insert one or several items initialized from a prototype item + ssize_t insertAt(const TYPE& prototype_item, size_t index, size_t numItems = 1); + //! pop the top of the stack (removes the last element). No-op if the stack's empty + inline void pop(); + //! pushes an item initialized with its default constructor + inline void push(); + //! pushes an item on the top of the stack + void push(const TYPE& item); + //! same as push() but returns the index the item was added at (or an error) + inline ssize_t add(); + //! same as push() but returns the index the item was added at (or an error) + ssize_t add(const TYPE& item); + //! replace an item with a new one initialized with its default constructor + inline ssize_t replaceAt(size_t index); + //! replace an item with a new one + ssize_t replaceAt(const TYPE& item, size_t index); + + /*! + * remove items + */ + + //! remove several items + inline ssize_t removeItemsAt(size_t index, size_t count = 1); + //! remove one item + inline ssize_t removeAt(size_t index) { return removeItemsAt(index); } + + /*! + * sort (stable) the array + */ + + typedef int (*compar_t)(const TYPE* lhs, const TYPE* rhs); + typedef int (*compar_r_t)(const TYPE* lhs, const TYPE* rhs, void* state); + + inline status_t sort(compar_t cmp); + inline status_t sort(compar_r_t cmp, void* state); + + // for debugging only + inline size_t getItemSize() const { return itemSize(); } + + + /* + * these inlines add some level of compatibility with STL. eventually + * we should probably turn things around. + */ + typedef TYPE* iterator; + typedef TYPE const* const_iterator; + + inline iterator begin() { return editArray(); } + inline iterator end() { return editArray() + size(); } + inline const_iterator begin() const { return array(); } + inline const_iterator end() const { return array() + size(); } + inline void reserve(size_t n) { setCapacity(n); } + inline bool empty() const{ return isEmpty(); } + inline void push_back(const TYPE& item) { insertAt(item, size(), 1); } + inline void push_front(const TYPE& item) { insertAt(item, 0, 1); } + inline iterator erase(iterator pos) { + ssize_t index = removeItemsAt(pos-array()); + return begin() + index; + } + +protected: + virtual void do_construct(void* storage, size_t num) const; + virtual void do_destroy(void* storage, size_t num) const; + virtual void do_copy(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const; + virtual void do_splat(void* dest, const void* item, size_t num) const; + virtual void do_move_forward(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const; + virtual void do_move_backward(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const; +}; + +// Vector<T> can be trivially moved using memcpy() because moving does not +// require any change to the underlying SharedBuffer contents or reference count. +template<typename T> struct trait_trivial_move<Vector<T> > { enum { value = true }; }; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// No user serviceable parts from here... +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template<class TYPE> inline +Vector<TYPE>::Vector() + : VectorImpl(sizeof(TYPE), + ((traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_ctor ? HAS_TRIVIAL_CTOR : 0) + |(traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_dtor ? HAS_TRIVIAL_DTOR : 0) + |(traits<TYPE>::has_trivial_copy ? HAS_TRIVIAL_COPY : 0)) + ) +{ +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +Vector<TYPE>::Vector(const Vector<TYPE>& rhs) + : VectorImpl(rhs) { +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +Vector<TYPE>::Vector(const SortedVector<TYPE>& rhs) + : VectorImpl(static_cast<const VectorImpl&>(rhs)) { +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +Vector<TYPE>::~Vector() { + finish_vector(); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +Vector<TYPE>& Vector<TYPE>::operator = (const Vector<TYPE>& rhs) { + VectorImpl::operator = (rhs); + return *this; +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +const Vector<TYPE>& Vector<TYPE>::operator = (const Vector<TYPE>& rhs) const { + VectorImpl::operator = (static_cast<const VectorImpl&>(rhs)); + return *this; +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +Vector<TYPE>& Vector<TYPE>::operator = (const SortedVector<TYPE>& rhs) { + VectorImpl::operator = (static_cast<const VectorImpl&>(rhs)); + return *this; +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +const Vector<TYPE>& Vector<TYPE>::operator = (const SortedVector<TYPE>& rhs) const { + VectorImpl::operator = (rhs); + return *this; +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +const TYPE* Vector<TYPE>::array() const { + return static_cast<const TYPE *>(arrayImpl()); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +TYPE* Vector<TYPE>::editArray() { + return static_cast<TYPE *>(editArrayImpl()); +} + + +template<class TYPE> inline +const TYPE& Vector<TYPE>::operator[](size_t index) const { + LOG_FATAL_IF(index>=size(), + "%s: index=%u out of range (%u)", __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, + int(index), int(size())); + return *(array() + index); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +const TYPE& Vector<TYPE>::itemAt(size_t index) const { + return operator[](index); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +const TYPE& Vector<TYPE>::top() const { + return *(array() + size() - 1); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +TYPE& Vector<TYPE>::editItemAt(size_t index) { + return *( static_cast<TYPE *>(editItemLocation(index)) ); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +TYPE& Vector<TYPE>::editTop() { + return *( static_cast<TYPE *>(editItemLocation(size()-1)) ); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t Vector<TYPE>::insertVectorAt(const Vector<TYPE>& vector, size_t index) { + return VectorImpl::insertVectorAt(reinterpret_cast<const VectorImpl&>(vector), index); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t Vector<TYPE>::appendVector(const Vector<TYPE>& vector) { + return VectorImpl::appendVector(reinterpret_cast<const VectorImpl&>(vector)); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t Vector<TYPE>::insertArrayAt(const TYPE* array, size_t index, size_t length) { + return VectorImpl::insertArrayAt(array, index, length); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t Vector<TYPE>::appendArray(const TYPE* array, size_t length) { + return VectorImpl::appendArray(array, length); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t Vector<TYPE>::insertAt(const TYPE& item, size_t index, size_t numItems) { + return VectorImpl::insertAt(&item, index, numItems); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +void Vector<TYPE>::push(const TYPE& item) { + return VectorImpl::push(&item); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t Vector<TYPE>::add(const TYPE& item) { + return VectorImpl::add(&item); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t Vector<TYPE>::replaceAt(const TYPE& item, size_t index) { + return VectorImpl::replaceAt(&item, index); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t Vector<TYPE>::insertAt(size_t index, size_t numItems) { + return VectorImpl::insertAt(index, numItems); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +void Vector<TYPE>::pop() { + VectorImpl::pop(); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +void Vector<TYPE>::push() { + VectorImpl::push(); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t Vector<TYPE>::add() { + return VectorImpl::add(); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t Vector<TYPE>::replaceAt(size_t index) { + return VectorImpl::replaceAt(index); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +ssize_t Vector<TYPE>::removeItemsAt(size_t index, size_t count) { + return VectorImpl::removeItemsAt(index, count); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +status_t Vector<TYPE>::sort(Vector<TYPE>::compar_t cmp) { + return VectorImpl::sort((VectorImpl::compar_t)cmp); +} + +template<class TYPE> inline +status_t Vector<TYPE>::sort(Vector<TYPE>::compar_r_t cmp, void* state) { + return VectorImpl::sort((VectorImpl::compar_r_t)cmp, state); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template<class TYPE> +void Vector<TYPE>::do_construct(void* storage, size_t num) const { + construct_type( reinterpret_cast<TYPE*>(storage), num ); +} + +template<class TYPE> +void Vector<TYPE>::do_destroy(void* storage, size_t num) const { + destroy_type( reinterpret_cast<TYPE*>(storage), num ); +} + +template<class TYPE> +void Vector<TYPE>::do_copy(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const { + copy_type( reinterpret_cast<TYPE*>(dest), reinterpret_cast<const TYPE*>(from), num ); +} + +template<class TYPE> +void Vector<TYPE>::do_splat(void* dest, const void* item, size_t num) const { + splat_type( reinterpret_cast<TYPE*>(dest), reinterpret_cast<const TYPE*>(item), num ); +} + +template<class TYPE> +void Vector<TYPE>::do_move_forward(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const { + move_forward_type( reinterpret_cast<TYPE*>(dest), reinterpret_cast<const TYPE*>(from), num ); +} + +template<class TYPE> +void Vector<TYPE>::do_move_backward(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const { + move_backward_type( reinterpret_cast<TYPE*>(dest), reinterpret_cast<const TYPE*>(from), num ); +} + +}; // namespace android + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_VECTOR_H + diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/VectorImpl.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/VectorImpl.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..720b2546c --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/VectorImpl.h @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef ANDROID_VECTOR_IMPL_H +#define ANDROID_VECTOR_IMPL_H + +#include <assert.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <utils/Errors.h> + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// No user serviceable parts in here... +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace android { + +/*! + * Implementation of the guts of the vector<> class + * this ensures backward binary compatibility and + * reduces code size. + * For performance reasons, we expose mStorage and mCount + * so these fields are set in stone. + * + */ + +class VectorImpl +{ +public: + enum { // flags passed to the ctor + HAS_TRIVIAL_CTOR = 0x00000001, + HAS_TRIVIAL_DTOR = 0x00000002, + HAS_TRIVIAL_COPY = 0x00000004, + }; + + VectorImpl(size_t itemSize, uint32_t flags); + VectorImpl(const VectorImpl& rhs); + virtual ~VectorImpl(); + + /*! must be called from subclasses destructor */ + void finish_vector(); + + VectorImpl& operator = (const VectorImpl& rhs); + + /*! C-style array access */ + inline const void* arrayImpl() const { return mStorage; } + void* editArrayImpl(); + + /*! vector stats */ + inline size_t size() const { return mCount; } + inline bool isEmpty() const { return mCount == 0; } + size_t capacity() const; + ssize_t setCapacity(size_t size); + ssize_t resize(size_t size); + + /*! append/insert another vector or array */ + ssize_t insertVectorAt(const VectorImpl& vector, size_t index); + ssize_t appendVector(const VectorImpl& vector); + ssize_t insertArrayAt(const void* array, size_t index, size_t length); + ssize_t appendArray(const void* array, size_t length); + + /*! add/insert/replace items */ + ssize_t insertAt(size_t where, size_t numItems = 1); + ssize_t insertAt(const void* item, size_t where, size_t numItems = 1); + void pop(); + void push(); + void push(const void* item); + ssize_t add(); + ssize_t add(const void* item); + ssize_t replaceAt(size_t index); + ssize_t replaceAt(const void* item, size_t index); + + /*! remove items */ + ssize_t removeItemsAt(size_t index, size_t count = 1); + void clear(); + + const void* itemLocation(size_t index) const; + void* editItemLocation(size_t index); + + typedef int (*compar_t)(const void* lhs, const void* rhs); + typedef int (*compar_r_t)(const void* lhs, const void* rhs, void* state); + status_t sort(compar_t cmp); + status_t sort(compar_r_t cmp, void* state); + +protected: + size_t itemSize() const; + void release_storage(); + + virtual void do_construct(void* storage, size_t num) const = 0; + virtual void do_destroy(void* storage, size_t num) const = 0; + virtual void do_copy(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const = 0; + virtual void do_splat(void* dest, const void* item, size_t num) const = 0; + virtual void do_move_forward(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const = 0; + virtual void do_move_backward(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const = 0; + +private: + void* _grow(size_t where, size_t amount); + void _shrink(size_t where, size_t amount); + + inline void _do_construct(void* storage, size_t num) const; + inline void _do_destroy(void* storage, size_t num) const; + inline void _do_copy(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const; + inline void _do_splat(void* dest, const void* item, size_t num) const; + inline void _do_move_forward(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const; + inline void _do_move_backward(void* dest, const void* from, size_t num) const; + + // These 2 fields are exposed in the inlines below, + // so they're set in stone. + void * mStorage; // base address of the vector + size_t mCount; // number of items + + const uint32_t mFlags; + const size_t mItemSize; +}; + + + +class SortedVectorImpl : public VectorImpl +{ +public: + SortedVectorImpl(size_t itemSize, uint32_t flags); + SortedVectorImpl(const VectorImpl& rhs); + virtual ~SortedVectorImpl(); + + SortedVectorImpl& operator = (const SortedVectorImpl& rhs); + + //! finds the index of an item + ssize_t indexOf(const void* item) const; + + //! finds where this item should be inserted + size_t orderOf(const void* item) const; + + //! add an item in the right place (or replaces it if there is one) + ssize_t add(const void* item); + + //! merges a vector into this one + ssize_t merge(const VectorImpl& vector); + ssize_t merge(const SortedVectorImpl& vector); + + //! removes an item + ssize_t remove(const void* item); + +protected: + virtual int do_compare(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) const = 0; + +private: + ssize_t _indexOrderOf(const void* item, size_t* order = 0) const; + + // these are made private, because they can't be used on a SortedVector + // (they don't have an implementation either) + ssize_t add(); + void pop(); + void push(); + void push(const void* item); + ssize_t insertVectorAt(const VectorImpl& vector, size_t index); + ssize_t appendVector(const VectorImpl& vector); + ssize_t insertArrayAt(const void* array, size_t index, size_t length); + ssize_t appendArray(const void* array, size_t length); + ssize_t insertAt(size_t where, size_t numItems = 1); + ssize_t insertAt(const void* item, size_t where, size_t numItems = 1); + ssize_t replaceAt(size_t index); + ssize_t replaceAt(const void* item, size_t index); +}; + +}; // namespace android + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // ANDROID_VECTOR_IMPL_H + diff --git a/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/threads.h b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/threads.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab3e8cdb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/media/omx-plugin/include/ics/utils/threads.h @@ -0,0 +1,564 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef _LIBS_UTILS_THREADS_H +#define _LIBS_UTILS_THREADS_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <system/graphics.h> + +#if defined(HAVE_PTHREADS) +# include <pthread.h> +#endif + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------ +// C API + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef void* android_thread_id_t; + +typedef int (*android_thread_func_t)(void*); + +enum { + /* + * *********************************************** + * ** Keep in sync with android.os.Process.java ** + * *********************************************** + * + * This maps directly to the "nice" priorities we use in Android. + * A thread priority should be chosen inverse-proportionally to + * the amount of work the thread is expected to do. The more work + * a thread will do, the less favorable priority it should get so that + * it doesn't starve the system. Threads not behaving properly might + * be "punished" by the kernel. + * Use the levels below when appropriate. Intermediate values are + * acceptable, preferably use the {MORE|LESS}_FAVORABLE constants below. + */ + ANDROID_PRIORITY_LOWEST = 19, + + /* use for background tasks */ + ANDROID_PRIORITY_BACKGROUND = 10, + + /* most threads run at normal priority */ + ANDROID_PRIORITY_NORMAL = 0, + + /* threads currently running a UI that the user is interacting with */ + ANDROID_PRIORITY_FOREGROUND = -2, + + /* the main UI thread has a slightly more favorable priority */ + ANDROID_PRIORITY_DISPLAY = -4, + + /* ui service treads might want to run at a urgent display (uncommon) */ + ANDROID_PRIORITY_URGENT_DISPLAY = HAL_PRIORITY_URGENT_DISPLAY, + + /* all normal audio threads */ + ANDROID_PRIORITY_AUDIO = -16, + + /* service audio threads (uncommon) */ + ANDROID_PRIORITY_URGENT_AUDIO = -19, + + /* should never be used in practice. regular process might not + * be allowed to use this level */ + ANDROID_PRIORITY_HIGHEST = -20, + + ANDROID_PRIORITY_DEFAULT = ANDROID_PRIORITY_NORMAL, + ANDROID_PRIORITY_MORE_FAVORABLE = -1, + ANDROID_PRIORITY_LESS_FAVORABLE = +1, +}; + +enum { + ANDROID_TGROUP_DEFAULT = 0, + ANDROID_TGROUP_BG_NONINTERACT = 1, + ANDROID_TGROUP_FG_BOOST = 2, + ANDROID_TGROUP_MAX = ANDROID_TGROUP_FG_BOOST, +}; + +// Create and run a new thread. +extern int androidCreateThread(android_thread_func_t, void *); + +// Create thread with lots of parameters +extern int androidCreateThreadEtc(android_thread_func_t entryFunction, + void *userData, + const char* threadName, + int32_t threadPriority, + size_t threadStackSize, + android_thread_id_t *threadId); + +// Get some sort of unique identifier for the current thread. +extern android_thread_id_t androidGetThreadId(); + +// Low-level thread creation -- never creates threads that can +// interact with the Java VM. +extern int androidCreateRawThreadEtc(android_thread_func_t entryFunction, + void *userData, + const char* threadName, + int32_t threadPriority, + size_t threadStackSize, + android_thread_id_t *threadId); + +// Used by the Java Runtime to control how threads are created, so that +// they can be proper and lovely Java threads. +typedef int (*android_create_thread_fn)(android_thread_func_t entryFunction, + void *userData, + const char* threadName, + int32_t threadPriority, + size_t threadStackSize, + android_thread_id_t *threadId); + +extern void androidSetCreateThreadFunc(android_create_thread_fn func); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Extra functions working with raw pids. + +// Get pid for the current thread. +extern pid_t androidGetTid(); + +// Change the scheduling group of a particular thread. The group +// should be one of the ANDROID_TGROUP constants. Returns BAD_VALUE if +// grp is out of range, else another non-zero value with errno set if +// the operation failed. Thread ID zero means current thread. +extern int androidSetThreadSchedulingGroup(pid_t tid, int grp); + +// Change the priority AND scheduling group of a particular thread. The priority +// should be one of the ANDROID_PRIORITY constants. Returns INVALID_OPERATION +// if the priority set failed, else another value if just the group set failed; +// in either case errno is set. Thread ID zero means current thread. +extern int androidSetThreadPriority(pid_t tid, int prio); + +// Get the current priority of a particular thread. Returns one of the +// ANDROID_PRIORITY constants or a negative result in case of error. +extern int androidGetThreadPriority(pid_t tid); + +// Get the current scheduling group of a particular thread. Normally returns +// one of the ANDROID_TGROUP constants other than ANDROID_TGROUP_DEFAULT. +// Returns ANDROID_TGROUP_DEFAULT if no pthread support (e.g. on host) or if +// scheduling groups are disabled. Returns INVALID_OPERATION if unexpected error. +// Thread ID zero means current thread. +extern int androidGetThreadSchedulingGroup(pid_t tid); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------ +// C++ API + +#ifdef __cplusplus + +#include <utils/Errors.h> +#include <utils/RefBase.h> +#include <utils/Timers.h> + +namespace android { + +typedef android_thread_id_t thread_id_t; + +typedef android_thread_func_t thread_func_t; + +enum { + PRIORITY_LOWEST = ANDROID_PRIORITY_LOWEST, + PRIORITY_BACKGROUND = ANDROID_PRIORITY_BACKGROUND, + PRIORITY_NORMAL = ANDROID_PRIORITY_NORMAL, + PRIORITY_FOREGROUND = ANDROID_PRIORITY_FOREGROUND, + PRIORITY_DISPLAY = ANDROID_PRIORITY_DISPLAY, + PRIORITY_URGENT_DISPLAY = ANDROID_PRIORITY_URGENT_DISPLAY, + PRIORITY_AUDIO = ANDROID_PRIORITY_AUDIO, + PRIORITY_URGENT_AUDIO = ANDROID_PRIORITY_URGENT_AUDIO, + PRIORITY_HIGHEST = ANDROID_PRIORITY_HIGHEST, + PRIORITY_DEFAULT = ANDROID_PRIORITY_DEFAULT, + PRIORITY_MORE_FAVORABLE = ANDROID_PRIORITY_MORE_FAVORABLE, + PRIORITY_LESS_FAVORABLE = ANDROID_PRIORITY_LESS_FAVORABLE, +}; + +// Create and run a new thread. +inline bool createThread(thread_func_t f, void *a) { + return androidCreateThread(f, a) ? true : false; +} + +// Create thread with lots of parameters +inline bool createThreadEtc(thread_func_t entryFunction, + void *userData, + const char* threadName = "android:unnamed_thread", + int32_t threadPriority = PRIORITY_DEFAULT, + size_t threadStackSize = 0, + thread_id_t *threadId = 0) +{ + return androidCreateThreadEtc(entryFunction, userData, threadName, + threadPriority, threadStackSize, threadId) ? true : false; +} + +// Get some sort of unique identifier for the current thread. +inline thread_id_t getThreadId() { + return androidGetThreadId(); +} + +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * Simple mutex class. The implementation is system-dependent. + * + * The mutex must be unlocked by the thread that locked it. They are not + * recursive, i.e. the same thread can't lock it multiple times. + */ +class Mutex { +public: + enum { + PRIVATE = 0, + SHARED = 1 + }; + + Mutex(); + Mutex(const char* name); + Mutex(int type, const char* name = NULL); + ~Mutex(); + + // lock or unlock the mutex + status_t lock(); + void unlock(); + + // lock if possible; returns 0 on success, error otherwise + status_t tryLock(); + + // Manages the mutex automatically. It'll be locked when Autolock is + // constructed and released when Autolock goes out of scope. + class Autolock { + public: + inline Autolock(Mutex& mutex) : mLock(mutex) { mLock.lock(); } + inline Autolock(Mutex* mutex) : mLock(*mutex) { mLock.lock(); } + inline ~Autolock() { mLock.unlock(); } + private: + Mutex& mLock; + }; + +private: + friend class Condition; + + // A mutex cannot be copied + Mutex(const Mutex&); + Mutex& operator = (const Mutex&); + +#if defined(HAVE_PTHREADS) + pthread_mutex_t mMutex; +#else + void _init(); + void* mState; +#endif +}; + +#if defined(HAVE_PTHREADS) + +inline Mutex::Mutex() { + pthread_mutex_init(&mMutex, NULL); +} +inline Mutex::Mutex(const char* name) { + pthread_mutex_init(&mMutex, NULL); +} +inline Mutex::Mutex(int type, const char* name) { + if (type == SHARED) { + pthread_mutexattr_t attr; + pthread_mutexattr_init(&attr); + pthread_mutexattr_setpshared(&attr, PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED); + pthread_mutex_init(&mMutex, &attr); + pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&attr); + } else { + pthread_mutex_init(&mMutex, NULL); + } +} +inline Mutex::~Mutex() { + pthread_mutex_destroy(&mMutex); +} +inline status_t Mutex::lock() { + return -pthread_mutex_lock(&mMutex); +} +inline void Mutex::unlock() { + pthread_mutex_unlock(&mMutex); +} +inline status_t Mutex::tryLock() { + return -pthread_mutex_trylock(&mMutex); +} + +#endif // HAVE_PTHREADS + +/* + * Automatic mutex. Declare one of these at the top of a function. + * When the function returns, it will go out of scope, and release the + * mutex. + */ + +typedef Mutex::Autolock AutoMutex; + +/*****************************************************************************/ + +#if defined(HAVE_PTHREADS) + +/* + * Simple mutex class. The implementation is system-dependent. + * + * The mutex must be unlocked by the thread that locked it. They are not + * recursive, i.e. the same thread can't lock it multiple times. + */ +class RWLock { +public: + enum { + PRIVATE = 0, + SHARED = 1 + }; + + RWLock(); + RWLock(const char* name); + RWLock(int type, const char* name = NULL); + ~RWLock(); + + status_t readLock(); + status_t tryReadLock(); + status_t writeLock(); + status_t tryWriteLock(); + void unlock(); + + class AutoRLock { + public: + inline AutoRLock(RWLock& rwlock) : mLock(rwlock) { mLock.readLock(); } + inline ~AutoRLock() { mLock.unlock(); } + private: + RWLock& mLock; + }; + + class AutoWLock { + public: + inline AutoWLock(RWLock& rwlock) : mLock(rwlock) { mLock.writeLock(); } + inline ~AutoWLock() { mLock.unlock(); } + private: + RWLock& mLock; + }; + +private: + // A RWLock cannot be copied + RWLock(const RWLock&); + RWLock& operator = (const RWLock&); + + pthread_rwlock_t mRWLock; +}; + +inline RWLock::RWLock() { + pthread_rwlock_init(&mRWLock, NULL); +} +inline RWLock::RWLock(const char* name) { + pthread_rwlock_init(&mRWLock, NULL); +} +inline RWLock::RWLock(int type, const char* name) { + if (type == SHARED) { + pthread_rwlockattr_t attr; + pthread_rwlockattr_init(&attr); + pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared(&attr, PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED); + pthread_rwlock_init(&mRWLock, &attr); + pthread_rwlockattr_destroy(&attr); + } else { + pthread_rwlock_init(&mRWLock, NULL); + } +} +inline RWLock::~RWLock() { + pthread_rwlock_destroy(&mRWLock); +} +inline status_t RWLock::readLock() { + return -pthread_rwlock_rdlock(&mRWLock); +} +inline status_t RWLock::tryReadLock() { + return -pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock(&mRWLock); +} +inline status_t RWLock::writeLock() { + return -pthread_rwlock_wrlock(&mRWLock); +} +inline status_t RWLock::tryWriteLock() { + return -pthread_rwlock_trywrlock(&mRWLock); +} +inline void RWLock::unlock() { + pthread_rwlock_unlock(&mRWLock); +} + +#endif // HAVE_PTHREADS + +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * Condition variable class. The implementation is system-dependent. + * + * Condition variables are paired up with mutexes. Lock the mutex, + * call wait(), then either re-wait() if things aren't quite what you want, + * or unlock the mutex and continue. All threads calling wait() must + * use the same mutex for a given Condition. + */ +class Condition { +public: + enum { + PRIVATE = 0, + SHARED = 1 + }; + + Condition(); + Condition(int type); + ~Condition(); + // Wait on the condition variable. Lock the mutex before calling. + status_t wait(Mutex& mutex); + // same with relative timeout + status_t waitRelative(Mutex& mutex, nsecs_t reltime); + // Signal the condition variable, allowing one thread to continue. + void signal(); + // Signal the condition variable, allowing all threads to continue. + void broadcast(); + +private: +#if defined(HAVE_PTHREADS) + pthread_cond_t mCond; +#else + void* mState; +#endif +}; + +#if defined(HAVE_PTHREADS) + +inline Condition::Condition() { + pthread_cond_init(&mCond, NULL); +} +inline Condition::Condition(int type) { + if (type == SHARED) { + pthread_condattr_t attr; + pthread_condattr_init(&attr); + pthread_condattr_setpshared(&attr, PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED); + pthread_cond_init(&mCond, &attr); + pthread_condattr_destroy(&attr); + } else { + pthread_cond_init(&mCond, NULL); + } +} +inline Condition::~Condition() { + pthread_cond_destroy(&mCond); +} +inline status_t Condition::wait(Mutex& mutex) { + return -pthread_cond_wait(&mCond, &mutex.mMutex); +} +inline status_t Condition::waitRelative(Mutex& mutex, nsecs_t reltime) { +#if defined(HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT_RELATIVE) + struct timespec ts; + ts.tv_sec = reltime/1000000000; + ts.tv_nsec = reltime%1000000000; + return -pthread_cond_timedwait_relative_np(&mCond, &mutex.mMutex, &ts); +#else // HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT_RELATIVE + struct timespec ts; +#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_CLOCKS) + clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ts); +#else // HAVE_POSIX_CLOCKS + // we don't support the clocks here. + struct timeval t; + gettimeofday(&t, NULL); + ts.tv_sec = t.tv_sec; + ts.tv_nsec= t.tv_usec*1000; +#endif // HAVE_POSIX_CLOCKS + ts.tv_sec += reltime/1000000000; + ts.tv_nsec+= reltime%1000000000; + if (ts.tv_nsec >= 1000000000) { + ts.tv_nsec -= 1000000000; + ts.tv_sec += 1; + } + return -pthread_cond_timedwait(&mCond, &mutex.mMutex, &ts); +#endif // HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT_RELATIVE +} +inline void Condition::signal() { + pthread_cond_signal(&mCond); +} +inline void Condition::broadcast() { + pthread_cond_broadcast(&mCond); +} + +#endif // HAVE_PTHREADS + +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * This is our spiffy thread object! + */ + +class Thread : virtual public RefBase +{ +public: + // Create a Thread object, but doesn't create or start the associated + // thread. See the run() method. + Thread(bool canCallJava = true); + virtual ~Thread(); + + // Start the thread in threadLoop() which needs to be implemented. + virtual status_t run( const char* name = 0, + int32_t priority = PRIORITY_DEFAULT, + size_t stack = 0); + + // Ask this object's thread to exit. This function is asynchronous, when the + // function returns the thread might still be running. Of course, this + // function can be called from a different thread. + virtual void requestExit(); + + // Good place to do one-time initializations + virtual status_t readyToRun(); + + // Call requestExit() and wait until this object's thread exits. + // BE VERY CAREFUL of deadlocks. In particular, it would be silly to call + // this function from this object's thread. Will return WOULD_BLOCK in + // that case. + status_t requestExitAndWait(); + + // Wait until this object's thread exits. Returns immediately if not yet running. + // Do not call from this object's thread; will return WOULD_BLOCK in that case. + status_t join(); + +protected: + // exitPending() returns true if requestExit() has been called. + bool exitPending() const; + +private: + // Derived class must implement threadLoop(). The thread starts its life + // here. There are two ways of using the Thread object: + // 1) loop: if threadLoop() returns true, it will be called again if + // requestExit() wasn't called. + // 2) once: if threadLoop() returns false, the thread will exit upon return. + virtual bool threadLoop() = 0; + +private: + Thread& operator=(const Thread&); + static int _threadLoop(void* user); + const bool mCanCallJava; + // always hold mLock when reading or writing + thread_id_t mThread; + mutable Mutex mLock; + Condition mThreadExitedCondition; + status_t mStatus; + // note that all accesses of mExitPending and mRunning need to hold mLock + volatile bool mExitPending; + volatile bool mRunning; + sp<Thread> mHoldSelf; +#if HAVE_ANDROID_OS + int mTid; +#endif +}; + + +}; // namespace android + +#endif // __cplusplus + +#endif // _LIBS_UTILS_THREADS_H |